Mercurial > vim
annotate src/screen.c @ 6679:27d9a4d8c168 v7.4.664
updated for version 7.4.664
Problem: When 'compatible' is reset 'numberwidth' is set to 4, but the
effect doesn't show until a change is made.
Solution: Check if 'numberwidth' changed. (Christian Brabandt)
| author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Fri, 20 Mar 2015 15:42:10 +0100 |
| parents | 43f444efe6a2 |
| children | 80abb7288d39 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * | |
| 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 8 */ | |
| 9 | |
| 10 /* | |
| 11 * screen.c: code for displaying on the screen | |
| 12 * | |
| 13 * Output to the screen (console, terminal emulator or GUI window) is minimized | |
| 14 * by remembering what is already on the screen, and only updating the parts | |
| 15 * that changed. | |
| 16 * | |
| 17 * ScreenLines[off] Contains a copy of the whole screen, as it is currently | |
| 18 * displayed (excluding text written by external commands). | |
| 19 * ScreenAttrs[off] Contains the associated attributes. | |
| 20 * LineOffset[row] Contains the offset into ScreenLines*[] and ScreenAttrs[] | |
| 21 * for each line. | |
| 22 * LineWraps[row] Flag for each line whether it wraps to the next line. | |
| 23 * | |
| 24 * For double-byte characters, two consecutive bytes in ScreenLines[] can form | |
| 25 * one character which occupies two display cells. | |
| 26 * For UTF-8 a multi-byte character is converted to Unicode and stored in | |
| 27 * ScreenLinesUC[]. ScreenLines[] contains the first byte only. For an ASCII | |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
28 * character without composing chars ScreenLinesUC[] will be 0 and |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
29 * ScreenLinesC[][] is not used. When the character occupies two display |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
30 * cells the next byte in ScreenLines[] is 0. |
| 714 | 31 * ScreenLinesC[][] contain up to 'maxcombine' composing characters |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
32 * (drawn on top of the first character). There is 0 after the last one used. |
| 7 | 33 * ScreenLines2[] is only used for euc-jp to store the second byte if the |
| 34 * first byte is 0x8e (single-width character). | |
| 35 * | |
| 36 * The screen_*() functions write to the screen and handle updating | |
| 37 * ScreenLines[]. | |
| 38 * | |
| 39 * update_screen() is the function that updates all windows and status lines. | |
| 40 * It is called form the main loop when must_redraw is non-zero. It may be | |
| 1213 | 41 * called from other places when an immediate screen update is needed. |
| 7 | 42 * |
| 43 * The part of the buffer that is displayed in a window is set with: | |
| 44 * - w_topline (first buffer line in window) | |
| 5946 | 45 * - w_topfill (filler lines above the first line) |
| 7 | 46 * - w_leftcol (leftmost window cell in window), |
| 47 * - w_skipcol (skipped window cells of first line) | |
| 48 * | |
| 49 * Commands that only move the cursor around in a window, do not need to take | |
| 50 * action to update the display. The main loop will check if w_topline is | |
| 51 * valid and update it (scroll the window) when needed. | |
| 52 * | |
| 53 * Commands that scroll a window change w_topline and must call | |
| 54 * check_cursor() to move the cursor into the visible part of the window, and | |
| 55 * call redraw_later(VALID) to have the window displayed by update_screen() | |
| 56 * later. | |
| 57 * | |
| 58 * Commands that change text in the buffer must call changed_bytes() or | |
| 59 * changed_lines() to mark the area that changed and will require updating | |
| 60 * later. The main loop will call update_screen(), which will update each | |
| 61 * window that shows the changed buffer. This assumes text above the change | |
| 62 * can remain displayed as it is. Text after the change may need updating for | |
| 63 * scrolling, folding and syntax highlighting. | |
| 64 * | |
| 65 * Commands that change how a window is displayed (e.g., setting 'list') or | |
| 66 * invalidate the contents of a window in another way (e.g., change fold | |
| 67 * settings), must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID) to have the whole window | |
| 68 * redisplayed by update_screen() later. | |
| 69 * | |
| 70 * Commands that change how a buffer is displayed (e.g., setting 'tabstop') | |
| 71 * must call redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID) to have all the windows for the | |
| 72 * buffer redisplayed by update_screen() later. | |
| 73 * | |
| 743 | 74 * Commands that change highlighting and possibly cause a scroll too must call |
| 75 * redraw_later(SOME_VALID) to update the whole window but still use scrolling | |
| 76 * to avoid redrawing everything. But the length of displayed lines must not | |
| 77 * change, use NOT_VALID then. | |
| 78 * | |
| 7 | 79 * Commands that move the window position must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID). |
| 80 * TODO: should minimize redrawing by scrolling when possible. | |
| 81 * | |
| 82 * Commands that change everything (e.g., resizing the screen) must call | |
| 83 * redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID) or redraw_all_later(CLEAR). | |
| 84 * | |
| 85 * Things that are handled indirectly: | |
| 86 * - When messages scroll the screen up, msg_scrolled will be set and | |
| 87 * update_screen() called to redraw. | |
| 88 */ | |
| 89 | |
| 90 #include "vim.h" | |
| 91 | |
| 3586 | 92 #define MB_FILLER_CHAR '<' /* character used when a double-width character |
| 93 * doesn't fit. */ | |
| 94 | |
| 7 | 95 /* |
| 96 * The attributes that are actually active for writing to the screen. | |
| 97 */ | |
| 98 static int screen_attr = 0; | |
| 99 | |
| 100 /* | |
| 101 * Positioning the cursor is reduced by remembering the last position. | |
| 102 * Mostly used by windgoto() and screen_char(). | |
| 103 */ | |
| 104 static int screen_cur_row, screen_cur_col; /* last known cursor position */ | |
| 105 | |
| 106 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 107 static match_T search_hl; /* used for 'hlsearch' highlight matching */ | |
| 108 #endif | |
| 109 | |
| 110 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 111 static foldinfo_T win_foldinfo; /* info for 'foldcolumn' */ | |
| 6553 | 112 static int compute_foldcolumn __ARGS((win_T *wp, int col)); |
| 7 | 113 #endif |
| 114 | |
| 115 /* | |
| 116 * Buffer for one screen line (characters and attributes). | |
| 117 */ | |
| 118 static schar_T *current_ScreenLine; | |
| 119 | |
| 120 static void win_update __ARGS((win_T *wp)); | |
| 534 | 121 static void win_draw_end __ARGS((win_T *wp, int c1, int c2, int row, int endrow, hlf_T hl)); |
| 7 | 122 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 123 static void fold_line __ARGS((win_T *wp, long fold_count, foldinfo_T *foldinfo, linenr_T lnum, int row)); | |
| 124 static void fill_foldcolumn __ARGS((char_u *p, win_T *wp, int closed, linenr_T lnum)); | |
| 125 static void copy_text_attr __ARGS((int off, char_u *buf, int len, int attr)); | |
| 126 #endif | |
| 625 | 127 static int win_line __ARGS((win_T *, linenr_T, int, int, int nochange)); |
| 7 | 128 static int char_needs_redraw __ARGS((int off_from, int off_to, int cols)); |
| 129 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 130 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width, int rlflag)); | |
| 131 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c), (rl)) | |
| 132 #else | |
| 133 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width)); | |
| 134 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c)) | |
| 135 #endif | |
| 136 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 137 static void draw_vsep_win __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row)); | |
| 138 #endif | |
| 680 | 139 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT |
| 1983 | 140 static void redraw_custom_statusline __ARGS((win_T *wp)); |
| 680 | 141 #endif |
| 7 | 142 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
| 5985 | 143 # define SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY 0 |
| 7 | 144 static void start_search_hl __ARGS((void)); |
| 145 static void end_search_hl __ARGS((void)); | |
|
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
146 static void init_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *wp)); |
| 7 | 147 static void prepare_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum)); |
| 5979 | 148 static void next_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *win, match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T mincol, matchitem_T *cur)); |
| 149 static int next_search_hl_pos __ARGS((match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, posmatch_T *pos, colnr_T mincol)); | |
| 7 | 150 #endif |
| 151 static void screen_start_highlight __ARGS((int attr)); | |
| 152 static void screen_char __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col)); | |
| 153 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 154 static void screen_char_2 __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col)); | |
| 155 #endif | |
| 156 static void screenclear2 __ARGS((void)); | |
| 157 static void lineclear __ARGS((unsigned off, int width)); | |
| 158 static void lineinvalid __ARGS((unsigned off, int width)); | |
| 159 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 160 static void linecopy __ARGS((int to, int from, win_T *wp)); | |
| 161 static void redraw_block __ARGS((int row, int end, win_T *wp)); | |
| 162 #endif | |
| 163 static int win_do_lines __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row, int line_count, int mayclear, int del)); | |
| 164 static void win_rest_invalid __ARGS((win_T *wp)); | |
| 165 static void msg_pos_mode __ARGS((void)); | |
| 667 | 166 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
| 677 | 167 static void draw_tabline __ARGS((void)); |
| 667 | 168 #endif |
| 7 | 169 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) |
| 170 static int fillchar_status __ARGS((int *attr, int is_curwin)); | |
| 171 #endif | |
| 172 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 173 static int fillchar_vsep __ARGS((int *attr)); | |
| 174 #endif | |
| 175 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 574 | 176 static void win_redr_custom __ARGS((win_T *wp, int draw_ruler)); |
| 7 | 177 #endif |
| 178 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 179 static void win_redr_ruler __ARGS((win_T *wp, int always)); | |
| 180 #endif | |
| 181 | |
| 182 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) | |
| 183 /* Ugly global: overrule attribute used by screen_char() */ | |
| 184 static int screen_char_attr = 0; | |
| 185 #endif | |
| 186 | |
| 187 /* | |
| 188 * Redraw the current window later, with update_screen(type). | |
| 189 * Set must_redraw only if not already set to a higher value. | |
| 190 * e.g. if must_redraw is CLEAR, type NOT_VALID will do nothing. | |
| 191 */ | |
| 192 void | |
| 193 redraw_later(type) | |
| 194 int type; | |
| 195 { | |
| 196 redraw_win_later(curwin, type); | |
| 197 } | |
| 198 | |
| 199 void | |
| 200 redraw_win_later(wp, type) | |
| 201 win_T *wp; | |
| 202 int type; | |
| 203 { | |
| 204 if (wp->w_redr_type < type) | |
| 205 { | |
| 206 wp->w_redr_type = type; | |
| 207 if (type >= NOT_VALID) | |
| 208 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
| 209 if (must_redraw < type) /* must_redraw is the maximum of all windows */ | |
| 210 must_redraw = type; | |
| 211 } | |
| 212 } | |
| 213 | |
| 214 /* | |
| 215 * Force a complete redraw later. Also resets the highlighting. To be used | |
| 216 * after executing a shell command that messes up the screen. | |
| 217 */ | |
| 218 void | |
| 219 redraw_later_clear() | |
| 220 { | |
| 221 redraw_all_later(CLEAR); | |
| 826 | 222 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 223 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 224 /* Use a code that will reset gui.highlight_mask in | |
| 225 * gui_stop_highlight(). */ | |
| 226 screen_attr = HL_ALL + 1; | |
| 227 else | |
| 228 #endif | |
| 229 /* Use attributes that is very unlikely to appear in text. */ | |
| 230 screen_attr = HL_BOLD | HL_UNDERLINE | HL_INVERSE; | |
| 7 | 231 } |
| 232 | |
| 233 /* | |
| 234 * Mark all windows to be redrawn later. | |
| 235 */ | |
| 236 void | |
| 237 redraw_all_later(type) | |
| 238 int type; | |
| 239 { | |
| 240 win_T *wp; | |
| 241 | |
| 242 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 243 { | |
| 244 redraw_win_later(wp, type); | |
| 245 } | |
| 246 } | |
| 247 | |
| 248 /* | |
| 301 | 249 * Mark all windows that are editing the current buffer to be updated later. |
| 7 | 250 */ |
| 251 void | |
| 252 redraw_curbuf_later(type) | |
| 253 int type; | |
| 254 { | |
| 255 redraw_buf_later(curbuf, type); | |
| 256 } | |
| 257 | |
| 258 void | |
| 259 redraw_buf_later(buf, type) | |
| 260 buf_T *buf; | |
| 261 int type; | |
| 262 { | |
| 263 win_T *wp; | |
| 264 | |
| 265 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 266 { | |
| 267 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) | |
| 268 redraw_win_later(wp, type); | |
| 269 } | |
| 270 } | |
| 271 | |
| 272 /* | |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
273 * Redraw as soon as possible. When the command line is not scrolled redraw |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
274 * right away and restore what was on the command line. |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
275 * Return a code indicating what happened. |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
276 */ |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
277 int |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
278 redraw_asap(type) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
279 int type; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
280 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
281 int rows; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
282 int r; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
283 int ret = 0; |
|
5096
a6ddcab6a240
updated for version 7.3.1291
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5090
diff
changeset
|
284 schar_T *screenline; /* copy from ScreenLines[] */ |
|
a6ddcab6a240
updated for version 7.3.1291
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5090
diff
changeset
|
285 sattr_T *screenattr; /* copy from ScreenAttrs[] */ |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
286 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
287 int i; |
|
5096
a6ddcab6a240
updated for version 7.3.1291
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5090
diff
changeset
|
288 u8char_T *screenlineUC = NULL; /* copy from ScreenLinesUC[] */ |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
289 u8char_T *screenlineC[MAX_MCO]; /* copy from ScreenLinesC[][] */ |
|
5096
a6ddcab6a240
updated for version 7.3.1291
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5090
diff
changeset
|
290 schar_T *screenline2 = NULL; /* copy from ScreenLines2[] */ |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
291 #endif |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
292 |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
293 redraw_later(type); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
294 if (msg_scrolled || (State != NORMAL && State != NORMAL_BUSY)) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
295 return ret; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
296 |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
297 /* Allocate space to save the text displayed in the command line area. */ |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
298 rows = Rows - cmdline_row; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
299 screenline = (schar_T *)lalloc( |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
300 (long_u)(rows * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
301 screenattr = (sattr_T *)lalloc( |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
302 (long_u)(rows * Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
303 if (screenline == NULL || screenattr == NULL) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
304 ret = 2; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
305 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
306 if (enc_utf8) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
307 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
308 screenlineUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc( |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
309 (long_u)(rows * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
310 if (screenlineUC == NULL) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
311 ret = 2; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
312 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
313 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
314 screenlineC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc( |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
315 (long_u)(rows * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
316 if (screenlineC[i] == NULL) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
317 ret = 2; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
318 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
319 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
320 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
321 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
322 screenline2 = (schar_T *)lalloc( |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
323 (long_u)(rows * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
324 if (screenline2 == NULL) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
325 ret = 2; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
326 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
327 #endif |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
328 |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
329 if (ret != 2) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
330 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
331 /* Save the text displayed in the command line area. */ |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
332 for (r = 0; r < rows; ++r) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
333 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
334 mch_memmove(screenline + r * Columns, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
335 ScreenLines + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
336 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
337 mch_memmove(screenattr + r * Columns, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
338 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
339 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
340 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
341 if (enc_utf8) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
342 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
343 mch_memmove(screenlineUC + r * Columns, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
344 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
345 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
346 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
347 mch_memmove(screenlineC[i] + r * Columns, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
348 ScreenLinesC[r] + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
349 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
350 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
351 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
352 mch_memmove(screenline2 + r * Columns, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
353 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
354 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
355 #endif |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
356 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
357 |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
358 update_screen(0); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
359 ret = 3; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
360 |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
361 if (must_redraw == 0) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
362 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
363 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
364 |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
365 /* Restore the text displayed in the command line area. */ |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
366 for (r = 0; r < rows; ++r) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
367 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
368 mch_memmove(current_ScreenLine, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
369 screenline + r * Columns, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
370 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
371 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
372 screenattr + r * Columns, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
373 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
374 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
375 if (enc_utf8) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
376 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
377 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
378 screenlineUC + r * Columns, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
379 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
380 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
381 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
382 screenlineC[i] + r * Columns, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
383 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
384 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
385 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
386 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
387 screenline2 + r * Columns, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
388 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
389 #endif |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
390 SCREEN_LINE(cmdline_row + r, 0, Columns, Columns, FALSE); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
391 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
392 ret = 4; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
393 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
394 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
395 |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
396 vim_free(screenline); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
397 vim_free(screenattr); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
398 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
399 if (enc_utf8) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
400 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
401 vim_free(screenlineUC); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
402 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
403 vim_free(screenlineC[i]); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
404 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
405 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
406 vim_free(screenline2); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
407 #endif |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
408 |
|
5126
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
409 /* Show the intro message when appropriate. */ |
|
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
410 maybe_intro_message(); |
|
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
411 |
|
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
412 setcursor(); |
|
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
413 |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
414 return ret; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
415 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
416 |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
417 /* |
| 7 | 418 * Changed something in the current window, at buffer line "lnum", that |
| 419 * requires that line and possibly other lines to be redrawn. | |
| 420 * Used when entering/leaving Insert mode with the cursor on a folded line. | |
| 421 * Used to remove the "$" from a change command. | |
| 422 * Note that when also inserting/deleting lines w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot | |
| 423 * may become invalid and the whole window will have to be redrawn. | |
| 424 */ | |
| 425 void | |
| 426 redrawWinline(lnum, invalid) | |
| 427 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1883 | 428 int invalid UNUSED; /* window line height is invalid now */ |
| 7 | 429 { |
| 430 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 431 int i; | |
| 432 #endif | |
| 433 | |
| 434 if (curwin->w_redraw_top == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_top > lnum) | |
| 435 curwin->w_redraw_top = lnum; | |
| 436 if (curwin->w_redraw_bot == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_bot < lnum) | |
| 437 curwin->w_redraw_bot = lnum; | |
| 438 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 439 | |
| 440 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 441 if (invalid) | |
| 442 { | |
| 443 /* A w_lines[] entry for this lnum has become invalid. */ | |
| 444 i = find_wl_entry(curwin, lnum); | |
| 445 if (i >= 0) | |
| 446 curwin->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 447 } | |
| 448 #endif | |
| 449 } | |
| 450 | |
| 451 /* | |
| 452 * update all windows that are editing the current buffer | |
| 453 */ | |
| 454 void | |
| 455 update_curbuf(type) | |
| 456 int type; | |
| 457 { | |
| 458 redraw_curbuf_later(type); | |
| 459 update_screen(type); | |
| 460 } | |
| 461 | |
| 462 /* | |
| 463 * update_screen() | |
| 464 * | |
| 465 * Based on the current value of curwin->w_topline, transfer a screenfull | |
| 466 * of stuff from Filemem to ScreenLines[], and update curwin->w_botline. | |
| 467 */ | |
| 468 void | |
| 469 update_screen(type) | |
| 470 int type; | |
| 471 { | |
| 472 win_T *wp; | |
| 473 static int did_intro = FALSE; | |
| 474 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) | |
| 475 int did_one; | |
| 476 #endif | |
| 477 | |
| 2008 | 478 /* Don't do anything if the screen structures are (not yet) valid. */ |
| 7 | 479 if (!screen_valid(TRUE)) |
| 480 return; | |
| 481 | |
| 482 if (must_redraw) | |
| 483 { | |
| 484 if (type < must_redraw) /* use maximal type */ | |
| 485 type = must_redraw; | |
| 1331 | 486 |
| 487 /* must_redraw is reset here, so that when we run into some weird | |
| 488 * reason to redraw while busy redrawing (e.g., asynchronous | |
| 489 * scrolling), or update_topline() in win_update() will cause a | |
| 490 * scroll, the screen will be redrawn later or in win_update(). */ | |
| 7 | 491 must_redraw = 0; |
| 492 } | |
| 493 | |
| 494 /* Need to update w_lines[]. */ | |
| 495 if (curwin->w_lines_valid == 0 && type < NOT_VALID) | |
| 496 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 497 | |
| 2008 | 498 /* Postpone the redrawing when it's not needed and when being called |
| 499 * recursively. */ | |
| 500 if (!redrawing() || updating_screen) | |
| 7 | 501 { |
| 502 redraw_later(type); /* remember type for next time */ | |
| 503 must_redraw = type; | |
| 504 if (type > INVERTED_ALL) | |
| 505 curwin->w_lines_valid = 0; /* don't use w_lines[].wl_size now */ | |
| 506 return; | |
| 507 } | |
| 508 | |
| 509 updating_screen = TRUE; | |
| 510 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 511 ++display_tick; /* let syntax code know we're in a next round of | |
| 512 * display updating */ | |
| 513 #endif | |
| 514 | |
| 515 /* | |
| 516 * if the screen was scrolled up when displaying a message, scroll it down | |
| 517 */ | |
| 518 if (msg_scrolled) | |
| 519 { | |
| 520 clear_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 521 if (msg_scrolled > Rows - 5) /* clearing is faster */ | |
| 522 type = CLEAR; | |
| 523 else if (type != CLEAR) | |
| 524 { | |
| 525 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 526 if (screen_ins_lines(0, 0, msg_scrolled, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) | |
| 527 type = CLEAR; | |
| 528 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 529 { | |
| 530 if (W_WINROW(wp) < msg_scrolled) | |
| 531 { | |
| 532 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height > msg_scrolled | |
| 533 && wp->w_redr_type < REDRAW_TOP | |
| 534 && wp->w_lines_valid > 0 | |
| 535 && wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) | |
| 536 { | |
| 537 wp->w_upd_rows = msg_scrolled - W_WINROW(wp); | |
| 538 wp->w_redr_type = REDRAW_TOP; | |
| 539 } | |
| 540 else | |
| 541 { | |
| 542 wp->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 543 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 544 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp) | |
| 545 <= msg_scrolled) | |
| 546 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 547 #endif | |
| 548 } | |
| 549 } | |
| 550 } | |
| 551 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 667 | 552 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 673 | 553 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
| 667 | 554 #endif |
| 7 | 555 } |
| 556 msg_scrolled = 0; | |
| 557 need_wait_return = FALSE; | |
| 558 } | |
| 559 | |
| 560 /* reset cmdline_row now (may have been changed temporarily) */ | |
| 561 compute_cmdrow(); | |
| 562 | |
| 563 /* Check for changed highlighting */ | |
| 564 if (need_highlight_changed) | |
| 565 highlight_changed(); | |
| 566 | |
| 567 if (type == CLEAR) /* first clear screen */ | |
| 568 { | |
| 569 screenclear(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ | |
| 570 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 571 } | |
| 572 | |
| 573 if (clear_cmdline) /* going to clear cmdline (done below) */ | |
| 574 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 575 | |
| 13 | 576 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
577 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
578 * changes. */ |
| 13 | 579 if (curwin->w_redr_type < NOT_VALID |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
580 && curwin->w_nrwidth != ((curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
581 ? number_width(curwin) : 0)) |
| 13 | 582 curwin->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; |
| 583 #endif | |
| 584 | |
| 7 | 585 /* |
| 586 * Only start redrawing if there is really something to do. | |
| 587 */ | |
| 588 if (type == INVERTED) | |
| 589 update_curswant(); | |
| 590 if (curwin->w_redr_type < type | |
| 591 && !((type == VALID | |
| 592 && curwin->w_lines[0].wl_valid | |
| 593 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 594 && curwin->w_topfill == curwin->w_old_topfill | |
| 595 && curwin->w_botfill == curwin->w_old_botfill | |
| 596 #endif | |
| 597 && curwin->w_topline == curwin->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) | |
| 598 || (type == INVERTED | |
| 1043 | 599 && VIsual_active |
| 7 | 600 && curwin->w_old_cursor_lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum |
| 601 && curwin->w_old_visual_mode == VIsual_mode | |
| 602 && (curwin->w_valid & VALID_VIRTCOL) | |
| 603 && curwin->w_old_curswant == curwin->w_curswant) | |
| 604 )) | |
| 605 curwin->w_redr_type = type; | |
| 606 | |
| 849 | 607 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 608 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ | |
| 609 if (redraw_tabline || type >= NOT_VALID) | |
| 610 draw_tabline(); | |
| 611 #endif | |
| 612 | |
| 7 | 613 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 614 /* | |
| 615 * Correct stored syntax highlighting info for changes in each displayed | |
| 616 * buffer. Each buffer must only be done once. | |
| 617 */ | |
| 618 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 619 { | |
| 620 if (wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set) | |
| 621 { | |
| 622 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 623 win_T *wwp; | |
| 624 | |
| 625 /* Check if we already did this buffer. */ | |
| 626 for (wwp = firstwin; wwp != wp; wwp = wwp->w_next) | |
| 627 if (wwp->w_buffer == wp->w_buffer) | |
| 628 break; | |
| 629 # endif | |
| 630 if ( | |
| 631 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 632 wwp == wp && | |
| 633 # endif | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
634 syntax_present(wp)) |
| 7 | 635 syn_stack_apply_changes(wp->w_buffer); |
| 636 } | |
| 637 } | |
| 638 #endif | |
| 639 | |
| 640 /* | |
| 641 * Go from top to bottom through the windows, redrawing the ones that need | |
| 642 * it. | |
| 643 */ | |
| 644 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) | |
| 645 did_one = FALSE; | |
| 646 #endif | |
| 647 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 648 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; | |
| 649 #endif | |
| 650 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 651 { | |
| 652 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) | |
| 653 { | |
| 654 cursor_off(); | |
| 655 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) | |
| 656 if (!did_one) | |
| 657 { | |
| 658 did_one = TRUE; | |
| 659 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 660 start_search_hl(); | |
| 661 # endif | |
| 662 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 663 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ | |
| 3674 | 664 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel_star()) |
| 665 clip_update_selection(&clip_star); | |
| 666 if (clip_plus.available && clip_isautosel_plus()) | |
| 667 clip_update_selection(&clip_plus); | |
| 7 | 668 # endif |
| 669 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 670 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because | |
| 671 * scrolling may make it difficult to redraw the text under | |
| 672 * it. */ | |
| 673 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 674 gui_undraw_cursor(); | |
| 675 #endif | |
| 676 } | |
| 677 #endif | |
| 678 win_update(wp); | |
| 679 } | |
| 680 | |
| 681 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 682 /* redraw status line after the window to minimize cursor movement */ | |
| 683 if (wp->w_redr_status) | |
| 684 { | |
| 685 cursor_off(); | |
| 686 win_redr_status(wp); | |
| 687 } | |
| 688 #endif | |
| 689 } | |
| 690 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
| 691 end_search_hl(); | |
| 692 #endif | |
| 4107 | 693 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 694 /* May need to redraw the popup menu. */ | |
| 695 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 696 pum_redraw(); | |
| 697 #endif | |
| 7 | 698 |
| 699 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 700 /* Reset b_mod_set flags. Going through all windows is probably faster | |
| 701 * than going through all buffers (there could be many buffers). */ | |
| 702 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 703 wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set = FALSE; | |
| 704 #else | |
| 705 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; | |
| 706 #endif | |
| 707 | |
| 708 updating_screen = FALSE; | |
| 709 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 710 gui_may_resize_shell(); | |
| 711 #endif | |
| 712 | |
| 713 /* Clear or redraw the command line. Done last, because scrolling may | |
| 714 * mess up the command line. */ | |
| 715 if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) | |
| 716 showmode(); | |
| 717 | |
| 718 /* May put up an introductory message when not editing a file */ | |
|
5126
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
719 if (!did_intro) |
|
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
720 maybe_intro_message(); |
| 7 | 721 did_intro = TRUE; |
| 722 | |
| 723 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 724 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is | |
| 725 * done. */ | |
| 726 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 727 { | |
| 728 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ | |
| 729 if (did_one) | |
| 730 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 731 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); | |
| 732 } | |
| 733 #endif | |
| 734 } | |
| 735 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
736 #if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) || defined(PROTO) |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
737 /* |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
738 * Return TRUE if the cursor line in window "wp" may be concealed, according |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
739 * to the 'concealcursor' option. |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
740 */ |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
741 int |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
742 conceal_cursor_line(wp) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
743 win_T *wp; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
744 { |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
745 int c; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
746 |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
747 if (*wp->w_p_cocu == NUL) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
748 return FALSE; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
749 if (get_real_state() & VISUAL) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
750 c = 'v'; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
751 else if (State & INSERT) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
752 c = 'i'; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
753 else if (State & NORMAL) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
754 c = 'n'; |
|
2382
3a5ededa240a
Add the 'c' flag to 'concealcursor'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2381
diff
changeset
|
755 else if (State & CMDLINE) |
|
3a5ededa240a
Add the 'c' flag to 'concealcursor'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2381
diff
changeset
|
756 c = 'c'; |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
757 else |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
758 return FALSE; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
759 return vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, c) != NULL; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
760 } |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
761 |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
762 /* |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
763 * Check if the cursor line needs to be redrawn because of 'concealcursor'. |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
764 */ |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
765 void |
|
2428
33148c37f3c9
Changes for VMS. Mostly by Zoltan Arpadffy.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
766 conceal_check_cursur_line() |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
767 { |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
768 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0 && conceal_cursor_line(curwin)) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
769 { |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
770 need_cursor_line_redraw = TRUE; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
771 /* Need to recompute cursor column, e.g., when starting Visual mode |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
772 * without concealing. */ |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
773 curs_columns(TRUE); |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
774 } |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
775 } |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
776 |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
777 void |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
778 update_single_line(wp, lnum) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
779 win_T *wp; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
780 linenr_T lnum; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
781 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
782 int row; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
783 int j; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
784 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
785 if (lnum >= wp->w_topline && lnum < wp->w_botline |
|
2269
fb627e94e6c6
Couple of small fixes for conceal feature. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2255
diff
changeset
|
786 && foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo) == 0) |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
787 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
788 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
789 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
790 * may make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
791 if (gui.in_use) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
792 gui_undraw_cursor(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
793 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
794 row = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
795 for (j = 0; j < wp->w_lines_valid; ++j) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
796 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
797 if (lnum == wp->w_lines[j].wl_lnum) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
798 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
799 screen_start(); /* not sure of screen cursor */ |
|
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
800 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
801 init_search_hl(wp); |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
802 start_search_hl(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
803 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
804 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
805 win_line(wp, lnum, row, row + wp->w_lines[j].wl_size, FALSE); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
806 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
807 end_search_hl(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
808 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
809 break; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
810 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
811 row += wp->w_lines[j].wl_size; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
812 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
813 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
814 /* Redraw the cursor */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
815 if (gui.in_use) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
816 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
817 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
818 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
819 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
820 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
821 } |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
822 need_cursor_line_redraw = FALSE; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
823 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
824 #endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
825 |
| 7 | 826 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_GUI) |
| 827 static void update_prepare __ARGS((void)); | |
| 828 static void update_finish __ARGS((void)); | |
| 829 | |
| 830 /* | |
| 831 * Prepare for updating one or more windows. | |
| 2008 | 832 * Caller must check for "updating_screen" already set to avoid recursiveness. |
| 7 | 833 */ |
| 834 static void | |
| 835 update_prepare() | |
| 836 { | |
| 837 cursor_off(); | |
| 838 updating_screen = TRUE; | |
| 839 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 840 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling may | |
| 841 * make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ | |
| 842 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 843 gui_undraw_cursor(); | |
| 844 #endif | |
| 845 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 846 start_search_hl(); | |
| 847 #endif | |
| 848 } | |
| 849 | |
| 850 /* | |
| 851 * Finish updating one or more windows. | |
| 852 */ | |
| 853 static void | |
| 854 update_finish() | |
| 855 { | |
| 856 if (redraw_cmdline) | |
| 857 showmode(); | |
| 858 | |
| 859 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 860 end_search_hl(); | |
| 861 # endif | |
| 862 | |
| 863 updating_screen = FALSE; | |
| 864 | |
| 865 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 866 gui_may_resize_shell(); | |
| 867 | |
| 868 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is | |
| 869 * done. */ | |
| 870 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 871 { | |
| 872 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ | |
| 873 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 874 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); | |
| 875 } | |
| 876 # endif | |
| 877 } | |
| 878 #endif | |
| 879 | |
| 880 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 881 void | |
| 882 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum) | |
| 883 buf_T *buf; | |
| 884 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 885 { | |
| 886 win_T *wp; | |
| 887 int doit = FALSE; | |
| 888 | |
| 889 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 890 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; | |
| 891 # endif | |
| 892 | |
| 893 /* update/delete a specific mark */ | |
| 894 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 895 { | |
| 896 if (buf != NULL && lnum > 0) | |
| 897 { | |
| 898 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && lnum >= wp->w_topline | |
| 899 && lnum < wp->w_botline) | |
| 900 { | |
| 901 if (wp->w_redraw_top == 0 || wp->w_redraw_top > lnum) | |
| 902 wp->w_redraw_top = lnum; | |
| 903 if (wp->w_redraw_bot == 0 || wp->w_redraw_bot < lnum) | |
| 904 wp->w_redraw_bot = lnum; | |
| 905 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
| 906 } | |
| 907 } | |
| 908 else | |
| 909 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
| 910 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) | |
| 911 doit = TRUE; | |
| 912 } | |
| 913 | |
| 3250 | 914 /* Return when there is nothing to do, screen updating is already |
| 915 * happening (recursive call) or still starting up. */ | |
| 916 if (!doit || updating_screen | |
| 917 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 918 || gui.starting | |
| 919 #endif | |
| 920 || starting) | |
| 7 | 921 return; |
| 922 | |
| 923 /* update all windows that need updating */ | |
| 924 update_prepare(); | |
| 925 | |
| 926 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 927 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 928 { | |
| 929 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) | |
| 930 win_update(wp); | |
| 931 if (wp->w_redr_status) | |
| 932 win_redr_status(wp); | |
| 933 } | |
| 934 # else | |
| 935 if (curwin->w_redr_type != 0) | |
| 936 win_update(curwin); | |
| 937 # endif | |
| 938 | |
| 939 update_finish(); | |
| 940 } | |
| 941 #endif | |
| 942 | |
| 943 | |
| 944 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 945 /* | |
| 946 * Update a single window, its status line and maybe the command line msg. | |
| 947 * Used for the GUI scrollbar. | |
| 948 */ | |
| 949 void | |
| 950 updateWindow(wp) | |
| 951 win_T *wp; | |
| 952 { | |
| 2008 | 953 /* return if already busy updating */ |
| 954 if (updating_screen) | |
| 955 return; | |
| 956 | |
| 7 | 957 update_prepare(); |
| 958 | |
| 959 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 960 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ | |
| 3674 | 961 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel_star()) |
| 962 clip_update_selection(&clip_star); | |
| 963 if (clip_plus.available && clip_isautosel_plus()) | |
| 964 clip_update_selection(&clip_plus); | |
| 7 | 965 #endif |
| 670 | 966 |
| 7 | 967 win_update(wp); |
| 670 | 968 |
| 7 | 969 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 670 | 970 /* When the screen was cleared redraw the tab pages line. */ |
| 673 | 971 if (redraw_tabline) |
| 677 | 972 draw_tabline(); |
| 670 | 973 |
| 7 | 974 if (wp->w_redr_status |
| 975 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 976 || p_ru | |
| 977 # endif | |
| 978 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 40 | 979 || *p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL |
| 7 | 980 # endif |
| 981 ) | |
| 982 win_redr_status(wp); | |
| 983 #endif | |
| 984 | |
| 985 update_finish(); | |
| 986 } | |
| 987 #endif | |
| 988 | |
| 989 /* | |
| 990 * Update a single window. | |
| 991 * | |
| 992 * This may cause the windows below it also to be redrawn (when clearing the | |
| 993 * screen or scrolling lines). | |
| 994 * | |
| 995 * How the window is redrawn depends on wp->w_redr_type. Each type also | |
| 996 * implies the one below it. | |
| 997 * NOT_VALID redraw the whole window | |
| 743 | 998 * SOME_VALID redraw the whole window but do scroll when possible |
| 7 | 999 * REDRAW_TOP redraw the top w_upd_rows window lines, otherwise like VALID |
| 1000 * INVERTED redraw the changed part of the Visual area | |
| 1001 * INVERTED_ALL redraw the whole Visual area | |
| 1002 * VALID 1. scroll up/down to adjust for a changed w_topline | |
| 1003 * 2. update lines at the top when scrolled down | |
| 1004 * 3. redraw changed text: | |
| 301 | 1005 * - if wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set set, update lines between |
| 7 | 1006 * b_mod_top and b_mod_bot. |
| 1007 * - if wp->w_redraw_top non-zero, redraw lines between | |
| 1008 * wp->w_redraw_top and wp->w_redr_bot. | |
| 1009 * - continue redrawing when syntax status is invalid. | |
| 1010 * 4. if scrolled up, update lines at the bottom. | |
| 1011 * This results in three areas that may need updating: | |
| 1012 * top: from first row to top_end (when scrolled down) | |
| 1013 * mid: from mid_start to mid_end (update inversion or changed text) | |
| 1014 * bot: from bot_start to last row (when scrolled up) | |
| 1015 */ | |
| 1016 static void | |
| 1017 win_update(wp) | |
| 1018 win_T *wp; | |
| 1019 { | |
| 1020 buf_T *buf = wp->w_buffer; | |
| 1021 int type; | |
| 1022 int top_end = 0; /* Below last row of the top area that needs | |
| 1023 updating. 0 when no top area updating. */ | |
| 1024 int mid_start = 999;/* first row of the mid area that needs | |
| 1025 updating. 999 when no mid area updating. */ | |
| 1026 int mid_end = 0; /* Below last row of the mid area that needs | |
| 1027 updating. 0 when no mid area updating. */ | |
| 1028 int bot_start = 999;/* first row of the bot area that needs | |
| 1029 updating. 999 when no bot area updating */ | |
| 1030 int scrolled_down = FALSE; /* TRUE when scrolled down when | |
| 1031 w_topline got smaller a bit */ | |
| 1032 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1326 | 1033 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ |
| 7 | 1034 int top_to_mod = FALSE; /* redraw above mod_top */ |
| 1035 #endif | |
| 1036 | |
| 1037 int row; /* current window row to display */ | |
| 1038 linenr_T lnum; /* current buffer lnum to display */ | |
| 1039 int idx; /* current index in w_lines[] */ | |
| 1040 int srow; /* starting row of the current line */ | |
| 1041 | |
| 1042 int eof = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we hit the end of the file */ | |
| 1043 int didline = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we finished the last line */ | |
| 1044 int i; | |
| 1045 long j; | |
| 1046 static int recursive = FALSE; /* being called recursively */ | |
| 1047 int old_botline = wp->w_botline; | |
| 1048 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1049 long fold_count; | |
| 1050 #endif | |
| 1051 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1052 /* remember what happened to the previous line, to know if | |
| 1053 * check_visual_highlight() can be used */ | |
| 1054 #define DID_NONE 1 /* didn't update a line */ | |
| 1055 #define DID_LINE 2 /* updated a normal line */ | |
| 1056 #define DID_FOLD 3 /* updated a folded line */ | |
| 1057 int did_update = DID_NONE; | |
| 1058 linenr_T syntax_last_parsed = 0; /* last parsed text line */ | |
| 1059 #endif | |
| 1060 linenr_T mod_top = 0; | |
| 1061 linenr_T mod_bot = 0; | |
| 1062 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
| 1063 int save_got_int; | |
| 1064 #endif | |
| 1065 | |
| 1066 type = wp->w_redr_type; | |
| 1067 | |
| 1068 if (type == NOT_VALID) | |
| 1069 { | |
| 1070 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 1071 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 1072 #endif | |
| 1073 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
| 1074 } | |
| 1075 | |
| 1076 /* Window is zero-height: nothing to draw. */ | |
| 1077 if (wp->w_height == 0) | |
| 1078 { | |
| 1079 wp->w_redr_type = 0; | |
| 1080 return; | |
| 1081 } | |
| 1082 | |
| 1083 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 1084 /* Window is zero-width: Only need to draw the separator. */ | |
| 1085 if (wp->w_width == 0) | |
| 1086 { | |
| 1087 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ | |
| 1088 draw_vsep_win(wp, 0); | |
| 1089 wp->w_redr_type = 0; | |
| 1090 return; | |
| 1091 } | |
| 1092 #endif | |
| 1093 | |
| 1094 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
|
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
1095 init_search_hl(wp); |
| 7 | 1096 #endif |
| 1097 | |
| 13 | 1098 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
1099 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
1100 * changes. */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
1101 i = (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) ? number_width(wp) : 0; |
| 677 | 1102 if (wp->w_nrwidth != i) |
| 13 | 1103 { |
| 1104 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 677 | 1105 wp->w_nrwidth = i; |
| 13 | 1106 } |
| 1107 else | |
| 1108 #endif | |
| 1109 | |
| 7 | 1110 if (buf->b_mod_set && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_redraw_top != 0) |
| 1111 { | |
| 1112 /* | |
| 1113 * When there are both inserted/deleted lines and specific lines to be | |
| 1114 * redrawn, w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot may be invalid, just redraw | |
| 1115 * everything (only happens when redrawing is off for while). | |
| 1116 */ | |
| 1117 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 1118 } | |
| 1119 else | |
| 1120 { | |
| 1121 /* | |
| 1122 * Set mod_top to the first line that needs displaying because of | |
| 1123 * changes. Set mod_bot to the first line after the changes. | |
| 1124 */ | |
| 1125 mod_top = wp->w_redraw_top; | |
| 1126 if (wp->w_redraw_bot != 0) | |
| 1127 mod_bot = wp->w_redraw_bot + 1; | |
| 1128 else | |
| 1129 mod_bot = 0; | |
| 1130 wp->w_redraw_top = 0; /* reset for next time */ | |
| 1131 wp->w_redraw_bot = 0; | |
| 1132 if (buf->b_mod_set) | |
| 1133 { | |
| 1134 if (mod_top == 0 || mod_top > buf->b_mod_top) | |
| 1135 { | |
| 1136 mod_top = buf->b_mod_top; | |
| 1137 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1138 /* Need to redraw lines above the change that may be included | |
| 1139 * in a pattern match. */ | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1140 if (syntax_present(wp)) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1141 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1142 mod_top -= buf->b_s.b_syn_sync_linebreaks; |
| 7 | 1143 if (mod_top < 1) |
| 1144 mod_top = 1; | |
| 1145 } | |
| 1146 #endif | |
| 1147 } | |
| 1148 if (mod_bot == 0 || mod_bot < buf->b_mod_bot) | |
| 1149 mod_bot = buf->b_mod_bot; | |
| 1150 | |
| 1151 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1152 /* When 'hlsearch' is on and using a multi-line search pattern, a | |
| 1153 * change in one line may make the Search highlighting in a | |
| 1154 * previous line invalid. Simple solution: redraw all visible | |
| 1155 * lines above the change. | |
| 1326 | 1156 * Same for a match pattern. |
| 7 | 1157 */ |
| 699 | 1158 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL |
| 1159 && re_multiline(search_hl.rm.regprog)) | |
| 7 | 1160 top_to_mod = TRUE; |
| 699 | 1161 else |
| 1326 | 1162 { |
| 1163 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
| 1164 while (cur != NULL) | |
| 1165 { | |
| 1166 if (cur->match.regprog != NULL | |
| 1167 && re_multiline(cur->match.regprog)) | |
| 699 | 1168 { |
| 1169 top_to_mod = TRUE; | |
| 1170 break; | |
| 1171 } | |
| 1326 | 1172 cur = cur->next; |
| 1173 } | |
| 1174 } | |
| 7 | 1175 #endif |
| 1176 } | |
| 1177 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1178 if (mod_top != 0 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) | |
| 1179 { | |
| 1180 linenr_T lnumt, lnumb; | |
| 1181 | |
| 1182 /* | |
| 1183 * A change in a line can cause lines above it to become folded or | |
| 1184 * unfolded. Find the top most buffer line that may be affected. | |
| 1185 * If the line was previously folded and displayed, get the first | |
| 1186 * line of that fold. If the line is folded now, get the first | |
| 1187 * folded line. Use the minimum of these two. | |
| 1188 */ | |
| 1189 | |
| 1190 /* Find last valid w_lines[] entry above mod_top. Set lnumt to | |
| 1191 * the line below it. If there is no valid entry, use w_topline. | |
| 1192 * Find the first valid w_lines[] entry below mod_bot. Set lnumb | |
| 1193 * to this line. If there is no valid entry, use MAXLNUM. */ | |
| 1194 lnumt = wp->w_topline; | |
| 1195 lnumb = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1196 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
| 1197 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) | |
| 1198 { | |
| 1199 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum < mod_top) | |
| 1200 lnumt = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1; | |
| 1201 if (lnumb == MAXLNUM && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= mod_bot) | |
| 1202 { | |
| 1203 lnumb = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum; | |
| 1204 /* When there is a fold column it might need updating | |
| 1205 * in the next line ("J" just above an open fold). */ | |
| 6553 | 1206 if (compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0) > 0) |
| 7 | 1207 ++lnumb; |
| 1208 } | |
| 1209 } | |
| 1210 | |
| 1211 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_top, &mod_top, NULL, TRUE, NULL); | |
| 1212 if (mod_top > lnumt) | |
| 1213 mod_top = lnumt; | |
| 1214 | |
| 1215 /* Now do the same for the bottom line (one above mod_bot). */ | |
| 1216 --mod_bot; | |
| 1217 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_bot, NULL, &mod_bot, TRUE, NULL); | |
| 1218 ++mod_bot; | |
| 1219 if (mod_bot < lnumb) | |
| 1220 mod_bot = lnumb; | |
| 1221 } | |
| 1222 #endif | |
| 1223 | |
| 1224 /* When a change starts above w_topline and the end is below | |
| 1225 * w_topline, start redrawing at w_topline. | |
| 36 | 1226 * If the end of the change is above w_topline: do like no change was |
| 1227 * made, but redraw the first line to find changes in syntax. */ | |
| 7 | 1228 if (mod_top != 0 && mod_top < wp->w_topline) |
| 1229 { | |
| 1230 if (mod_bot > wp->w_topline) | |
| 1231 mod_top = wp->w_topline; | |
| 1232 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1233 else if (syntax_present(wp)) |
| 7 | 1234 top_end = 1; |
| 1235 #endif | |
| 1236 } | |
| 36 | 1237 |
| 1238 /* When line numbers are displayed need to redraw all lines below | |
| 1239 * inserted/deleted lines. */ | |
| 1240 if (mod_top != 0 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_p_nu) | |
| 1241 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 7 | 1242 } |
| 1243 | |
| 1244 /* | |
| 1245 * When only displaying the lines at the top, set top_end. Used when | |
| 1246 * window has scrolled down for msg_scrolled. | |
| 1247 */ | |
| 1248 if (type == REDRAW_TOP) | |
| 1249 { | |
| 1250 j = 0; | |
| 1251 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
| 1252 { | |
| 1253 j += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; | |
| 1254 if (j >= wp->w_upd_rows) | |
| 1255 { | |
| 1256 top_end = j; | |
| 1257 break; | |
| 1258 } | |
| 1259 } | |
| 1260 if (top_end == 0) | |
| 1261 /* not found (cannot happen?): redraw everything */ | |
| 1262 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 1263 else | |
| 1264 /* top area defined, the rest is VALID */ | |
| 1265 type = VALID; | |
| 1266 } | |
| 1267 | |
| 1378 | 1268 /* Trick: we want to avoid clearing the screen twice. screenclear() will |
| 1331 | 1269 * set "screen_cleared" to TRUE. The special value MAYBE (which is still |
| 1270 * non-zero and thus not FALSE) will indicate that screenclear() was not | |
| 1271 * called. */ | |
| 1272 if (screen_cleared) | |
| 1273 screen_cleared = MAYBE; | |
| 1274 | |
| 7 | 1275 /* |
| 1276 * If there are no changes on the screen that require a complete redraw, | |
| 1277 * handle three cases: | |
| 1278 * 1: we are off the top of the screen by a few lines: scroll down | |
| 1279 * 2: wp->w_topline is below wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: may scroll up | |
| 1280 * 3: wp->w_topline is wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: find first entry in | |
| 1281 * w_lines[] that needs updating. | |
| 1282 */ | |
| 743 | 1283 if ((type == VALID || type == SOME_VALID |
| 1284 || type == INVERTED || type == INVERTED_ALL) | |
| 7 | 1285 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
| 1286 && !wp->w_botfill && !wp->w_old_botfill | |
| 1287 #endif | |
| 1288 ) | |
| 1289 { | |
| 1290 if (mod_top != 0 && wp->w_topline == mod_top) | |
| 1291 { | |
| 1292 /* | |
| 1293 * w_topline is the first changed line, the scrolling will be done | |
| 1294 * further down. | |
| 1295 */ | |
| 1296 } | |
| 1297 else if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_valid | |
| 1298 && (wp->w_topline < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum | |
| 1299 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1300 || (wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum | |
| 1301 && wp->w_topfill > wp->w_old_topfill) | |
| 1302 #endif | |
| 1303 )) | |
| 1304 { | |
| 1305 /* | |
| 1306 * New topline is above old topline: May scroll down. | |
| 1307 */ | |
| 1308 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1309 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) | |
| 1310 { | |
| 1311 linenr_T ln; | |
| 1312 | |
| 1313 /* count the number of lines we are off, counting a sequence | |
| 1314 * of folded lines as one */ | |
| 1315 j = 0; | |
| 1316 for (ln = wp->w_topline; ln < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum; ++ln) | |
| 1317 { | |
| 1318 ++j; | |
| 1319 if (j >= wp->w_height - 2) | |
| 1320 break; | |
| 1321 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, ln, NULL, &ln, TRUE, NULL); | |
| 1322 } | |
| 1323 } | |
| 1324 else | |
| 1325 #endif | |
| 1326 j = wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - wp->w_topline; | |
| 1327 if (j < wp->w_height - 2) /* not too far off */ | |
| 1328 { | |
| 1329 i = plines_m_win(wp, wp->w_topline, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - 1); | |
| 1330 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1331 /* insert extra lines for previously invisible filler lines */ | |
| 1332 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum != wp->w_topline) | |
| 1333 i += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) | |
| 1334 - wp->w_old_topfill; | |
| 1335 #endif | |
| 1336 if (i < wp->w_height - 2) /* less than a screen off */ | |
| 1337 { | |
| 1338 /* | |
| 1339 * Try to insert the correct number of lines. | |
| 1340 * If not the last window, delete the lines at the bottom. | |
| 1341 * win_ins_lines may fail when the terminal can't do it. | |
| 1342 */ | |
| 1343 if (i > 0) | |
| 1344 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 1345 if (win_ins_lines(wp, 0, i, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) | |
| 1346 { | |
| 1347 if (wp->w_lines_valid != 0) | |
| 1348 { | |
| 1349 /* Need to update rows that are new, stop at the | |
| 1350 * first one that scrolled down. */ | |
| 1351 top_end = i; | |
| 1352 scrolled_down = TRUE; | |
| 1353 | |
| 1354 /* Move the entries that were scrolled, disable | |
| 1355 * the entries for the lines to be redrawn. */ | |
| 1356 if ((wp->w_lines_valid += j) > wp->w_height) | |
| 1357 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; | |
| 1358 for (idx = wp->w_lines_valid; idx - j >= 0; idx--) | |
| 1359 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[idx - j]; | |
| 1360 while (idx >= 0) | |
| 1361 wp->w_lines[idx--].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 1362 } | |
| 1363 } | |
| 1364 else | |
| 1365 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
| 1366 } | |
| 1367 else | |
| 1368 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
| 1369 } | |
| 1370 else | |
| 1371 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
| 1372 } | |
| 1373 else | |
| 1374 { | |
| 1375 /* | |
| 1376 * New topline is at or below old topline: May scroll up. | |
| 1377 * When topline didn't change, find first entry in w_lines[] that | |
| 1378 * needs updating. | |
| 1379 */ | |
| 1380 | |
| 1381 /* try to find wp->w_topline in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum */ | |
| 1382 j = -1; | |
| 1383 row = 0; | |
| 1384 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; i++) | |
| 1385 { | |
| 1386 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid | |
| 1387 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
| 1388 { | |
| 1389 j = i; | |
| 1390 break; | |
| 1391 } | |
| 1392 row += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; | |
| 1393 } | |
| 1394 if (j == -1) | |
| 1395 { | |
| 1396 /* if wp->w_topline is not in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum redraw all | |
| 1397 * lines */ | |
| 1398 mid_start = 0; | |
| 1399 } | |
| 1400 else | |
| 1401 { | |
| 1402 /* | |
| 1403 * Try to delete the correct number of lines. | |
| 1404 * wp->w_topline is at wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum. | |
| 1405 */ | |
| 1406 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1407 /* If the topline didn't change, delete old filler lines, | |
| 1408 * otherwise delete filler lines of the new topline... */ | |
| 1409 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
| 1410 row += wp->w_old_topfill; | |
| 1411 else | |
| 1412 row += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_topline); | |
| 1413 /* ... but don't delete new filler lines. */ | |
| 1414 row -= wp->w_topfill; | |
| 1415 #endif | |
| 1416 if (row > 0) | |
| 1417 { | |
| 1418 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 1419 if (win_del_lines(wp, 0, row, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) | |
| 1420 bot_start = wp->w_height - row; | |
| 1421 else | |
| 1422 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
| 1423 } | |
| 1424 if ((row == 0 || bot_start < 999) && wp->w_lines_valid != 0) | |
| 1425 { | |
| 1426 /* | |
| 1427 * Skip the lines (below the deleted lines) that are still | |
| 1428 * valid and don't need redrawing. Copy their info | |
| 1429 * upwards, to compensate for the deleted lines. Set | |
| 1430 * bot_start to the first row that needs redrawing. | |
| 1431 */ | |
| 1432 bot_start = 0; | |
| 1433 idx = 0; | |
| 1434 for (;;) | |
| 1435 { | |
| 1436 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[j]; | |
| 1437 /* stop at line that didn't fit, unless it is still | |
| 1438 * valid (no lines deleted) */ | |
| 1439 if (row > 0 && bot_start + row | |
| 1440 + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size > wp->w_height) | |
| 1441 { | |
| 1442 wp->w_lines_valid = idx + 1; | |
| 1443 break; | |
| 1444 } | |
| 1445 bot_start += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; | |
| 1446 | |
| 1447 /* stop at the last valid entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ | |
| 1448 if (++j >= wp->w_lines_valid) | |
| 1449 { | |
| 1450 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; | |
| 1451 break; | |
| 1452 } | |
| 1453 } | |
| 1454 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1455 /* Correct the first entry for filler lines at the top | |
| 1456 * when it won't get updated below. */ | |
| 1457 if (wp->w_p_diff && bot_start > 0) | |
| 1458 wp->w_lines[0].wl_size = | |
| 1459 plines_win_nofill(wp, wp->w_topline, TRUE) | |
| 1460 + wp->w_topfill; | |
| 1461 #endif | |
| 1462 } | |
| 1463 } | |
| 1464 } | |
| 1465 | |
| 1466 /* When starting redraw in the first line, redraw all lines. When | |
| 1467 * there is only one window it's probably faster to clear the screen | |
| 1468 * first. */ | |
| 1469 if (mid_start == 0) | |
| 1470 { | |
| 1471 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
| 1472 if (lastwin == firstwin) | |
| 981 | 1473 { |
| 1331 | 1474 /* Clear the screen when it was not done by win_del_lines() or |
| 1475 * win_ins_lines() above, "screen_cleared" is FALSE or MAYBE | |
| 1476 * then. */ | |
| 1477 if (screen_cleared != TRUE) | |
| 1478 screenclear(); | |
| 981 | 1479 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 1480 /* The screen was cleared, redraw the tab pages line. */ | |
| 1481 if (redraw_tabline) | |
| 1482 draw_tabline(); | |
| 1483 #endif | |
| 1484 } | |
| 7 | 1485 } |
| 1331 | 1486 |
| 1487 /* When win_del_lines() or win_ins_lines() caused the screen to be | |
| 1488 * cleared (only happens for the first window) or when screenclear() | |
| 1489 * was called directly above, "must_redraw" will have been set to | |
| 1490 * NOT_VALID, need to reset it here to avoid redrawing twice. */ | |
| 1491 if (screen_cleared == TRUE) | |
| 1492 must_redraw = 0; | |
| 7 | 1493 } |
| 1494 else | |
| 1495 { | |
| 1496 /* Not VALID or INVERTED: redraw all lines. */ | |
| 1497 mid_start = 0; | |
| 1498 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
| 1499 } | |
| 1500 | |
| 743 | 1501 if (type == SOME_VALID) |
| 1502 { | |
| 1503 /* SOME_VALID: redraw all lines. */ | |
| 1504 mid_start = 0; | |
| 1505 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
| 1506 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 1507 } | |
| 1508 | |
| 7 | 1509 /* check if we are updating or removing the inverted part */ |
| 1510 if ((VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 1511 || (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0 && type != NOT_VALID)) | |
| 1512 { | |
| 1513 linenr_T from, to; | |
| 1514 | |
| 1515 if (VIsual_active) | |
| 1516 { | |
| 1517 if (VIsual_active | |
| 1518 && (VIsual_mode != wp->w_old_visual_mode | |
| 1519 || type == INVERTED_ALL)) | |
| 1520 { | |
| 1521 /* | |
| 1522 * If the type of Visual selection changed, redraw the whole | |
| 1523 * selection. Also when the ownership of the X selection is | |
| 1524 * gained or lost. | |
| 1525 */ | |
| 1526 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < VIsual.lnum) | |
| 1527 { | |
| 1528 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1529 to = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1530 } | |
| 1531 else | |
| 1532 { | |
| 1533 from = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1534 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1535 } | |
| 1536 /* redraw more when the cursor moved as well */ | |
| 1537 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < from) | |
| 1538 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1539 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > to) | |
| 1540 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1541 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from) | |
| 1542 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1543 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) | |
| 1544 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1545 } | |
| 1546 else | |
| 1547 { | |
| 1548 /* | |
| 1549 * Find the line numbers that need to be updated: The lines | |
| 1550 * between the old cursor position and the current cursor | |
| 1551 * position. Also check if the Visual position changed. | |
| 1552 */ | |
| 1553 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < wp->w_old_cursor_lnum) | |
| 1554 { | |
| 1555 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1556 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1557 } | |
| 1558 else | |
| 1559 { | |
| 1560 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1561 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1562 if (from == 0) /* Visual mode just started */ | |
| 1563 from = to; | |
| 1564 } | |
| 1565 | |
| 422 | 1566 if (VIsual.lnum != wp->w_old_visual_lnum |
| 1567 || VIsual.col != wp->w_old_visual_col) | |
| 7 | 1568 { |
| 1569 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from | |
| 1570 && wp->w_old_visual_lnum != 0) | |
| 1571 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1572 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) | |
| 1573 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1574 if (VIsual.lnum < from) | |
| 1575 from = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1576 if (VIsual.lnum > to) | |
| 1577 to = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1578 } | |
| 1579 } | |
| 1580 | |
| 1581 /* | |
| 1582 * If in block mode and changed column or curwin->w_curswant: | |
| 1583 * update all lines. | |
| 1584 * First compute the actual start and end column. | |
| 1585 */ | |
| 1586 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) | |
| 1587 { | |
| 6266 | 1588 colnr_T fromc, toc; |
| 1589 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) && defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) | |
| 1590 int save_ve_flags = ve_flags; | |
| 1591 | |
| 1592 if (curwin->w_p_lbr) | |
| 1593 ve_flags = VE_ALL; | |
| 1594 #endif | |
| 7 | 1595 getvcols(wp, &VIsual, &curwin->w_cursor, &fromc, &toc); |
| 6266 | 1596 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) && defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) |
| 1597 ve_flags = save_ve_flags; | |
| 1598 #endif | |
| 7 | 1599 ++toc; |
| 1600 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL) | |
| 1601 toc = MAXCOL; | |
| 1602 | |
| 1603 if (fromc != wp->w_old_cursor_fcol | |
| 1604 || toc != wp->w_old_cursor_lcol) | |
| 1605 { | |
| 1606 if (from > VIsual.lnum) | |
| 1607 from = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1608 if (to < VIsual.lnum) | |
| 1609 to = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1610 } | |
| 1611 wp->w_old_cursor_fcol = fromc; | |
| 1612 wp->w_old_cursor_lcol = toc; | |
| 1613 } | |
| 1614 } | |
| 1615 else | |
| 1616 { | |
| 1617 /* Use the line numbers of the old Visual area. */ | |
| 1618 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < wp->w_old_visual_lnum) | |
| 1619 { | |
| 1620 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1621 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1622 } | |
| 1623 else | |
| 1624 { | |
| 1625 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1626 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1627 } | |
| 1628 } | |
| 1629 | |
| 1630 /* | |
| 1631 * There is no need to update lines above the top of the window. | |
| 1632 */ | |
| 1633 if (from < wp->w_topline) | |
| 1634 from = wp->w_topline; | |
| 1635 | |
| 1636 /* | |
| 1637 * If we know the value of w_botline, use it to restrict the update to | |
| 1638 * the lines that are visible in the window. | |
| 1639 */ | |
| 1640 if (wp->w_valid & VALID_BOTLINE) | |
| 1641 { | |
| 1642 if (from >= wp->w_botline) | |
| 1643 from = wp->w_botline - 1; | |
| 1644 if (to >= wp->w_botline) | |
| 1645 to = wp->w_botline - 1; | |
| 1646 } | |
| 1647 | |
| 1648 /* | |
| 1649 * Find the minimal part to be updated. | |
| 1650 * Watch out for scrolling that made entries in w_lines[] invalid. | |
| 1651 * E.g., CTRL-U makes the first half of w_lines[] invalid and sets | |
| 1652 * top_end; need to redraw from top_end to the "to" line. | |
| 1653 * A middle mouse click with a Visual selection may change the text | |
| 1654 * above the Visual area and reset wl_valid, do count these for | |
| 1655 * mid_end (in srow). | |
| 1656 */ | |
| 1657 if (mid_start > 0) | |
| 1658 { | |
| 1659 lnum = wp->w_topline; | |
| 1660 idx = 0; | |
| 1661 srow = 0; | |
| 1662 if (scrolled_down) | |
| 1663 mid_start = top_end; | |
| 1664 else | |
| 1665 mid_start = 0; | |
| 1666 while (lnum < from && idx < wp->w_lines_valid) /* find start */ | |
| 1667 { | |
| 1668 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) | |
| 1669 mid_start += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; | |
| 1670 else if (!scrolled_down) | |
| 1671 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; | |
| 1672 ++idx; | |
| 1673 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1674 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) | |
| 1675 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum; | |
| 1676 else | |
| 1677 # endif | |
| 1678 ++lnum; | |
| 1679 } | |
| 1680 srow += mid_start; | |
| 1681 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
| 1682 for ( ; idx < wp->w_lines_valid; ++idx) /* find end */ | |
| 1683 { | |
| 1684 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid | |
| 1685 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum >= to + 1) | |
| 1686 { | |
| 1687 /* Only update until first row of this line */ | |
| 1688 mid_end = srow; | |
| 1689 break; | |
| 1690 } | |
| 1691 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; | |
| 1692 } | |
| 1693 } | |
| 1694 } | |
| 1695 | |
| 1696 if (VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 1697 { | |
| 1698 wp->w_old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode; | |
| 1699 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1700 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 422 | 1701 wp->w_old_visual_col = VIsual.col; |
| 7 | 1702 wp->w_old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant; |
| 1703 } | |
| 1704 else | |
| 1705 { | |
| 1706 wp->w_old_visual_mode = 0; | |
| 1707 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = 0; | |
| 1708 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = 0; | |
| 422 | 1709 wp->w_old_visual_col = 0; |
| 7 | 1710 } |
| 1711 | |
| 1712 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
| 1713 /* reset got_int, otherwise regexp won't work */ | |
| 1714 save_got_int = got_int; | |
| 1715 got_int = 0; | |
| 1716 #endif | |
| 1717 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1718 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; | |
| 1719 #endif | |
| 1720 | |
| 1721 /* | |
| 1722 * Update all the window rows. | |
| 1723 */ | |
| 1724 idx = 0; /* first entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ | |
| 1725 row = 0; | |
| 1726 srow = 0; | |
| 1727 lnum = wp->w_topline; /* first line shown in window */ | |
| 1728 for (;;) | |
| 1729 { | |
| 1730 /* stop updating when reached the end of the window (check for _past_ | |
| 1731 * the end of the window is at the end of the loop) */ | |
| 1732 if (row == wp->w_height) | |
| 1733 { | |
| 1734 didline = TRUE; | |
| 1735 break; | |
| 1736 } | |
| 1737 | |
| 1738 /* stop updating when hit the end of the file */ | |
| 1739 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 1740 { | |
| 1741 eof = TRUE; | |
| 1742 break; | |
| 1743 } | |
| 1744 | |
| 1745 /* Remember the starting row of the line that is going to be dealt | |
| 1746 * with. It is used further down when the line doesn't fit. */ | |
| 1747 srow = row; | |
| 1748 | |
| 1749 /* | |
| 1750 * Update a line when it is in an area that needs updating, when it | |
| 1751 * has changes or w_lines[idx] is invalid. | |
| 1752 * bot_start may be halfway a wrapped line after using | |
| 1753 * win_del_lines(), check if the current line includes it. | |
| 1754 * When syntax folding is being used, the saved syntax states will | |
| 1755 * already have been updated, we can't see where the syntax state is | |
| 1756 * the same again, just update until the end of the window. | |
| 1757 */ | |
| 1758 if (row < top_end | |
| 1759 || (row >= mid_start && row < mid_end) | |
| 1760 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1761 || top_to_mod | |
| 1762 #endif | |
| 1763 || idx >= wp->w_lines_valid | |
| 1764 || (row + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > bot_start) | |
| 1765 || (mod_top != 0 | |
| 1766 && (lnum == mod_top | |
| 1767 || (lnum >= mod_top | |
| 1768 && (lnum < mod_bot | |
| 1769 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1770 || did_update == DID_FOLD | |
| 1771 || (did_update == DID_LINE | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1772 && syntax_present(wp) |
| 7 | 1773 && ( |
| 1774 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1775 (foldmethodIsSyntax(wp) | |
| 1776 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) || | |
| 1777 # endif | |
| 1778 syntax_check_changed(lnum))) | |
| 1779 #endif | |
|
4916
ba328b4a990e
updated for version 7.3.1203
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
1780 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
| 6018 | 1781 /* match in fixed position might need redraw |
| 1782 * if lines were inserted or deleted */ | |
| 1783 || (wp->w_match_head != NULL | |
| 1784 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0) | |
|
4916
ba328b4a990e
updated for version 7.3.1203
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
1785 #endif |
| 7 | 1786 ))))) |
| 1787 { | |
| 1788 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1789 if (lnum == mod_top) | |
| 1790 top_to_mod = FALSE; | |
| 1791 #endif | |
| 1792 | |
| 1793 /* | |
| 1794 * When at start of changed lines: May scroll following lines | |
| 1795 * up or down to minimize redrawing. | |
| 1796 * Don't do this when the change continues until the end. | |
| 3318 | 1797 * Don't scroll when dollar_vcol >= 0, keep the "$". |
| 7 | 1798 */ |
| 1799 if (lnum == mod_top | |
| 1800 && mod_bot != MAXLNUM | |
| 3318 | 1801 && !(dollar_vcol >= 0 && mod_bot == mod_top + 1)) |
| 7 | 1802 { |
| 1803 int old_rows = 0; | |
| 1804 int new_rows = 0; | |
| 1805 int xtra_rows; | |
| 1806 linenr_T l; | |
| 1807 | |
| 1808 /* Count the old number of window rows, using w_lines[], which | |
| 1809 * should still contain the sizes for the lines as they are | |
| 1810 * currently displayed. */ | |
| 1811 for (i = idx; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
| 1812 { | |
| 1813 /* Only valid lines have a meaningful wl_lnum. Invalid | |
| 1814 * lines are part of the changed area. */ | |
| 1815 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid | |
| 1816 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == mod_bot) | |
| 1817 break; | |
| 1818 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; | |
| 1819 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1820 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid | |
| 1821 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1 == mod_bot) | |
| 1822 { | |
| 1823 /* Must have found the last valid entry above mod_bot. | |
| 1824 * Add following invalid entries. */ | |
| 1825 ++i; | |
| 1826 while (i < wp->w_lines_valid | |
| 1827 && !wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) | |
| 1828 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i++].wl_size; | |
| 1829 break; | |
| 1830 } | |
| 1831 #endif | |
| 1832 } | |
| 1833 | |
| 1834 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) | |
| 1835 { | |
| 1836 /* We can't find a valid line below the changed lines, | |
| 1837 * need to redraw until the end of the window. | |
| 1838 * Inserting/deleting lines has no use. */ | |
| 1839 bot_start = 0; | |
| 1840 } | |
| 1841 else | |
| 1842 { | |
| 1843 /* Able to count old number of rows: Count new window | |
| 1844 * rows, and may insert/delete lines */ | |
| 1845 j = idx; | |
| 1846 for (l = lnum; l < mod_bot; ++l) | |
| 1847 { | |
| 1848 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1849 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, l, NULL, &l, TRUE, NULL)) | |
| 1850 ++new_rows; | |
| 1851 else | |
| 1852 #endif | |
| 1853 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1854 if (l == wp->w_topline) | |
| 1855 new_rows += plines_win_nofill(wp, l, TRUE) | |
| 1856 + wp->w_topfill; | |
| 1857 else | |
| 1858 #endif | |
| 1859 new_rows += plines_win(wp, l, TRUE); | |
| 1860 ++j; | |
| 1861 if (new_rows > wp->w_height - row - 2) | |
| 1862 { | |
| 1863 /* it's getting too much, must redraw the rest */ | |
| 1864 new_rows = 9999; | |
| 1865 break; | |
| 1866 } | |
| 1867 } | |
| 1868 xtra_rows = new_rows - old_rows; | |
| 1869 if (xtra_rows < 0) | |
| 1870 { | |
| 1871 /* May scroll text up. If there is not enough | |
| 1872 * remaining text or scrolling fails, must redraw the | |
| 1873 * rest. If scrolling works, must redraw the text | |
| 1874 * below the scrolled text. */ | |
| 1875 if (row - xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) | |
| 1876 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1877 else | |
| 1878 { | |
| 1879 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 1880 if (win_del_lines(wp, row, | |
| 1881 -xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) | |
| 1882 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1883 else | |
| 1884 bot_start = wp->w_height + xtra_rows; | |
| 1885 } | |
| 1886 } | |
| 1887 else if (xtra_rows > 0) | |
| 1888 { | |
| 1889 /* May scroll text down. If there is not enough | |
| 1890 * remaining text of scrolling fails, must redraw the | |
| 1891 * rest. */ | |
| 1892 if (row + xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) | |
| 1893 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1894 else | |
| 1895 { | |
| 1896 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 1897 if (win_ins_lines(wp, row + old_rows, | |
| 1898 xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) | |
| 1899 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1900 else if (top_end > row + old_rows) | |
| 1901 /* Scrolled the part at the top that requires | |
| 1902 * updating down. */ | |
| 1903 top_end += xtra_rows; | |
| 1904 } | |
| 1905 } | |
| 1906 | |
| 1907 /* When not updating the rest, may need to move w_lines[] | |
| 1908 * entries. */ | |
| 1909 if (mod_bot != MAXLNUM && i != j) | |
| 1910 { | |
| 1911 if (j < i) | |
| 1912 { | |
| 1913 int x = row + new_rows; | |
| 1914 | |
| 1915 /* move entries in w_lines[] upwards */ | |
| 1916 for (;;) | |
| 1917 { | |
| 1918 /* stop at last valid entry in w_lines[] */ | |
| 1919 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) | |
| 1920 { | |
| 1921 wp->w_lines_valid = j; | |
| 1922 break; | |
| 1923 } | |
| 1924 wp->w_lines[j] = wp->w_lines[i]; | |
| 1925 /* stop at a line that won't fit */ | |
| 1926 if (x + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size | |
| 1927 > wp->w_height) | |
| 1928 { | |
| 1929 wp->w_lines_valid = j + 1; | |
| 1930 break; | |
| 1931 } | |
| 1932 x += wp->w_lines[j++].wl_size; | |
| 1933 ++i; | |
| 1934 } | |
| 1935 if (bot_start > x) | |
| 1936 bot_start = x; | |
| 1937 } | |
| 1938 else /* j > i */ | |
| 1939 { | |
| 1940 /* move entries in w_lines[] downwards */ | |
| 1941 j -= i; | |
| 1942 wp->w_lines_valid += j; | |
| 1943 if (wp->w_lines_valid > wp->w_height) | |
| 1944 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; | |
| 1945 for (i = wp->w_lines_valid; i - j >= idx; --i) | |
| 1946 wp->w_lines[i] = wp->w_lines[i - j]; | |
| 1947 | |
| 1948 /* The w_lines[] entries for inserted lines are | |
| 1949 * now invalid, but wl_size may be used above. | |
| 1950 * Reset to zero. */ | |
| 1951 while (i >= idx) | |
| 1952 { | |
| 1953 wp->w_lines[i].wl_size = 0; | |
| 1954 wp->w_lines[i--].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 1955 } | |
| 1956 } | |
| 1957 } | |
| 1958 } | |
| 1959 } | |
| 1960 | |
| 1961 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1962 /* | |
| 1963 * When lines are folded, display one line for all of them. | |
| 1964 * Otherwise, display normally (can be several display lines when | |
| 1965 * 'wrap' is on). | |
| 1966 */ | |
| 1967 fold_count = foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo); | |
| 1968 if (fold_count != 0) | |
| 1969 { | |
| 1970 fold_line(wp, fold_count, &win_foldinfo, lnum, row); | |
| 1971 ++row; | |
| 1972 --fold_count; | |
| 1973 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = TRUE; | |
| 1974 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum + fold_count; | |
| 1975 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1976 did_update = DID_FOLD; | |
| 1977 # endif | |
| 1978 } | |
| 1979 else | |
| 1980 #endif | |
| 1981 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid | |
| 1982 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid | |
| 1983 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum == lnum | |
| 1984 && lnum > wp->w_topline | |
| 1985 && !(dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) | |
| 1986 && srow + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > wp->w_height | |
| 1987 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1988 && diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) == 0 | |
| 1989 #endif | |
| 1990 ) | |
| 1991 { | |
| 1992 /* This line is not going to fit. Don't draw anything here, | |
| 1993 * will draw "@ " lines below. */ | |
| 1994 row = wp->w_height + 1; | |
| 1995 } | |
| 1996 else | |
| 1997 { | |
| 1998 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1999 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); | |
| 2000 #endif | |
| 2001 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 2002 /* Let the syntax stuff know we skipped a few lines. */ | |
| 2003 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_last_parsed + 1 < lnum | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2004 && syntax_present(wp)) |
| 7 | 2005 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); |
| 2006 #endif | |
| 2007 | |
| 2008 /* | |
| 2009 * Display one line. | |
| 2010 */ | |
| 625 | 2011 row = win_line(wp, lnum, srow, wp->w_height, mod_top == 0); |
| 7 | 2012 |
| 2013 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2014 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = FALSE; | |
| 2015 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum; | |
| 2016 #endif | |
| 2017 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 2018 did_update = DID_LINE; | |
| 2019 syntax_last_parsed = lnum; | |
| 2020 #endif | |
| 2021 } | |
| 2022 | |
| 2023 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum = lnum; | |
| 2024 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid = TRUE; | |
| 2025 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ | |
| 2026 { | |
| 2027 /* we may need the size of that too long line later on */ | |
| 3318 | 2028 if (dollar_vcol == -1) |
| 7 | 2029 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = plines_win(wp, lnum, TRUE); |
| 2030 ++idx; | |
| 2031 break; | |
| 2032 } | |
| 3318 | 2033 if (dollar_vcol == -1) |
| 7 | 2034 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = row - srow; |
| 2035 ++idx; | |
| 2036 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2037 lnum += fold_count + 1; | |
| 2038 #else | |
| 2039 ++lnum; | |
| 2040 #endif | |
| 2041 } | |
| 2042 else | |
| 2043 { | |
| 2044 /* This line does not need updating, advance to the next one */ | |
| 2045 row += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; | |
| 2046 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ | |
| 2047 break; | |
| 2048 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2049 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx - 1].wl_lastlnum + 1; | |
| 2050 #else | |
| 2051 ++lnum; | |
| 2052 #endif | |
| 2053 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 2054 did_update = DID_NONE; | |
| 2055 #endif | |
| 2056 } | |
| 2057 | |
| 2058 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 2059 { | |
| 2060 eof = TRUE; | |
| 2061 break; | |
| 2062 } | |
| 2063 } | |
| 2064 /* | |
| 2065 * End of loop over all window lines. | |
| 2066 */ | |
| 2067 | |
| 2068 | |
| 2069 if (idx > wp->w_lines_valid) | |
| 2070 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; | |
| 2071 | |
| 2072 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 2073 /* | |
| 2074 * Let the syntax stuff know we stop parsing here. | |
| 2075 */ | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2076 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_present(wp)) |
| 7 | 2077 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); |
| 2078 #endif | |
| 2079 | |
| 2080 /* | |
| 2081 * If we didn't hit the end of the file, and we didn't finish the last | |
| 2082 * line we were working on, then the line didn't fit. | |
| 2083 */ | |
| 2084 wp->w_empty_rows = 0; | |
| 2085 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2086 wp->w_filler_rows = 0; | |
| 2087 #endif | |
| 2088 if (!eof && !didline) | |
| 2089 { | |
| 2090 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
| 2091 { | |
| 2092 /* | |
| 2093 * Single line that does not fit! | |
| 2094 * Don't overwrite it, it can be edited. | |
| 2095 */ | |
| 2096 wp->w_botline = lnum + 1; | |
| 2097 } | |
| 2098 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2099 else if (diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) >= wp->w_height - srow) | |
| 2100 { | |
| 2101 /* Window ends in filler lines. */ | |
| 2102 wp->w_botline = lnum; | |
| 2103 wp->w_filler_rows = wp->w_height - srow; | |
| 2104 } | |
| 2105 #endif | |
| 2106 else if (dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) /* 'display' has "lastline" */ | |
| 2107 { | |
| 2108 /* | |
| 2109 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" at the end. | |
| 2110 */ | |
| 2111 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1, | |
| 2112 W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, | |
| 2113 (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - 3, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 2114 '@', '@', hl_attr(HLF_AT)); | |
| 2115 set_empty_rows(wp, srow); | |
| 2116 wp->w_botline = lnum; | |
| 2117 } | |
| 2118 else | |
| 2119 { | |
| 2120 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', srow, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); | |
| 2121 wp->w_botline = lnum; | |
| 2122 } | |
| 2123 } | |
| 2124 else | |
| 2125 { | |
| 2126 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 2127 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); | |
| 2128 #endif | |
| 2129 if (eof) /* we hit the end of the file */ | |
| 2130 { | |
| 2131 wp->w_botline = buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; | |
| 2132 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2133 j = diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_botline); | |
| 2134 if (j > 0 && !wp->w_botfill) | |
| 2135 { | |
| 2136 /* | |
| 2137 * Display filler lines at the end of the file | |
| 2138 */ | |
| 2139 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) | |
| 2140 i = '-'; | |
| 2141 else | |
| 2142 i = fill_diff; | |
| 2143 if (row + j > wp->w_height) | |
| 2144 j = wp->w_height - row; | |
| 2145 win_draw_end(wp, i, i, row, row + (int)j, HLF_DED); | |
| 2146 row += j; | |
| 2147 } | |
| 2148 #endif | |
| 2149 } | |
| 3318 | 2150 else if (dollar_vcol == -1) |
| 7 | 2151 wp->w_botline = lnum; |
| 2152 | |
| 2153 /* make sure the rest of the screen is blank */ | |
| 2154 /* put '~'s on rows that aren't part of the file. */ | |
| 2155 win_draw_end(wp, '~', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); | |
| 2156 } | |
| 2157 | |
| 2158 /* Reset the type of redrawing required, the window has been updated. */ | |
| 2159 wp->w_redr_type = 0; | |
| 2160 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2161 wp->w_old_topfill = wp->w_topfill; | |
| 2162 wp->w_old_botfill = wp->w_botfill; | |
| 2163 #endif | |
| 2164 | |
| 3318 | 2165 if (dollar_vcol == -1) |
| 7 | 2166 { |
| 2167 /* | |
| 2168 * There is a trick with w_botline. If we invalidate it on each | |
| 2169 * change that might modify it, this will cause a lot of expensive | |
| 2170 * calls to plines() in update_topline() each time. Therefore the | |
| 2171 * value of w_botline is often approximated, and this value is used to | |
| 2172 * compute the value of w_topline. If the value of w_botline was | |
| 2173 * wrong, check that the value of w_topline is correct (cursor is on | |
| 2174 * the visible part of the text). If it's not, we need to redraw | |
| 2175 * again. Mostly this just means scrolling up a few lines, so it | |
| 2176 * doesn't look too bad. Only do this for the current window (where | |
| 2177 * changes are relevant). | |
| 2178 */ | |
| 2179 wp->w_valid |= VALID_BOTLINE; | |
| 2180 if (wp == curwin && wp->w_botline != old_botline && !recursive) | |
| 2181 { | |
| 2182 recursive = TRUE; | |
| 2183 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_TOPLINE; | |
| 2184 update_topline(); /* may invalidate w_botline again */ | |
| 2185 if (must_redraw != 0) | |
| 2186 { | |
| 2187 /* Don't update for changes in buffer again. */ | |
| 2188 i = curbuf->b_mod_set; | |
| 2189 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; | |
| 2190 win_update(curwin); | |
| 2191 must_redraw = 0; | |
| 2192 curbuf->b_mod_set = i; | |
| 2193 } | |
| 2194 recursive = FALSE; | |
| 2195 } | |
| 2196 } | |
| 2197 | |
| 2198 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
| 2199 /* restore got_int, unless CTRL-C was hit while redrawing */ | |
| 2200 if (!got_int) | |
| 2201 got_int = save_got_int; | |
| 2202 #endif | |
| 2203 } | |
| 2204 | |
| 2205 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2206 static int draw_signcolumn __ARGS((win_T *wp)); | |
| 2207 | |
| 2208 /* | |
| 2209 * Return TRUE when window "wp" has a column to draw signs in. | |
| 2210 */ | |
| 2211 static int | |
| 2212 draw_signcolumn(wp) | |
| 2213 win_T *wp; | |
| 2214 { | |
| 2215 return (wp->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL | |
| 2216 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 2210 | 2217 || netbeans_active() |
| 7 | 2218 # endif |
| 2219 ); | |
| 2220 } | |
| 2221 #endif | |
| 2222 | |
| 2223 /* | |
| 2224 * Clear the rest of the window and mark the unused lines with "c1". use "c2" | |
| 2225 * as the filler character. | |
| 2226 */ | |
| 2227 static void | |
| 2228 win_draw_end(wp, c1, c2, row, endrow, hl) | |
| 2229 win_T *wp; | |
| 2230 int c1; | |
| 2231 int c2; | |
| 2232 int row; | |
| 2233 int endrow; | |
| 534 | 2234 hlf_T hl; |
| 7 | 2235 { |
| 2236 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_CMDWIN) | |
| 2237 int n = 0; | |
| 2238 # define FDC_OFF n | |
| 2239 #else | |
| 2240 # define FDC_OFF 0 | |
| 2241 #endif | |
| 6553 | 2242 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 2243 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); | |
| 2244 #endif | |
| 7 | 2245 |
| 2246 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2247 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2248 { | |
| 2249 /* No check for cmdline window: should never be right-left. */ | |
| 2250 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 6553 | 2251 n = fdc; |
| 7 | 2252 |
| 2253 if (n > 0) | |
| 2254 { | |
| 2255 /* draw the fold column at the right */ | |
| 119 | 2256 if (n > W_WIDTH(wp)) |
| 2257 n = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 7 | 2258 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, |
| 2259 W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 2260 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
| 2261 } | |
| 2262 # endif | |
| 2263 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2264 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) | |
| 2265 { | |
| 2266 int nn = n + 2; | |
| 2267 | |
| 2268 /* draw the sign column left of the fold column */ | |
| 119 | 2269 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) |
| 2270 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 7 | 2271 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, |
| 2272 W_ENDCOL(wp) - nn, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, | |
| 2273 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC)); | |
| 2274 n = nn; | |
| 2275 } | |
| 2276 # endif | |
| 2277 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2278 W_WINCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, | |
| 2279 c2, c2, hl_attr(hl)); | |
| 2280 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2281 W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, W_ENDCOL(wp) - FDC_OFF, | |
| 2282 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl)); | |
| 2283 } | |
| 2284 else | |
| 2285 #endif | |
| 2286 { | |
| 2287 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 2288 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) | |
| 2289 { | |
| 2290 /* draw the cmdline character in the leftmost column */ | |
| 2291 n = 1; | |
| 2292 if (n > wp->w_width) | |
| 2293 n = wp->w_width; | |
| 2294 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2295 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + n, | |
| 2296 cmdwin_type, ' ', hl_attr(HLF_AT)); | |
| 2297 } | |
| 2298 #endif | |
| 2299 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 6553 | 2300 if (fdc > 0) |
| 2301 { | |
| 2302 int nn = n + fdc; | |
| 7 | 2303 |
| 2304 /* draw the fold column at the left */ | |
| 2305 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 2306 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 2307 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2308 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, | |
| 2309 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
| 2310 n = nn; | |
| 2311 } | |
| 2312 #endif | |
| 2313 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2314 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) | |
| 2315 { | |
| 2316 int nn = n + 2; | |
| 2317 | |
| 2318 /* draw the sign column after the fold column */ | |
| 2319 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 2320 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 2321 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2322 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, | |
| 2323 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC)); | |
| 2324 n = nn; | |
| 2325 } | |
| 2326 #endif | |
| 2327 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2328 W_WINCOL(wp) + FDC_OFF, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 2329 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl)); | |
| 2330 } | |
| 2331 set_empty_rows(wp, row); | |
| 2332 } | |
| 2333 | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2334 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2335 static int advance_color_col __ARGS((int vcol, int **color_cols)); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2336 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2337 /* |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2338 * Advance **color_cols and return TRUE when there are columns to draw. |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2339 */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2340 static int |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2341 advance_color_col(vcol, color_cols) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2342 int vcol; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2343 int **color_cols; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2344 { |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2345 while (**color_cols >= 0 && vcol > **color_cols) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2346 ++*color_cols; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2347 return (**color_cols >= 0); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2348 } |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2349 #endif |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2350 |
| 7 | 2351 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 2352 /* | |
| 6553 | 2353 * Compute the width of the foldcolumn. Based on 'foldcolumn' and how much |
| 2354 * space is available for window "wp", minus "col". | |
| 2355 */ | |
| 2356 static int | |
| 2357 compute_foldcolumn(wp, col) | |
| 2358 win_T *wp; | |
| 2359 int col; | |
| 2360 { | |
| 2361 int fdc = wp->w_p_fdc; | |
| 2362 int wmw = wp == curwin && p_wmw == 0 ? 1 : p_wmw; | |
| 2363 int wwidth = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 2364 | |
| 2365 if (fdc > wwidth - (col + wmw)) | |
| 2366 fdc = wwidth - (col + wmw); | |
| 2367 return fdc; | |
| 2368 } | |
| 2369 | |
| 2370 /* | |
| 7 | 2371 * Display one folded line. |
| 2372 */ | |
| 2373 static void | |
| 2374 fold_line(wp, fold_count, foldinfo, lnum, row) | |
| 2375 win_T *wp; | |
| 2376 long fold_count; | |
| 2377 foldinfo_T *foldinfo; | |
| 2378 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2379 int row; | |
| 2380 { | |
| 2381 char_u buf[51]; | |
| 2382 pos_T *top, *bot; | |
| 2383 linenr_T lnume = lnum + fold_count - 1; | |
| 2384 int len; | |
| 29 | 2385 char_u *text; |
| 7 | 2386 int fdc; |
| 2387 int col; | |
| 2388 int txtcol; | |
| 2389 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); | |
| 216 | 2390 int ri; |
| 7 | 2391 |
| 2392 /* Build the fold line: | |
| 2393 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window | |
| 2394 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2395 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
| 7 | 2396 * 4. Compose the text |
| 2397 * 5. Add the text | |
| 2398 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text | |
| 2399 */ | |
| 2400 col = 0; | |
| 2401 | |
| 2402 /* | |
| 2403 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window | |
| 2404 * Ignores 'rightleft', this window is never right-left. | |
| 2405 */ | |
| 2406 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 2407 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) | |
| 2408 { | |
| 2409 ScreenLines[off] = cmdwin_type; | |
| 2410 ScreenAttrs[off] = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 2411 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2412 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2413 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 2414 #endif | |
| 2415 ++col; | |
| 2416 } | |
| 2417 #endif | |
| 2418 | |
| 2419 /* | |
| 2420 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' | |
| 6553 | 2421 * Reduce the width when there is not enough space. |
| 7 | 2422 */ |
| 6553 | 2423 fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, col); |
| 7 | 2424 if (fdc > 0) |
| 2425 { | |
| 2426 fill_foldcolumn(buf, wp, TRUE, lnum); | |
| 2427 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2428 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2429 { | |
| 2430 int i; | |
| 2431 | |
| 2432 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - fdc - col, buf, fdc, | |
| 2433 hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
| 2434 /* reverse the fold column */ | |
| 2435 for (i = 0; i < fdc; ++i) | |
| 2436 ScreenLines[off + W_WIDTH(wp) - i - 1 - col] = buf[i]; | |
| 2437 } | |
| 2438 else | |
| 2439 #endif | |
| 2440 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, fdc, hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
| 2441 col += fdc; | |
| 2442 } | |
| 2443 | |
| 2444 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 216 | 2445 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) if (wp->w_p_rl) \ |
| 2446 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ | |
| 2447 ScreenAttrs[off + (W_WIDTH(wp) - (p) - (l)) + ri] = v; \ | |
| 2448 else \ | |
| 2449 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ | |
| 2450 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v | |
| 7 | 2451 #else |
| 216 | 2452 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ |
| 2453 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v | |
| 7 | 2454 #endif |
| 2455 | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2456 /* Set all attributes of the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column and the |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2457 * text */ |
| 216 | 2458 RL_MEMSET(col, hl_attr(HLF_FL), W_WIDTH(wp) - col); |
| 7 | 2459 |
| 2460 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2461 /* If signs are being displayed, add two spaces. */ | |
| 2462 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) | |
| 2463 { | |
| 2464 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 2465 if (len > 0) | |
| 2466 { | |
| 2467 if (len > 2) | |
| 2468 len = 2; | |
| 2469 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2470 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2471 /* the line number isn't reversed */ | |
| 2472 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, | |
| 2473 (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
| 2474 else | |
| 2475 # endif | |
| 2476 copy_text_attr(off + col, (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
| 2477 col += len; | |
| 2478 } | |
| 2479 } | |
| 2480 #endif | |
| 2481 | |
| 2482 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2483 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
| 7 | 2484 */ |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2485 if (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) |
| 7 | 2486 { |
| 2487 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 2488 if (len > 0) | |
| 2489 { | |
| 13 | 2490 int w = number_width(wp); |
| 5905 | 2491 long num; |
| 2492 char *fmt = "%*ld "; | |
| 13 | 2493 |
| 2494 if (len > w + 1) | |
| 2495 len = w + 1; | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2496 |
|
4736
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
2497 if (wp->w_p_nu && !wp->w_p_rnu) |
|
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
2498 /* 'number' + 'norelativenumber' */ |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2499 num = (long)lnum; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2500 else |
| 4065 | 2501 { |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2502 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ |
| 2675 | 2503 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); |
|
4736
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
2504 if (num == 0 && wp->w_p_nu && wp->w_p_rnu) |
|
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
2505 { |
|
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
2506 /* 'number' + 'relativenumber': cursor line shows absolute |
|
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
2507 * line number */ |
| 4065 | 2508 num = lnum; |
| 2509 fmt = "%-*ld "; | |
| 2510 } | |
| 2511 } | |
| 2512 | |
| 2513 sprintf((char *)buf, fmt, w, num); | |
| 7 | 2514 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 2515 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2516 /* the line number isn't reversed */ | |
| 2517 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, buf, len, | |
| 2518 hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
| 2519 else | |
| 2520 #endif | |
| 2521 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
| 2522 col += len; | |
| 2523 } | |
| 2524 } | |
| 2525 | |
| 2526 /* | |
| 2527 * 4. Compose the folded-line string with 'foldtext', if set. | |
| 2528 */ | |
| 29 | 2529 text = get_foldtext(wp, lnum, lnume, foldinfo, buf); |
| 7 | 2530 |
| 2531 txtcol = col; /* remember where text starts */ | |
| 2532 | |
| 2533 /* | |
| 2534 * 5. move the text to current_ScreenLine. Fill up with "fill_fold". | |
| 2535 * Right-left text is put in columns 0 - number-col, normal text is put | |
| 2536 * in columns number-col - window-width. | |
| 2537 */ | |
| 2538 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2539 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2540 { | |
| 2541 int cells; | |
| 714 | 2542 int u8c, u8cc[MAX_MCO]; |
| 2543 int i; | |
| 7 | 2544 int idx; |
| 2545 int c_len; | |
| 33 | 2546 char_u *p; |
| 7 | 2547 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC |
| 2548 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ | |
| 2549 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ | |
| 2550 # endif | |
| 2551 | |
| 2552 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2553 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2554 idx = off; | |
| 2555 else | |
| 2556 # endif | |
| 2557 idx = off + col; | |
| 2558 | |
| 2559 /* Store multibyte characters in ScreenLines[] et al. correctly. */ | |
| 2560 for (p = text; *p != NUL; ) | |
| 2561 { | |
| 2562 cells = (*mb_ptr2cells)(p); | |
| 474 | 2563 c_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 7 | 2564 if (col + cells > W_WIDTH(wp) |
| 2565 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2566 - (wp->w_p_rl ? col : 0) | |
| 2567 # endif | |
| 2568 ) | |
| 2569 break; | |
| 2570 ScreenLines[idx] = *p; | |
| 2571 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2572 { | |
| 714 | 2573 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(p, u8cc); |
| 2574 if (*p < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) | |
| 7 | 2575 { |
| 2576 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = 0; | |
| 2577 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 2578 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 2579 #endif | |
| 2580 } | |
| 2581 else | |
| 2582 { | |
| 2583 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 2584 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) | |
| 2585 { | |
| 2586 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ | |
| 714 | 2587 int pc, pc1, nc; |
| 2588 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; | |
| 7 | 2589 int firstbyte = *p; |
| 2590 | |
| 2591 /* The idea of what is the previous and next | |
| 2592 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ | |
| 2593 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2594 { | |
| 2595 pc = prev_c; | |
| 2596 pc1 = prev_c1; | |
| 2597 nc = utf_ptr2char(p + c_len); | |
| 714 | 2598 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; |
| 7 | 2599 } |
| 2600 else | |
| 2601 { | |
| 714 | 2602 pc = utfc_ptr2char(p + c_len, pcc); |
| 7 | 2603 nc = prev_c; |
| 714 | 2604 pc1 = pcc[0]; |
| 7 | 2605 } |
| 2606 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 2607 | |
| 714 | 2608 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &firstbyte, &u8cc[0], |
| 7 | 2609 pc, pc1, nc); |
| 2610 ScreenLines[idx] = firstbyte; | |
| 2611 } | |
| 2612 else | |
| 2613 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 2614 #endif | |
| 2615 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ | |
| 1401 | 2616 #ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 7 | 2617 if (u8c >= 0x10000) |
| 2618 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = (cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; | |
| 2619 else | |
| 1401 | 2620 #endif |
| 7 | 2621 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = u8c; |
| 714 | 2622 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
| 2623 { | |
| 2624 ScreenLinesC[i][idx] = u8cc[i]; | |
| 2625 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
| 2626 break; | |
| 2627 } | |
| 7 | 2628 } |
| 2629 if (cells > 1) | |
| 2630 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = 0; | |
| 2631 } | |
|
2069
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2632 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e) |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2633 /* double-byte single width character */ |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2634 ScreenLines2[idx] = p[1]; |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2635 else if (cells > 1) |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2636 /* double-width character */ |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2637 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = p[1]; |
| 7 | 2638 col += cells; |
| 2639 idx += cells; | |
| 2640 p += c_len; | |
| 2641 } | |
| 2642 } | |
| 2643 else | |
| 2644 #endif | |
| 2645 { | |
| 2646 len = (int)STRLEN(text); | |
| 2647 if (len > W_WIDTH(wp) - col) | |
| 2648 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 2649 if (len > 0) | |
| 2650 { | |
| 2651 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2652 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2653 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine, text, len); | |
| 2654 else | |
| 2655 #endif | |
| 2656 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine + col, text, len); | |
| 2657 col += len; | |
| 2658 } | |
| 2659 } | |
| 2660 | |
| 2661 /* Fill the rest of the line with the fold filler */ | |
| 2662 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2663 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2664 col -= txtcol; | |
| 2665 #endif | |
| 2666 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp) | |
| 2667 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2668 - (wp->w_p_rl ? txtcol : 0) | |
| 2669 #endif | |
| 2670 ) | |
| 2671 { | |
| 2672 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2673 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2674 { | |
| 2675 if (fill_fold >= 0x80) | |
| 2676 { | |
| 2677 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = fill_fold; | |
| 714 | 2678 ScreenLinesC[0][off + col] = 0; |
| 7 | 2679 } |
| 2680 else | |
| 2681 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = 0; | |
| 2682 } | |
| 2683 #endif | |
| 2684 ScreenLines[off + col++] = fill_fold; | |
| 2685 } | |
| 2686 | |
| 2687 if (text != buf) | |
| 2688 vim_free(text); | |
| 2689 | |
| 2690 /* | |
| 2691 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text. | |
| 2692 * If all folded lines are in the Visual area, highlight the line. | |
| 2693 */ | |
| 2694 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 2695 { | |
| 2696 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) | |
| 2697 { | |
| 2698 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ | |
| 2699 top = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2700 bot = &VIsual; | |
| 2701 } | |
| 2702 else | |
| 2703 { | |
| 2704 /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ | |
| 2705 top = &VIsual; | |
| 2706 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2707 } | |
| 2708 if (lnum >= top->lnum | |
| 2709 && lnume <= bot->lnum | |
| 2710 && (VIsual_mode != 'v' | |
| 2711 || ((lnum > top->lnum | |
| 2712 || (lnum == top->lnum | |
| 2713 && top->col == 0)) | |
| 2714 && (lnume < bot->lnum | |
| 2715 || (lnume == bot->lnum | |
| 2716 && (bot->col - (*p_sel == 'e')) | |
| 1883 | 2717 >= (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnume, FALSE))))))) |
| 7 | 2718 { |
| 2719 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) | |
| 2720 { | |
| 2721 /* Visual block mode: highlight the chars part of the block */ | |
| 2722 if (wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 2723 { | |
| 3040 | 2724 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lcol != MAXCOL |
| 2725 && wp->w_old_cursor_lcol + txtcol | |
| 2726 < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 7 | 2727 len = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; |
| 2728 else | |
| 2729 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol; | |
| 2730 RL_MEMSET(wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), | |
| 230 | 2731 len - (int)wp->w_old_cursor_fcol); |
| 7 | 2732 } |
| 2733 } | |
| 2734 else | |
| 216 | 2735 { |
| 7 | 2736 /* Set all attributes of the text */ |
| 216 | 2737 RL_MEMSET(txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol); |
| 2738 } | |
| 7 | 2739 } |
| 2740 } | |
| 2741 | |
| 743 | 2742 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 2743 /* Show 'cursorcolumn' in the fold line. */ | |
| 1725 | 2744 if (wp->w_p_cuc) |
| 2745 { | |
| 2746 txtcol += wp->w_virtcol; | |
| 2747 if (wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 2748 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol; | |
| 2749 else | |
| 2750 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol; | |
| 2751 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 2752 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr( | |
| 2753 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], hl_attr(HLF_CUC)); | |
| 2754 } | |
| 743 | 2755 #endif |
| 7 | 2756 |
| 2757 SCREEN_LINE(row + W_WINROW(wp), W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WIDTH(wp), | |
| 2758 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), FALSE); | |
| 2759 | |
| 2760 /* | |
| 2761 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was | |
| 2762 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). | |
| 2763 */ | |
| 2764 if (wp == curwin | |
| 2765 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 2766 && lnume >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 2767 { | |
| 2768 curwin->w_cline_row = row; | |
| 2769 curwin->w_cline_height = 1; | |
| 2770 curwin->w_cline_folded = TRUE; | |
| 2771 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); | |
| 2772 } | |
| 2773 } | |
| 2774 | |
| 2775 /* | |
| 2776 * Copy "buf[len]" to ScreenLines["off"] and set attributes to "attr". | |
| 2777 */ | |
| 2778 static void | |
| 2779 copy_text_attr(off, buf, len, attr) | |
| 2780 int off; | |
| 2781 char_u *buf; | |
| 2782 int len; | |
| 2783 int attr; | |
| 2784 { | |
| 216 | 2785 int i; |
| 2786 | |
| 7 | 2787 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off, buf, (size_t)len); |
| 2788 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2789 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2790 vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * (size_t)len); | |
| 2791 # endif | |
| 216 | 2792 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
| 2793 ScreenAttrs[off + i] = attr; | |
| 7 | 2794 } |
| 2795 | |
| 2796 /* | |
| 2797 * Fill the foldcolumn at "p" for window "wp". | |
| 548 | 2798 * Only to be called when 'foldcolumn' > 0. |
| 7 | 2799 */ |
| 2800 static void | |
| 2801 fill_foldcolumn(p, wp, closed, lnum) | |
| 2802 char_u *p; | |
| 2803 win_T *wp; | |
| 2804 int closed; /* TRUE of FALSE */ | |
| 2805 linenr_T lnum; /* current line number */ | |
| 2806 { | |
| 2807 int i = 0; | |
| 2808 int level; | |
| 2809 int first_level; | |
| 519 | 2810 int empty; |
| 6553 | 2811 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); |
| 7 | 2812 |
| 2813 /* Init to all spaces. */ | |
| 6553 | 2814 copy_spaces(p, (size_t)fdc); |
| 7 | 2815 |
| 2816 level = win_foldinfo.fi_level; | |
| 2817 if (level > 0) | |
| 2818 { | |
| 519 | 2819 /* If there is only one column put more info in it. */ |
| 6553 | 2820 empty = (fdc == 1) ? 0 : 1; |
| 519 | 2821 |
| 7 | 2822 /* If the column is too narrow, we start at the lowest level that |
| 2823 * fits and use numbers to indicated the depth. */ | |
| 6553 | 2824 first_level = level - fdc - closed + 1 + empty; |
| 7 | 2825 if (first_level < 1) |
| 2826 first_level = 1; | |
| 2827 | |
| 6553 | 2828 for (i = 0; i + empty < fdc; ++i) |
| 7 | 2829 { |
| 2830 if (win_foldinfo.fi_lnum == lnum | |
| 2831 && first_level + i >= win_foldinfo.fi_low_level) | |
| 2832 p[i] = '-'; | |
| 2833 else if (first_level == 1) | |
| 2834 p[i] = '|'; | |
| 2835 else if (first_level + i <= 9) | |
| 2836 p[i] = '0' + first_level + i; | |
| 2837 else | |
| 2838 p[i] = '>'; | |
| 2839 if (first_level + i == level) | |
| 2840 break; | |
| 2841 } | |
| 2842 } | |
| 2843 if (closed) | |
| 6553 | 2844 p[i >= fdc ? i - 1 : i] = '+'; |
| 7 | 2845 } |
| 2846 #endif /* FEAT_FOLDING */ | |
| 2847 | |
| 2848 /* | |
| 2849 * Display line "lnum" of window 'wp' on the screen. | |
| 2850 * Start at row "startrow", stop when "endrow" is reached. | |
| 2851 * wp->w_virtcol needs to be valid. | |
| 2852 * | |
| 2853 * Return the number of last row the line occupies. | |
| 2854 */ | |
| 2855 static int | |
| 625 | 2856 win_line(wp, lnum, startrow, endrow, nochange) |
| 7 | 2857 win_T *wp; |
| 2858 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2859 int startrow; | |
| 2860 int endrow; | |
| 1883 | 2861 int nochange UNUSED; /* not updating for changed text */ |
| 7 | 2862 { |
| 2863 int col; /* visual column on screen */ | |
| 2864 unsigned off; /* offset in ScreenLines/ScreenAttrs */ | |
| 2865 int c = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 2866 long vcol = 0; /* virtual column (for tabs) */ | |
| 6503 | 2867 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
| 2868 long vcol_sbr = -1; /* virtual column after showbreak */ | |
| 2869 #endif | |
| 7 | 2870 long vcol_prev = -1; /* "vcol" of previous character */ |
| 2871 char_u *line; /* current line */ | |
| 2872 char_u *ptr; /* current position in "line" */ | |
| 2873 int row; /* row in the window, excl w_winrow */ | |
| 2874 int screen_row; /* row on the screen, incl w_winrow */ | |
| 2875 | |
| 2876 char_u extra[18]; /* "%ld" and 'fdc' must fit in here */ | |
| 2877 int n_extra = 0; /* number of extra chars */ | |
| 1340 | 2878 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* string of extra chars, plus NUL */ |
| 6026 | 2879 char_u *p_extra_free = NULL; /* p_extra needs to be freed */ |
| 7 | 2880 int c_extra = NUL; /* extra chars, all the same */ |
| 2881 int extra_attr = 0; /* attributes when n_extra != 0 */ | |
| 2882 static char_u *at_end_str = (char_u *)""; /* used for p_extra when | |
| 2883 displaying lcs_eol at end-of-line */ | |
| 2884 int lcs_eol_one = lcs_eol; /* lcs_eol until it's been used */ | |
| 2885 int lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; /* lcs_prec until it's been used */ | |
| 2886 | |
| 2887 /* saved "extra" items for when draw_state becomes WL_LINE (again) */ | |
| 2888 int saved_n_extra = 0; | |
| 2889 char_u *saved_p_extra = NULL; | |
| 2890 int saved_c_extra = 0; | |
| 2891 int saved_char_attr = 0; | |
| 2892 | |
| 2893 int n_attr = 0; /* chars with special attr */ | |
| 2894 int saved_attr2 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr */ | |
| 2895 int n_attr3 = 0; /* chars with overruling special attr */ | |
| 2896 int saved_attr3 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr3 */ | |
| 2897 | |
| 2898 int n_skip = 0; /* nr of chars to skip for 'nowrap' */ | |
| 2899 | |
| 2900 int fromcol, tocol; /* start/end of inverting */ | |
| 2901 int fromcol_prev = -2; /* start of inverting after cursor */ | |
| 2902 int noinvcur = FALSE; /* don't invert the cursor */ | |
| 2903 pos_T *top, *bot; | |
| 1813 | 2904 int lnum_in_visual_area = FALSE; |
| 7 | 2905 pos_T pos; |
| 2906 long v; | |
| 2907 | |
| 2908 int char_attr = 0; /* attributes for next character */ | |
| 674 | 2909 int attr_pri = FALSE; /* char_attr has priority */ |
| 7 | 2910 int area_highlighting = FALSE; /* Visual or incsearch highlighting |
| 2911 in this line */ | |
| 2912 int attr = 0; /* attributes for area highlighting */ | |
| 2913 int area_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by highlighting */ | |
| 2914 int search_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by 'hlsearch' */ | |
| 2915 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 743 | 2916 int vcol_save_attr = 0; /* saved attr for 'cursorcolumn' */ |
| 7 | 2917 int syntax_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by syntax */ |
| 2918 int has_syntax = FALSE; /* this buffer has syntax highl. */ | |
| 2919 int save_did_emsg; | |
| 1437 | 2920 int eol_hl_off = 0; /* 1 if highlighted char after EOL */ |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2921 int draw_color_col = FALSE; /* highlight colorcolumn */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2922 int *color_cols = NULL; /* pointer to according columns array */ |
| 743 | 2923 #endif |
| 2924 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL | |
| 221 | 2925 int has_spell = FALSE; /* this buffer has spell checking */ |
| 348 | 2926 # define SPWORDLEN 150 |
| 2927 char_u nextline[SPWORDLEN * 2];/* text with start of the next line */ | |
| 353 | 2928 int nextlinecol = 0; /* column where nextline[] starts */ |
| 2929 int nextline_idx = 0; /* index in nextline[] where next line | |
| 348 | 2930 starts */ |
| 221 | 2931 int spell_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by spelling */ |
| 2932 int word_end = 0; /* last byte with same spell_attr */ | |
| 378 | 2933 static linenr_T checked_lnum = 0; /* line number for "checked_col" */ |
| 2934 static int checked_col = 0; /* column in "checked_lnum" up to which | |
| 348 | 2935 * there are no spell errors */ |
| 386 | 2936 static int cap_col = -1; /* column to check for Cap word */ |
| 2937 static linenr_T capcol_lnum = 0; /* line number where "cap_col" used */ | |
| 348 | 2938 int cur_checked_col = 0; /* checked column for current line */ |
| 7 | 2939 #endif |
| 2940 int extra_check; /* has syntax or linebreak */ | |
| 2941 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2942 int multi_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by multibyte */ | |
| 2943 int mb_l = 1; /* multi-byte byte length */ | |
| 2944 int mb_c = 0; /* decoded multi-byte character */ | |
| 2945 int mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* screen char is UTF-8 char */ | |
| 714 | 2946 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing UTF-8 chars */ |
| 7 | 2947 #endif |
| 2948 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2949 int filler_lines; /* nr of filler lines to be drawn */ | |
| 2950 int filler_todo; /* nr of filler lines still to do + 1 */ | |
| 534 | 2951 hlf_T diff_hlf = (hlf_T)0; /* type of diff highlighting */ |
| 7 | 2952 int change_start = MAXCOL; /* first col of changed area */ |
| 2953 int change_end = -1; /* last col of changed area */ | |
| 2954 #endif | |
| 2955 colnr_T trailcol = MAXCOL; /* start of trailing spaces */ | |
| 2956 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 2957 int need_showbreak = FALSE; | |
| 2958 #endif | |
| 910 | 2959 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || (defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)) \ |
| 2960 || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) | |
| 7 | 2961 # define LINE_ATTR |
| 1536 | 2962 int line_attr = 0; /* attribute for the whole line */ |
| 7 | 2963 #endif |
| 2964 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1326 | 2965 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ |
| 2966 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ | |
| 2967 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl | |
| 2968 has been processed or not */ | |
| 5979 | 2969 int pos_inprogress; /* marks that position match search is |
| 2970 in progress */ | |
| 1326 | 2971 int prevcol_hl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether prevcol |
| 2972 equals startcol of search_hl or one | |
| 2973 of the matches */ | |
| 7 | 2974 #endif |
| 2975 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 2976 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ | |
| 2977 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ | |
| 2978 #endif | |
| 910 | 2979 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 867 | 2980 int did_line_attr = 0; |
| 2981 #endif | |
| 7 | 2982 |
| 2983 /* draw_state: items that are drawn in sequence: */ | |
| 2984 #define WL_START 0 /* nothing done yet */ | |
| 2985 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 2986 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START + 1 /* cmdline window column */ | |
| 2987 #else | |
| 2988 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START | |
| 2989 #endif | |
| 2990 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2991 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE + 1 /* 'foldcolumn' */ | |
| 2992 #else | |
| 2993 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE | |
| 2994 #endif | |
| 2995 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2996 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD + 1 /* column for signs */ | |
| 2997 #else | |
| 2998 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD /* column for signs */ | |
| 2999 #endif | |
| 3000 #define WL_NR WL_SIGN + 1 /* line number */ | |
| 5995 | 3001 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
| 3002 # define WL_BRI WL_NR + 1 /* 'breakindent' */ | |
| 3003 #else | |
| 3004 # define WL_BRI WL_NR | |
| 3005 #endif | |
| 7 | 3006 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) |
| 5995 | 3007 # define WL_SBR WL_BRI + 1 /* 'showbreak' or 'diff' */ |
| 7 | 3008 #else |
| 5995 | 3009 # define WL_SBR WL_BRI |
| 7 | 3010 #endif |
| 3011 #define WL_LINE WL_SBR + 1 /* text in the line */ | |
| 3012 int draw_state = WL_START; /* what to draw next */ | |
| 574 | 3013 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 7 | 3014 int feedback_col = 0; |
| 3015 int feedback_old_attr = -1; | |
| 3016 #endif | |
| 3017 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3018 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3019 int syntax_flags = 0; |
|
2392
0371401d9d33
Give each syntax item a sequence number, so that we know when it starts and
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2382
diff
changeset
|
3020 int syntax_seqnr = 0; |
|
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
3021 int prev_syntax_id = 0; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3022 int conceal_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CONCEAL); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3023 int is_concealing = FALSE; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3024 int boguscols = 0; /* nonexistent columns added to force |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3025 wrapping */ |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2400
diff
changeset
|
3026 int vcol_off = 0; /* offset for concealed characters */ |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
3027 int did_wcol = FALSE; |
| 6520 | 3028 int old_boguscols = 0; |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
3029 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol - vcol_off) |
|
5174
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3030 # define FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS \ |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3031 { \ |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3032 n_extra += vcol_off; \ |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3033 vcol -= vcol_off; \ |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3034 vcol_off = 0; \ |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3035 col -= boguscols; \ |
| 6520 | 3036 old_boguscols = boguscols; \ |
|
5174
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3037 boguscols = 0; \ |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3038 } |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
3039 #else |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
3040 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol) |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3041 #endif |
| 7 | 3042 |
| 3043 if (startrow > endrow) /* past the end already! */ | |
| 3044 return startrow; | |
| 3045 | |
| 3046 row = startrow; | |
| 3047 screen_row = row + W_WINROW(wp); | |
| 3048 | |
| 3049 /* | |
| 3050 * To speed up the loop below, set extra_check when there is linebreak, | |
| 3051 * trailing white space and/or syntax processing to be done. | |
| 3052 */ | |
| 3053 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 3054 extra_check = wp->w_p_lbr; | |
| 3055 #else | |
| 3056 extra_check = 0; | |
| 3057 #endif | |
| 3058 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3059 if (syntax_present(wp) && !wp->w_s->b_syn_error) |
| 7 | 3060 { |
| 3061 /* Prepare for syntax highlighting in this line. When there is an | |
| 3062 * error, stop syntax highlighting. */ | |
| 3063 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; | |
| 3064 did_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 3065 syntax_start(wp, lnum); | |
| 3066 if (did_emsg) | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3067 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; |
| 7 | 3068 else |
| 3069 { | |
| 3070 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; | |
| 3071 has_syntax = TRUE; | |
| 3072 extra_check = TRUE; | |
| 3073 } | |
| 3074 } | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
3075 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
3076 /* Check for columns to display for 'colorcolumn'. */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
3077 color_cols = wp->w_p_cc_cols; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
3078 if (color_cols != NULL) |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
3079 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); |
| 743 | 3080 #endif |
| 3081 | |
| 3082 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL | |
| 258 | 3083 if (wp->w_p_spell |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3084 && *wp->w_s->b_p_spl != NUL |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3085 && wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_len > 0 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3086 && *(char **)(wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_data) != NULL) |
| 221 | 3087 { |
| 3088 /* Prepare for spell checking. */ | |
| 3089 has_spell = TRUE; | |
| 3090 extra_check = TRUE; | |
| 348 | 3091 |
| 3092 /* Get the start of the next line, so that words that wrap to the next | |
| 3093 * line are found too: "et<line-break>al.". | |
| 3094 * Trick: skip a few chars for C/shell/Vim comments */ | |
| 3095 nextline[SPWORDLEN] = NUL; | |
| 3096 if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 3097 { | |
| 3098 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
| 3099 spell_cat_line(nextline + SPWORDLEN, line, SPWORDLEN); | |
| 3100 } | |
| 3101 | |
| 3102 /* When a word wrapped from the previous line the start of the current | |
| 3103 * line is valid. */ | |
| 3104 if (lnum == checked_lnum) | |
| 3105 cur_checked_col = checked_col; | |
| 3106 checked_lnum = 0; | |
| 386 | 3107 |
| 3108 /* When there was a sentence end in the previous line may require a | |
| 3109 * word starting with capital in this line. In line 1 always check | |
| 3110 * the first word. */ | |
| 3111 if (lnum != capcol_lnum) | |
| 3112 cap_col = -1; | |
| 3113 if (lnum == 1) | |
| 3114 cap_col = 0; | |
| 3115 capcol_lnum = 0; | |
| 221 | 3116 } |
| 7 | 3117 #endif |
| 3118 | |
| 3119 /* | |
| 3120 * handle visual active in this window | |
| 3121 */ | |
| 3122 fromcol = -10; | |
| 3123 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
| 3124 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 3125 { | |
| 3126 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ | |
| 3127 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) | |
| 3128 { | |
| 3129 top = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 3130 bot = &VIsual; | |
| 3131 } | |
| 3132 else /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ | |
| 3133 { | |
| 3134 top = &VIsual; | |
| 3135 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 3136 } | |
| 1813 | 3137 lnum_in_visual_area = (lnum >= top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum); |
| 7 | 3138 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) /* block mode */ |
| 3139 { | |
| 1813 | 3140 if (lnum_in_visual_area) |
| 7 | 3141 { |
| 3142 fromcol = wp->w_old_cursor_fcol; | |
| 3143 tocol = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; | |
| 3144 } | |
| 3145 } | |
| 3146 else /* non-block mode */ | |
| 3147 { | |
| 3148 if (lnum > top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum) | |
| 3149 fromcol = 0; | |
| 3150 else if (lnum == top->lnum) | |
| 3151 { | |
| 3152 if (VIsual_mode == 'V') /* linewise */ | |
| 3153 fromcol = 0; | |
| 3154 else | |
| 3155 { | |
| 3156 getvvcol(wp, top, (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 3157 if (gchar_pos(top) == NUL) | |
| 3158 tocol = fromcol + 1; | |
| 3159 } | |
| 3160 } | |
| 3161 if (VIsual_mode != 'V' && lnum == bot->lnum) | |
| 3162 { | |
| 3163 if (*p_sel == 'e' && bot->col == 0 | |
| 3164 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 3165 && bot->coladd == 0 | |
| 3166 #endif | |
| 3167 ) | |
| 3168 { | |
| 3169 fromcol = -10; | |
| 3170 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
| 3171 } | |
| 36 | 3172 else if (bot->col == MAXCOL) |
| 3173 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
| 7 | 3174 else |
| 3175 { | |
| 3176 pos = *bot; | |
| 3177 if (*p_sel == 'e') | |
| 3178 getvvcol(wp, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 3179 else | |
| 3180 { | |
| 3181 getvvcol(wp, &pos, NULL, NULL, (colnr_T *)&tocol); | |
| 3182 ++tocol; | |
| 3183 } | |
| 3184 } | |
| 3185 } | |
| 3186 } | |
| 3187 | |
| 3188 #ifndef MSDOS | |
| 3189 /* Check if the character under the cursor should not be inverted */ | |
| 3190 if (!highlight_match && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && wp == curwin | |
| 3191 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 3192 && !gui.in_use | |
| 3193 # endif | |
| 3194 ) | |
| 3195 noinvcur = TRUE; | |
| 3196 #endif | |
| 3197 | |
| 3198 /* if inverting in this line set area_highlighting */ | |
| 3199 if (fromcol >= 0) | |
| 3200 { | |
| 3201 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 3202 attr = hl_attr(HLF_V); | |
| 3203 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11) | |
| 3674 | 3204 if ((clip_star.available && !clip_star.owned |
| 3205 && clip_isautosel_star()) | |
| 3206 || (clip_plus.available && !clip_plus.owned | |
| 3207 && clip_isautosel_plus())) | |
| 7 | 3208 attr = hl_attr(HLF_VNC); |
| 3209 #endif | |
| 3210 } | |
| 3211 } | |
| 3212 | |
| 3213 /* | |
| 674 | 3214 * handle 'incsearch' and ":s///c" highlighting |
| 7 | 3215 */ |
| 5735 | 3216 else if (highlight_match |
| 7 | 3217 && wp == curwin |
| 3218 && lnum >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 3219 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) | |
| 3220 { | |
| 3221 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 3222 getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor), | |
| 3223 (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 3224 else | |
| 3225 fromcol = 0; | |
| 3226 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) | |
| 3227 { | |
| 3228 pos.lnum = lnum; | |
| 3229 pos.col = search_match_endcol; | |
| 3230 getvcol(curwin, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 3231 } | |
| 3232 else | |
| 3233 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
| 1850 | 3234 /* do at least one character; happens when past end of line */ |
| 3235 if (fromcol == tocol) | |
| 3236 tocol = fromcol + 1; | |
| 7 | 3237 area_highlighting = TRUE; |
| 3238 attr = hl_attr(HLF_I); | |
| 3239 } | |
| 3240 | |
| 3241 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3242 filler_lines = diff_check(wp, lnum); | |
| 3243 if (filler_lines < 0) | |
| 3244 { | |
| 3245 if (filler_lines == -1) | |
| 3246 { | |
| 3247 if (diff_find_change(wp, lnum, &change_start, &change_end)) | |
| 3248 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ | |
| 3249 else if (change_start == 0) | |
| 3250 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ | |
| 3251 else | |
| 3252 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ | |
| 3253 } | |
| 3254 else | |
| 3255 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ | |
| 3256 filler_lines = 0; | |
| 3257 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 3258 } | |
| 3259 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
| 3260 filler_lines = wp->w_topfill; | |
| 3261 filler_todo = filler_lines; | |
| 3262 #endif | |
| 3263 | |
| 3264 #ifdef LINE_ATTR | |
| 3265 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 3266 /* If this line has a sign with line highlighting set line_attr. */ | |
| 3267 v = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, SIGN_LINEHL); | |
| 3268 if (v != 0) | |
| 3269 line_attr = sign_get_attr((int)v, TRUE); | |
| 3270 # endif | |
| 3271 # if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 3272 /* Highlight the current line in the quickfix window. */ | |
| 644 | 3273 if (bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer) && qf_current_entry(wp) == lnum) |
| 7 | 3274 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_L); |
| 3275 # endif | |
| 3276 if (line_attr != 0) | |
| 3277 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 3278 #endif | |
| 3279 | |
| 3280 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 3281 ptr = line; | |
| 3282 | |
| 743 | 3283 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 348 | 3284 if (has_spell) |
| 3285 { | |
| 386 | 3286 /* For checking first word with a capital skip white space. */ |
| 3287 if (cap_col == 0) | |
| 835 | 3288 cap_col = (int)(skipwhite(line) - line); |
| 386 | 3289 |
| 348 | 3290 /* To be able to spell-check over line boundaries copy the end of the |
| 3291 * current line into nextline[]. Above the start of the next line was | |
| 3292 * copied to nextline[SPWORDLEN]. */ | |
| 3293 if (nextline[SPWORDLEN] == NUL) | |
| 3294 { | |
| 3295 /* No next line or it is empty. */ | |
| 3296 nextlinecol = MAXCOL; | |
| 3297 nextline_idx = 0; | |
| 3298 } | |
| 3299 else | |
| 3300 { | |
| 835 | 3301 v = (long)STRLEN(line); |
| 348 | 3302 if (v < SPWORDLEN) |
| 3303 { | |
| 3304 /* Short line, use it completely and append the start of the | |
| 3305 * next line. */ | |
| 3306 nextlinecol = 0; | |
| 3307 mch_memmove(nextline, line, (size_t)v); | |
| 1621 | 3308 STRMOVE(nextline + v, nextline + SPWORDLEN); |
| 348 | 3309 nextline_idx = v + 1; |
| 3310 } | |
| 3311 else | |
| 3312 { | |
| 3313 /* Long line, use only the last SPWORDLEN bytes. */ | |
| 3314 nextlinecol = v - SPWORDLEN; | |
| 3315 mch_memmove(nextline, line + nextlinecol, SPWORDLEN); | |
| 3316 nextline_idx = SPWORDLEN + 1; | |
| 3317 } | |
| 3318 } | |
| 3319 } | |
| 3320 #endif | |
| 3321 | |
| 7 | 3322 /* find start of trailing whitespace */ |
| 3323 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_trail) | |
| 3324 { | |
| 3325 trailcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 3326 while (trailcol > (colnr_T)0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[trailcol - 1])) | |
| 3327 --trailcol; | |
| 3328 trailcol += (colnr_T) (ptr - line); | |
| 3329 extra_check = TRUE; | |
| 3330 } | |
| 3331 | |
| 3332 /* | |
| 3333 * 'nowrap' or 'wrap' and a single line that doesn't fit: Advance to the | |
| 3334 * first character to be displayed. | |
| 3335 */ | |
| 3336 if (wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 3337 v = wp->w_skipcol; | |
| 3338 else | |
| 3339 v = wp->w_leftcol; | |
| 3340 if (v > 0) | |
| 3341 { | |
| 3342 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3343 char_u *prev_ptr = ptr; | |
| 3344 #endif | |
| 3345 while (vcol < v && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 3346 { | |
| 5995 | 3347 c = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, ptr, (colnr_T)vcol, NULL); |
| 7 | 3348 vcol += c; |
| 3349 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3350 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
| 39 | 3351 #endif |
| 3352 mb_ptr_adv(ptr); | |
| 7 | 3353 } |
| 3354 | |
| 1984 | 3355 /* When: |
| 3356 * - 'cuc' is set, or | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
3357 * - 'colorcolumn' is set, or |
| 1984 | 3358 * - 'virtualedit' is set, or |
| 3359 * - the visual mode is active, | |
| 3360 * the end of the line may be before the start of the displayed part. | |
| 3361 */ | |
| 3362 if (vcol < v && ( | |
| 5735 | 3363 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 3364 wp->w_p_cuc || draw_color_col || | |
| 3365 #endif | |
| 3366 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 3367 virtual_active() || | |
| 3368 #endif | |
| 3369 (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer))) | |
| 1984 | 3370 { |
| 7 | 3371 vcol = v; |
| 1984 | 3372 } |
| 7 | 3373 |
| 3374 /* Handle a character that's not completely on the screen: Put ptr at | |
| 3375 * that character but skip the first few screen characters. */ | |
| 3376 if (vcol > v) | |
| 3377 { | |
| 3378 vcol -= c; | |
| 3379 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3380 ptr = prev_ptr; | |
| 3381 #else | |
| 3382 --ptr; | |
| 3383 #endif | |
| 3384 n_skip = v - vcol; | |
| 3385 } | |
| 3386 | |
| 3387 /* | |
| 3388 * Adjust for when the inverted text is before the screen, | |
| 3389 * and when the start of the inverted text is before the screen. | |
| 3390 */ | |
| 3391 if (tocol <= vcol) | |
| 3392 fromcol = 0; | |
| 3393 else if (fromcol >= 0 && fromcol < vcol) | |
| 3394 fromcol = vcol; | |
| 3395 | |
| 3396 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 3397 /* When w_skipcol is non-zero, first line needs 'showbreak' */ | |
| 3398 if (wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 3399 need_showbreak = TRUE; | |
| 3400 #endif | |
| 743 | 3401 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 499 | 3402 /* When spell checking a word we need to figure out the start of the |
| 3403 * word and if it's badly spelled or not. */ | |
| 3404 if (has_spell) | |
| 3405 { | |
| 3406 int len; | |
| 1536 | 3407 colnr_T linecol = (colnr_T)(ptr - line); |
| 534 | 3408 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
| 499 | 3409 |
| 3410 pos = wp->w_cursor; | |
| 3411 wp->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 1536 | 3412 wp->w_cursor.col = linecol; |
| 534 | 3413 len = spell_move_to(wp, FORWARD, TRUE, TRUE, &spell_hlf); |
| 1536 | 3414 |
| 3415 /* spell_move_to() may call ml_get() and make "line" invalid */ | |
| 3416 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 3417 ptr = line + linecol; | |
| 3418 | |
| 530 | 3419 if (len == 0 || (int)wp->w_cursor.col > ptr - line) |
| 499 | 3420 { |
| 3421 /* no bad word found at line start, don't check until end of a | |
| 3422 * word */ | |
| 534 | 3423 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
| 3572 | 3424 word_end = (int)(spell_to_word_end(ptr, wp) - line + 1); |
| 499 | 3425 } |
| 3426 else | |
| 534 | 3427 { |
| 499 | 3428 /* bad word found, use attributes until end of word */ |
| 3429 word_end = wp->w_cursor.col + len + 1; | |
| 3430 | |
| 534 | 3431 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ |
| 3432 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) | |
| 3433 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; | |
| 3434 } | |
| 499 | 3435 wp->w_cursor = pos; |
| 501 | 3436 |
| 743 | 3437 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 501 | 3438 /* Need to restart syntax highlighting for this line. */ |
| 3439 if (has_syntax) | |
| 3440 syntax_start(wp, lnum); | |
| 743 | 3441 # endif |
| 499 | 3442 } |
| 3443 #endif | |
| 7 | 3444 } |
| 3445 | |
| 3446 /* | |
| 3447 * Correct highlighting for cursor that can't be disabled. | |
| 3448 * Avoids having to check this for each character. | |
| 3449 */ | |
| 3450 if (fromcol >= 0) | |
| 3451 { | |
| 3452 if (noinvcur) | |
| 3453 { | |
| 3454 if ((colnr_T)fromcol == wp->w_virtcol) | |
| 3455 { | |
| 3456 /* highlighting starts at cursor, let it start just after the | |
| 3457 * cursor */ | |
| 3458 fromcol_prev = fromcol; | |
| 3459 fromcol = -1; | |
| 3460 } | |
| 3461 else if ((colnr_T)fromcol < wp->w_virtcol) | |
| 3462 /* restart highlighting after the cursor */ | |
| 3463 fromcol_prev = wp->w_virtcol; | |
| 3464 } | |
| 3465 if (fromcol >= tocol) | |
| 3466 fromcol = -1; | |
| 3467 } | |
| 3468 | |
| 3469 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 3470 /* | |
| 1326 | 3471 * Handle highlighting the last used search pattern and matches. |
| 3472 * Do this for both search_hl and the match list. | |
| 7 | 3473 */ |
| 1326 | 3474 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
| 3475 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 3476 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 3477 { | |
| 3478 if (shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 3479 { | |
| 3480 shl = &search_hl; | |
| 3481 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 3482 } | |
| 3483 else | |
| 3484 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 36 | 3485 shl->startcol = MAXCOL; |
| 3486 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; | |
| 7 | 3487 shl->attr_cur = 0; |
| 5979 | 3488 v = (long)(ptr - line); |
| 3489 if (cur != NULL) | |
| 3490 cur->pos.cur = 0; | |
| 3491 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v, cur); | |
| 3492 | |
| 3493 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may have made it | |
| 3494 * invalid. */ | |
| 3495 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 3496 ptr = line + v; | |
| 3497 | |
| 3498 if (shl->lnum != 0 && shl->lnum <= lnum) | |
| 3499 { | |
| 3500 if (shl->lnum == lnum) | |
| 3501 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; | |
| 3502 else | |
| 3503 shl->startcol = 0; | |
| 3504 if (lnum == shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum | |
| 3505 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum) | |
| 3506 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; | |
| 3507 else | |
| 3508 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; | |
| 3509 /* Highlight one character for an empty match. */ | |
| 3510 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) | |
| 3511 { | |
| 3512 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3513 if (has_mbyte && line[shl->endcol] != NUL) | |
| 3514 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line + shl->endcol); | |
| 7 | 3515 else |
| 5979 | 3516 #endif |
| 3517 ++shl->endcol; | |
| 3518 } | |
| 3519 if ((long)shl->startcol < v) /* match at leftcol */ | |
| 3520 { | |
| 3521 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; | |
| 3522 search_attr = shl->attr; | |
| 3523 } | |
| 3524 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 3525 } |
| 1326 | 3526 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) |
| 3527 cur = cur->next; | |
| 7 | 3528 } |
| 3529 #endif | |
| 3530 | |
| 743 | 3531 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
|
5068
6a7ae677d6a1
updated for version 7.3.1277
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4916
diff
changeset
|
3532 /* Cursor line highlighting for 'cursorline' in the current window. Not |
|
6a7ae677d6a1
updated for version 7.3.1277
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4916
diff
changeset
|
3533 * when Visual mode is active, because it's not clear what is selected |
|
6a7ae677d6a1
updated for version 7.3.1277
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4916
diff
changeset
|
3534 * then. */ |
|
5078
22ac43fb6d30
updated for version 7.3.1282
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5068
diff
changeset
|
3535 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum |
| 5979 | 3536 && !(wp == curwin && VIsual_active)) |
| 743 | 3537 { |
| 3538 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CUL); | |
| 3539 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 3540 } | |
| 3541 #endif | |
| 3542 | |
| 504 | 3543 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); |
| 7 | 3544 col = 0; |
| 3545 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 3546 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 3547 { | |
| 3548 /* Rightleft window: process the text in the normal direction, but put | |
| 3549 * it in current_ScreenLine[] from right to left. Start at the | |
| 3550 * rightmost column of the window. */ | |
| 3551 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; | |
| 3552 off += col; | |
| 3553 } | |
| 3554 #endif | |
| 3555 | |
| 3556 /* | |
| 3557 * Repeat for the whole displayed line. | |
| 3558 */ | |
| 3559 for (;;) | |
| 3560 { | |
| 3561 /* Skip this quickly when working on the text. */ | |
| 3562 if (draw_state != WL_LINE) | |
| 3563 { | |
| 3564 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 3565 if (draw_state == WL_CMDLINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3566 { | |
| 3567 draw_state = WL_CMDLINE; | |
| 3568 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) | |
| 3569 { | |
| 3570 /* Draw the cmdline character. */ | |
| 3571 n_extra = 1; | |
| 1340 | 3572 c_extra = cmdwin_type; |
| 7 | 3573 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); |
| 3574 } | |
| 3575 } | |
| 3576 #endif | |
| 3577 | |
| 3578 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 3579 if (draw_state == WL_FOLD - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3580 { | |
| 6553 | 3581 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); |
| 3582 | |
| 7 | 3583 draw_state = WL_FOLD; |
| 6553 | 3584 if (fdc > 0) |
| 7 | 3585 { |
| 3586 /* Draw the 'foldcolumn'. */ | |
| 3587 fill_foldcolumn(extra, wp, FALSE, lnum); | |
| 6553 | 3588 n_extra = fdc; |
| 7 | 3589 p_extra = extra; |
| 1340 | 3590 p_extra[n_extra] = NUL; |
| 7 | 3591 c_extra = NUL; |
| 3592 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_FC); | |
| 3593 } | |
| 3594 } | |
| 3595 #endif | |
| 3596 | |
| 3597 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 3598 if (draw_state == WL_SIGN - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3599 { | |
| 3600 draw_state = WL_SIGN; | |
| 3601 /* Show the sign column when there are any signs in this | |
| 3602 * buffer or when using Netbeans. */ | |
| 5921 | 3603 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) |
| 7 | 3604 { |
| 2661 | 3605 int text_sign; |
| 7 | 3606 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS |
| 2661 | 3607 int icon_sign; |
| 7 | 3608 # endif |
| 3609 | |
| 3610 /* Draw two cells with the sign value or blank. */ | |
| 3611 c_extra = ' '; | |
| 3612 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_SC); | |
| 3613 n_extra = 2; | |
| 3614 | |
| 5921 | 3615 if (row == startrow |
| 3616 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3617 + filler_lines && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 3618 #endif | |
| 3619 ) | |
| 7 | 3620 { |
| 3621 text_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, | |
| 3622 SIGN_TEXT); | |
| 3623 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS | |
| 3624 icon_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, | |
| 3625 SIGN_ICON); | |
| 3626 if (gui.in_use && icon_sign != 0) | |
| 3627 { | |
| 3628 /* Use the image in this position. */ | |
| 3629 c_extra = SIGN_BYTE; | |
| 3630 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 3631 if (buf_signcount(wp->w_buffer, lnum) > 1) | |
| 3632 c_extra = MULTISIGN_BYTE; | |
| 3633 # endif | |
| 3634 char_attr = icon_sign; | |
| 3635 } | |
| 3636 else | |
| 3637 # endif | |
| 3638 if (text_sign != 0) | |
| 3639 { | |
| 3640 p_extra = sign_get_text(text_sign); | |
| 3641 if (p_extra != NULL) | |
| 3642 { | |
| 3643 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 835 | 3644 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); |
| 7 | 3645 } |
| 3646 char_attr = sign_get_attr(text_sign, FALSE); | |
| 3647 } | |
| 3648 } | |
| 3649 } | |
| 3650 } | |
| 3651 #endif | |
| 3652 | |
| 3653 if (draw_state == WL_NR - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3654 { | |
| 3655 draw_state = WL_NR; | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3656 /* Display the absolute or relative line number. After the |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3657 * first fill with blanks when the 'n' flag isn't in 'cpo' */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3658 if ((wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) |
| 7 | 3659 && (row == startrow |
| 3660 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3661 + filler_lines | |
| 3662 #endif | |
| 3663 || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL)) | |
| 3664 { | |
| 3665 /* Draw the line number (empty space after wrapping). */ | |
| 3666 if (row == startrow | |
| 3667 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3668 + filler_lines | |
| 3669 #endif | |
| 3670 ) | |
| 3671 { | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3672 long num; |
| 4065 | 3673 char *fmt = "%*ld "; |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3674 |
|
4736
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
3675 if (wp->w_p_nu && !wp->w_p_rnu) |
|
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
3676 /* 'number' + 'norelativenumber' */ |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3677 num = (long)lnum; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3678 else |
| 4065 | 3679 { |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3680 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ |
| 2675 | 3681 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); |
|
4736
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
3682 if (num == 0 && wp->w_p_nu && wp->w_p_rnu) |
| 4065 | 3683 { |
|
4736
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
3684 /* 'number' + 'relativenumber' */ |
| 4065 | 3685 num = lnum; |
| 3686 fmt = "%-*ld "; | |
| 3687 } | |
| 3688 } | |
| 3689 | |
| 3690 sprintf((char *)extra, fmt, | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3691 number_width(wp), num); |
| 7 | 3692 if (wp->w_skipcol > 0) |
| 3693 for (p_extra = extra; *p_extra == ' '; ++p_extra) | |
| 3694 *p_extra = '-'; | |
| 3695 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 3696 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse line numbers */ | |
| 3697 rl_mirror(extra); | |
| 3698 #endif | |
| 3699 p_extra = extra; | |
| 3700 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 3701 } | |
| 3702 else | |
| 3703 c_extra = ' '; | |
| 13 | 3704 n_extra = number_width(wp) + 1; |
| 7 | 3705 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_N); |
| 743 | 3706 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 3707 /* When 'cursorline' is set highlight the line number of | |
| 3427 | 3708 * the current line differently. |
| 3709 * TODO: Can we use CursorLine instead of CursorLineNr | |
| 3710 * when CursorLineNr isn't set? */ | |
|
5078
22ac43fb6d30
updated for version 7.3.1282
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5068
diff
changeset
|
3711 if ((wp->w_p_cul || wp->w_p_rnu) |
| 4065 | 3712 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
| 3427 | 3713 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CLN); |
| 743 | 3714 #endif |
| 7 | 3715 } |
| 3716 } | |
| 3717 | |
| 5995 | 3718 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
| 3719 if (wp->w_p_brisbr && draw_state == WL_BRI - 1 | |
| 3720 && n_extra == 0 && *p_sbr != NUL) | |
| 3721 /* draw indent after showbreak value */ | |
| 3722 draw_state = WL_BRI; | |
| 3723 else if (wp->w_p_brisbr && draw_state == WL_SBR && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3724 /* After the showbreak, draw the breakindent */ | |
| 3725 draw_state = WL_BRI - 1; | |
| 3726 | |
| 3727 /* draw 'breakindent': indent wrapped text accordingly */ | |
| 3728 if (draw_state == WL_BRI - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3729 { | |
| 3730 draw_state = WL_BRI; | |
| 3731 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3732 # endif | |
| 3733 if (wp->w_p_bri && n_extra == 0 && row != startrow | |
| 3734 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3735 && filler_lines == 0 | |
| 3736 #endif | |
| 3737 ) | |
| 3738 { | |
| 3739 char_attr = 0; /* was: hl_attr(HLF_AT); */ | |
| 3740 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3741 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) | |
| 6106 | 3742 { |
| 5995 | 3743 char_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); |
| 6106 | 3744 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
| 3745 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, | |
| 3746 hl_attr(HLF_CUL)); | |
| 3747 } | |
| 5995 | 3748 #endif |
| 6028 | 3749 p_extra = NULL; |
| 5995 | 3750 c_extra = ' '; |
| 3751 n_extra = get_breakindent_win(wp, | |
| 3752 ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE)); | |
| 3753 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'breakindent', | |
| 3754 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ | |
| 3755 if (tocol == vcol) | |
| 3756 tocol += n_extra; | |
| 3757 } | |
| 3758 } | |
| 3759 #endif | |
| 3760 | |
| 7 | 3761 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) |
| 3762 if (draw_state == WL_SBR - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3763 { | |
| 3764 draw_state = WL_SBR; | |
| 3765 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3766 if (filler_todo > 0) | |
| 3767 { | |
| 3768 /* Draw "deleted" diff line(s). */ | |
| 3769 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) | |
| 3770 c_extra = '-'; | |
| 3771 else | |
| 3772 c_extra = fill_diff; | |
| 3773 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 3774 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 3775 n_extra = col + 1; | |
| 3776 else | |
| 3777 # endif | |
| 3778 n_extra = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 3779 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_DED); | |
| 3780 } | |
| 3781 # endif | |
| 3782 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 3783 if (*p_sbr != NUL && need_showbreak) | |
| 3784 { | |
| 3785 /* Draw 'showbreak' at the start of each broken line. */ | |
| 3786 p_extra = p_sbr; | |
| 3787 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 3788 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_sbr); | |
| 3789 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 3790 need_showbreak = FALSE; | |
| 6503 | 3791 vcol_sbr = vcol + MB_CHARLEN(p_sbr); |
| 7 | 3792 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'showbreak', |
| 3793 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ | |
| 3794 if (tocol == vcol) | |
| 3795 tocol += n_extra; | |
|
5068
6a7ae677d6a1
updated for version 7.3.1277
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4916
diff
changeset
|
3796 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
|
6a7ae677d6a1
updated for version 7.3.1277
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4916
diff
changeset
|
3797 /* combine 'showbreak' with 'cursorline' */ |
|
5078
22ac43fb6d30
updated for version 7.3.1282
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5068
diff
changeset
|
3798 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
| 6106 | 3799 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, |
| 3800 hl_attr(HLF_CUL)); | |
|
5068
6a7ae677d6a1
updated for version 7.3.1277
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4916
diff
changeset
|
3801 #endif |
| 7 | 3802 } |
| 3803 # endif | |
| 3804 } | |
| 3805 #endif | |
| 3806 | |
| 3807 if (draw_state == WL_LINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3808 { | |
| 3809 draw_state = WL_LINE; | |
| 3810 if (saved_n_extra) | |
| 3811 { | |
| 3812 /* Continue item from end of wrapped line. */ | |
| 3813 n_extra = saved_n_extra; | |
| 3814 c_extra = saved_c_extra; | |
| 3815 p_extra = saved_p_extra; | |
| 3816 char_attr = saved_char_attr; | |
| 3817 } | |
| 3818 else | |
| 3819 char_attr = 0; | |
| 3820 } | |
| 3821 } | |
| 3822 | |
| 3823 /* When still displaying '$' of change command, stop at cursor */ | |
| 3318 | 3824 if (dollar_vcol >= 0 && wp == curwin |
| 819 | 3825 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && vcol >= (long)wp->w_virtcol |
| 7 | 3826 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
| 3827 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 3828 #endif | |
| 3829 ) | |
| 3830 { | |
| 3831 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, -(int)W_WIDTH(wp), | |
| 3832 wp->w_p_rl); | |
| 819 | 3833 /* Pretend we have finished updating the window. Except when |
| 3834 * 'cursorcolumn' is set. */ | |
| 3835 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 3836 if (wp->w_p_cuc) | |
| 3837 row = wp->w_cline_row + wp->w_cline_height; | |
| 3838 else | |
| 3839 #endif | |
| 3840 row = wp->w_height; | |
| 7 | 3841 break; |
| 3842 } | |
| 3843 | |
| 3844 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && area_highlighting) | |
| 3845 { | |
| 3846 /* handle Visual or match highlighting in this line */ | |
| 3847 if (vcol == fromcol | |
| 3848 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3849 || (has_mbyte && vcol + 1 == fromcol && n_extra == 0 | |
| 3850 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) > 1) | |
| 3851 #endif | |
| 3852 || ((int)vcol_prev == fromcol_prev | |
| 1814 | 3853 && vcol_prev < vcol /* not at margin */ |
| 7 | 3854 && vcol < tocol)) |
| 3855 area_attr = attr; /* start highlighting */ | |
| 3856 else if (area_attr != 0 | |
| 3857 && (vcol == tocol | |
| 3858 || (noinvcur && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) | |
| 3859 area_attr = 0; /* stop highlighting */ | |
| 3860 | |
| 3861 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 3862 if (!n_extra) | |
| 3863 { | |
| 3864 /* | |
| 3865 * Check for start/end of search pattern match. | |
| 3866 * After end, check for start/end of next match. | |
| 3867 * When another match, have to check for start again. | |
| 3868 * Watch out for matching an empty string! | |
| 1326 | 3869 * Do this for 'search_hl' and the match list (ordered by |
| 3870 * priority). | |
| 7 | 3871 */ |
| 36 | 3872 v = (long)(ptr - line); |
| 1326 | 3873 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
| 3874 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 3875 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 3876 { | |
| 3877 if (shl_flag == FALSE | |
| 3878 && ((cur != NULL | |
| 3879 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) | |
| 3880 || cur == NULL)) | |
| 3881 { | |
| 3882 shl = &search_hl; | |
| 3883 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 3884 } | |
| 3885 else | |
| 3886 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 5979 | 3887 if (cur != NULL) |
| 3888 cur->pos.cur = 0; | |
| 3889 pos_inprogress = TRUE; | |
| 3890 while (shl->rm.regprog != NULL | |
| 3891 || (cur != NULL && pos_inprogress)) | |
| 7 | 3892 { |
| 36 | 3893 if (shl->startcol != MAXCOL |
| 3894 && v >= (long)shl->startcol | |
| 3895 && v < (long)shl->endcol) | |
| 7 | 3896 { |
| 6430 | 3897 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 3898 int tmp_col = v + MB_PTR2LEN(ptr); | |
| 3899 | |
| 3900 if (shl->endcol < tmp_col) | |
| 3901 shl->endcol = tmp_col; | |
| 3902 #endif | |
| 7 | 3903 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; |
| 3904 } | |
| 6430 | 3905 else if (v == (long)shl->endcol) |
| 7 | 3906 { |
| 3907 shl->attr_cur = 0; | |
| 5979 | 3908 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v, cur); |
| 3909 pos_inprogress = cur == NULL || cur->pos.cur == 0 | |
| 3910 ? FALSE : TRUE; | |
| 7 | 3911 |
| 3912 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp | |
| 3913 * may have made it invalid. */ | |
| 3914 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 3915 ptr = line + v; | |
| 3916 | |
| 3917 if (shl->lnum == lnum) | |
| 3918 { | |
| 36 | 3919 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; |
| 7 | 3920 if (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0) |
| 36 | 3921 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; |
| 7 | 3922 else |
| 36 | 3923 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; |
| 3924 | |
| 3925 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) | |
| 7 | 3926 { |
| 3927 /* highlight empty match, try again after | |
| 3928 * it */ | |
| 3929 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3930 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 474 | 3931 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line |
| 36 | 3932 + shl->endcol); |
| 7 | 3933 else |
| 3934 #endif | |
| 36 | 3935 ++shl->endcol; |
| 7 | 3936 } |
| 3937 | |
| 3938 /* Loop to check if the match starts at the | |
| 3939 * current position */ | |
| 3940 continue; | |
| 3941 } | |
| 3942 } | |
| 3943 break; | |
| 3944 } | |
| 1326 | 3945 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) |
| 3946 cur = cur->next; | |
| 3947 } | |
| 3948 | |
| 3949 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among | |
| 3950 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ | |
| 3951 search_attr = search_hl.attr_cur; | |
| 3952 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
| 3953 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 3954 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 3955 { | |
| 3956 if (shl_flag == FALSE | |
| 3957 && ((cur != NULL | |
| 3958 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) | |
| 3959 || cur == NULL)) | |
| 699 | 3960 { |
| 1326 | 3961 shl = &search_hl; |
| 3962 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 699 | 3963 } |
| 1326 | 3964 else |
| 3965 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 3966 if (shl->attr_cur != 0) | |
| 3967 search_attr = shl->attr_cur; | |
| 3968 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) | |
| 3969 cur = cur->next; | |
| 3970 } | |
| 7 | 3971 } |
| 3972 #endif | |
| 3973 | |
| 3974 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 674 | 3975 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) |
| 7 | 3976 { |
| 1295 | 3977 if (diff_hlf == HLF_CHD && ptr - line >= change_start |
| 3978 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 7 | 3979 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ |
| 1295 | 3980 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD && ptr - line > change_end |
| 3981 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 7 | 3982 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ |
| 674 | 3983 line_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); |
| 6106 | 3984 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
| 3985 line_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, hl_attr(HLF_CUL)); | |
| 674 | 3986 } |
| 3987 #endif | |
| 3988 | |
| 3989 /* Decide which of the highlight attributes to use. */ | |
| 3990 attr_pri = TRUE; | |
| 3991 if (area_attr != 0) | |
| 3992 char_attr = area_attr; | |
| 3993 else if (search_attr != 0) | |
| 3994 char_attr = search_attr; | |
| 3995 #ifdef LINE_ATTR | |
| 3996 /* Use line_attr when not in the Visual or 'incsearch' area | |
| 3997 * (area_attr may be 0 when "noinvcur" is set). */ | |
| 3998 else if (line_attr != 0 && ((fromcol == -10 && tocol == MAXCOL) | |
| 1842 | 3999 || vcol < fromcol || vcol_prev < fromcol_prev |
| 4000 || vcol >= tocol)) | |
| 674 | 4001 char_attr = line_attr; |
| 4002 #endif | |
| 4003 else | |
| 4004 { | |
| 4005 attr_pri = FALSE; | |
| 4006 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 4007 if (has_syntax) | |
| 4008 char_attr = syntax_attr; | |
| 4009 else | |
| 4010 #endif | |
| 4011 char_attr = 0; | |
| 4012 } | |
| 7 | 4013 } |
| 4014 | |
| 4015 /* | |
| 4016 * Get the next character to put on the screen. | |
| 4017 */ | |
| 4018 /* | |
| 1340 | 4019 * The "p_extra" points to the extra stuff that is inserted to |
| 4020 * represent special characters (non-printable stuff) and other | |
| 4021 * things. When all characters are the same, c_extra is used. | |
| 4022 * "p_extra" must end in a NUL to avoid mb_ptr2len() reads past | |
| 4023 * "p_extra[n_extra]". | |
| 7 | 4024 * For the '$' of the 'list' option, n_extra == 1, p_extra == "". |
| 4025 */ | |
| 4026 if (n_extra > 0) | |
| 4027 { | |
| 4028 if (c_extra != NUL) | |
| 4029 { | |
| 4030 c = c_extra; | |
| 4031 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4032 mb_c = c; /* doesn't handle non-utf-8 multi-byte! */ | |
| 4033 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4034 { | |
| 4035 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4036 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4037 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4038 } |
| 4039 else | |
| 4040 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4041 #endif | |
| 4042 } | |
| 4043 else | |
| 4044 { | |
| 4045 c = *p_extra; | |
| 4046 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4047 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 4048 { | |
| 4049 mb_c = c; | |
| 4050 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 4051 { | |
| 4052 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: | |
| 4053 * Decode it into "mb_c". */ | |
| 474 | 4054 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p_extra); |
| 7 | 4055 mb_utf8 = FALSE; |
| 4056 if (mb_l > n_extra) | |
| 4057 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4058 else if (mb_l > 1) | |
| 4059 { | |
| 714 | 4060 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(p_extra, u8cc); |
| 7 | 4061 mb_utf8 = TRUE; |
| 819 | 4062 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4063 } |
| 4064 } | |
| 4065 else | |
| 4066 { | |
| 4067 /* if this is a DBCS character, put it in "mb_c" */ | |
| 4068 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); | |
| 4069 if (mb_l >= n_extra) | |
| 4070 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4071 else if (mb_l > 1) | |
| 4072 mb_c = (c << 8) + p_extra[1]; | |
| 4073 } | |
| 504 | 4074 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ |
| 4075 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4076 | |
| 7 | 4077 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the |
| 4078 * last column. */ | |
| 504 | 4079 if (( |
| 7 | 4080 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 4081 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : | |
| 4082 # endif | |
| 504 | 4083 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) |
| 7 | 4084 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) |
| 4085 { | |
| 4086 c = '>'; | |
| 4087 mb_c = c; | |
| 4088 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4089 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4090 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 4091 /* put the pointer back to output the double-width | |
| 4092 * character at the start of the next line. */ | |
| 4093 ++n_extra; | |
| 4094 --p_extra; | |
| 4095 } | |
| 4096 else | |
| 4097 { | |
| 4098 n_extra -= mb_l - 1; | |
| 4099 p_extra += mb_l - 1; | |
| 4100 } | |
| 4101 } | |
| 4102 #endif | |
| 4103 ++p_extra; | |
| 4104 } | |
| 4105 --n_extra; | |
| 4106 } | |
| 4107 else | |
| 4108 { | |
| 6026 | 4109 if (p_extra_free != NULL) |
| 4110 { | |
| 4111 vim_free(p_extra_free); | |
| 4112 p_extra_free = NULL; | |
| 4113 } | |
| 7 | 4114 /* |
| 4115 * Get a character from the line itself. | |
| 4116 */ | |
| 4117 c = *ptr; | |
| 4118 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4119 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 4120 { | |
| 4121 mb_c = c; | |
| 4122 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 4123 { | |
| 4124 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: Decode it | |
| 4125 * into "mb_c". */ | |
| 474 | 4126 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 4127 mb_utf8 = FALSE; |
| 4128 if (mb_l > 1) | |
| 4129 { | |
| 714 | 4130 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); |
| 7 | 4131 /* Overlong encoded ASCII or ASCII with composing char |
| 4132 * is displayed normally, except a NUL. */ | |
| 4133 if (mb_c < 0x80) | |
| 4134 c = mb_c; | |
| 4135 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 507 | 4136 |
| 4137 /* At start of the line we can have a composing char. | |
| 4138 * Draw it as a space with a composing char. */ | |
| 4139 if (utf_iscomposing(mb_c)) | |
| 4140 { | |
| 1326 | 4141 int i; |
| 4142 | |
| 714 | 4143 for (i = Screen_mco - 1; i > 0; --i) |
| 4144 u8cc[i] = u8cc[i - 1]; | |
| 4145 u8cc[0] = mb_c; | |
| 507 | 4146 mb_c = ' '; |
| 4147 } | |
| 7 | 4148 } |
| 4149 | |
| 4150 if ((mb_l == 1 && c >= 0x80) | |
| 4151 || (mb_l >= 1 && mb_c == 0) | |
| 4152 || (mb_l > 1 && (!vim_isprintc(mb_c) | |
| 1401 | 4153 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 4154 || mb_c >= 0x10000 | |
| 4155 # endif | |
| 4156 ))) | |
| 7 | 4157 { |
| 4158 /* | |
| 4159 * Illegal UTF-8 byte: display as <xx>. | |
| 4160 * Non-BMP character : display as ? or fullwidth ?. | |
| 4161 */ | |
| 1401 | 4162 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 7 | 4163 if (mb_c < 0x10000) |
| 1401 | 4164 # endif |
| 7 | 4165 { |
| 4166 transchar_hex(extra, mb_c); | |
| 714 | 4167 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 7 | 4168 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse */ |
| 4169 rl_mirror(extra); | |
| 714 | 4170 # endif |
| 7 | 4171 } |
| 1401 | 4172 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 7 | 4173 else if (utf_char2cells(mb_c) != 2) |
| 4174 STRCPY(extra, "?"); | |
| 4175 else | |
| 4176 /* 0xff1f in UTF-8: full-width '?' */ | |
| 4177 STRCPY(extra, "\357\274\237"); | |
| 1401 | 4178 # endif |
| 7 | 4179 |
| 4180 p_extra = extra; | |
| 4181 c = *p_extra; | |
| 4182 mb_c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p_extra); | |
| 4183 mb_utf8 = (c >= 0x80); | |
| 4184 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); | |
| 4185 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 4186 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
| 4187 { | |
| 4188 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 4189 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4190 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4191 } | |
| 4192 } | |
| 4193 else if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ | |
| 4194 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4195 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 4196 else if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(mb_c)) | |
| 4197 { | |
| 4198 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ | |
| 714 | 4199 int pc, pc1, nc; |
| 4200 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; | |
| 7 | 4201 |
| 4202 /* The idea of what is the previous and next | |
| 4203 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ | |
| 4204 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 4205 { | |
| 4206 pc = prev_c; | |
| 4207 pc1 = prev_c1; | |
| 4208 nc = utf_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l); | |
| 714 | 4209 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; |
| 7 | 4210 } |
| 4211 else | |
| 4212 { | |
| 714 | 4213 pc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l, pcc); |
| 7 | 4214 nc = prev_c; |
| 714 | 4215 pc1 = pcc[0]; |
| 7 | 4216 } |
| 4217 prev_c = mb_c; | |
| 4218 | |
| 714 | 4219 mb_c = arabic_shape(mb_c, &c, &u8cc[0], pc, pc1, nc); |
| 7 | 4220 } |
| 4221 else | |
| 4222 prev_c = mb_c; | |
| 4223 #endif | |
| 4224 } | |
| 4225 else /* enc_dbcs */ | |
| 4226 { | |
| 4227 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); | |
| 4228 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ | |
| 4229 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4230 else if (mb_l > 1) | |
| 4231 { | |
| 4232 /* We assume a second byte below 32 is illegal. | |
| 4233 * Hopefully this is OK for all double-byte encodings! | |
| 4234 */ | |
| 4235 if (ptr[1] >= 32) | |
| 4236 mb_c = (c << 8) + ptr[1]; | |
| 4237 else | |
| 4238 { | |
| 4239 if (ptr[1] == NUL) | |
| 4240 { | |
| 4241 /* head byte at end of line */ | |
| 4242 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4243 transchar_nonprint(extra, c); | |
| 4244 } | |
| 4245 else | |
| 4246 { | |
| 4247 /* illegal tail byte */ | |
| 4248 mb_l = 2; | |
| 4249 STRCPY(extra, "XX"); | |
| 4250 } | |
| 4251 p_extra = extra; | |
| 4252 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(extra) - 1; | |
| 4253 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 4254 c = *p_extra++; | |
| 4255 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
| 4256 { | |
| 4257 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 4258 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4259 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4260 } | |
| 4261 mb_c = c; | |
| 4262 } | |
| 4263 } | |
| 4264 } | |
| 4265 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the | |
| 4266 * last column; the character is displayed at the start of the | |
| 4267 * next line. */ | |
| 4268 if (( | |
| 4269 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4270 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : | |
| 4271 # endif | |
| 4272 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) | |
| 4273 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) | |
| 4274 { | |
| 4275 c = '>'; | |
| 4276 mb_c = c; | |
| 4277 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4278 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4279 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 4280 /* Put pointer back so that the character will be | |
| 4281 * displayed at the start of the next line. */ | |
| 4282 --ptr; | |
| 4283 } | |
| 4284 else if (*ptr != NUL) | |
| 4285 ptr += mb_l - 1; | |
| 4286 | |
| 4287 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit at the left side display | |
|
2509
6d6378ba18cb
Fix: An unprintable multi-byte character at the start of the screen line
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2428
diff
changeset
|
4288 * a '<' in the first column. Don't do this for unprintable |
| 4352 | 4289 * characters. */ |
|
2509
6d6378ba18cb
Fix: An unprintable multi-byte character at the start of the screen line
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2428
diff
changeset
|
4290 if (n_skip > 0 && mb_l > 1 && n_extra == 0) |
| 7 | 4291 { |
| 4292 n_extra = 1; | |
| 3586 | 4293 c_extra = MB_FILLER_CHAR; |
| 7 | 4294 c = ' '; |
| 4295 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
| 4296 { | |
| 4297 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 4298 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 4299 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4300 } | |
| 4301 mb_c = c; | |
| 4302 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4303 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4304 } | |
| 4305 | |
| 4306 } | |
| 4307 #endif | |
| 4308 ++ptr; | |
| 4309 | |
| 12 | 4310 /* 'list' : change char 160 to lcs_nbsp. */ |
| 819 | 4311 if (wp->w_p_list && (c == 160 |
| 4312 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4313 || (mb_utf8 && mb_c == 160) | |
| 4314 #endif | |
| 4315 ) && lcs_nbsp) | |
| 12 | 4316 { |
| 4317 c = lcs_nbsp; | |
| 4318 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
| 4319 { | |
| 4320 n_attr = 1; | |
| 4321 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4322 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4323 } | |
| 4324 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4325 mb_c = c; | |
| 4326 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4327 { | |
| 4328 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4329 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4330 c = 0xc0; |
| 12 | 4331 } |
| 4332 else | |
| 4333 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4334 #endif | |
| 4335 } | |
| 4336 | |
| 7 | 4337 if (extra_check) |
| 4338 { | |
| 743 | 4339 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 4340 int can_spell = TRUE; |
| 743 | 4341 #endif |
| 4342 | |
| 4343 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 7 | 4344 /* Get syntax attribute, unless still at the start of the line |
| 4345 * (double-wide char that doesn't fit). */ | |
| 221 | 4346 v = (long)(ptr - line); |
| 4347 if (has_syntax && v > 0) | |
| 7 | 4348 { |
| 4349 /* Get the syntax attribute for the character. If there | |
| 4350 * is an error, disable syntax highlighting. */ | |
| 4351 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; | |
| 4352 did_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 4353 | |
| 221 | 4354 syntax_attr = get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)v - 1, |
| 743 | 4355 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4356 has_spell ? &can_spell : |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4357 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4358 NULL, FALSE); |
| 7 | 4359 |
| 4360 if (did_emsg) | |
| 482 | 4361 { |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4362 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; |
| 482 | 4363 has_syntax = FALSE; |
| 4364 } | |
| 7 | 4365 else |
| 4366 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; | |
| 4367 | |
| 4368 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may | |
| 4369 * have made it invalid. */ | |
| 4370 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 4371 ptr = line + v; | |
| 4372 | |
| 674 | 4373 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4374 char_attr = syntax_attr; |
| 301 | 4375 else |
| 303 | 4376 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr); |
|
2364
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4377 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4378 /* no concealing past the end of the line, it interferes |
|
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4379 * with line highlighting */ |
|
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4380 if (c == NUL) |
|
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4381 syntax_flags = 0; |
|
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4382 else |
|
2392
0371401d9d33
Give each syntax item a sequence number, so that we know when it starts and
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2382
diff
changeset
|
4383 syntax_flags = get_syntax_info(&syntax_seqnr); |
|
2364
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4384 # endif |
| 7 | 4385 } |
| 743 | 4386 #endif |
| 4387 | |
| 4388 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL | |
| 301 | 4389 /* Check spelling (unless at the end of the line). |
| 319 | 4390 * Only do this when there is no syntax highlighting, the |
| 4391 * @Spell cluster is not used or the current syntax item | |
| 4392 * contains the @Spell cluster. */ | |
| 348 | 4393 if (has_spell && v >= word_end && v > cur_checked_col) |
| 221 | 4394 { |
| 230 | 4395 spell_attr = 0; |
| 743 | 4396 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 674 | 4397 if (!attr_pri) |
| 230 | 4398 char_attr = syntax_attr; |
| 743 | 4399 # endif |
| 4400 if (c != 0 && ( | |
| 4401 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 4402 !has_syntax || | |
| 4403 # endif | |
| 4404 can_spell)) | |
| 221 | 4405 { |
| 348 | 4406 char_u *prev_ptr, *p; |
| 4407 int len; | |
| 534 | 4408 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
| 221 | 4409 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 336 | 4410 if (has_mbyte) |
| 4411 { | |
| 4412 prev_ptr = ptr - mb_l; | |
| 4413 v -= mb_l - 1; | |
| 4414 } | |
| 4415 else | |
| 221 | 4416 # endif |
| 336 | 4417 prev_ptr = ptr - 1; |
| 348 | 4418 |
| 4419 /* Use nextline[] if possible, it has the start of the | |
| 4420 * next line concatenated. */ | |
| 4421 if ((prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol >= 0) | |
| 4422 p = nextline + (prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol; | |
| 4423 else | |
| 4424 p = prev_ptr; | |
| 835 | 4425 cap_col -= (int)(prev_ptr - line); |
| 625 | 4426 len = spell_check(wp, p, &spell_hlf, &cap_col, |
| 4427 nochange); | |
| 348 | 4428 word_end = v + len; |
| 301 | 4429 |
| 4430 /* In Insert mode only highlight a word that | |
| 4431 * doesn't touch the cursor. */ | |
| 534 | 4432 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT |
| 301 | 4433 && (State & INSERT) != 0 |
| 4434 && wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum | |
| 4435 && wp->w_cursor.col >= | |
| 4436 (colnr_T)(prev_ptr - line) | |
| 4437 && wp->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)word_end) | |
| 221 | 4438 { |
| 534 | 4439 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
| 301 | 4440 spell_redraw_lnum = lnum; |
| 221 | 4441 } |
| 348 | 4442 |
| 534 | 4443 if (spell_hlf == HLF_COUNT && p != prev_ptr |
| 348 | 4444 && (p - nextline) + len > nextline_idx) |
| 4445 { | |
| 4446 /* Remember that the good word continues at the | |
| 4447 * start of the next line. */ | |
| 4448 checked_lnum = lnum + 1; | |
| 835 | 4449 checked_col = (int)((p - nextline) + len - nextline_idx); |
| 348 | 4450 } |
| 386 | 4451 |
| 534 | 4452 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ |
| 4453 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) | |
| 4454 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; | |
| 4455 | |
| 386 | 4456 if (cap_col > 0) |
| 4457 { | |
| 4458 if (p != prev_ptr | |
| 4459 && (p - nextline) + cap_col >= nextline_idx) | |
| 4460 { | |
| 4461 /* Remember that the word in the next line | |
| 4462 * must start with a capital. */ | |
| 4463 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; | |
| 835 | 4464 cap_col = (int)((p - nextline) + cap_col |
| 4465 - nextline_idx); | |
| 386 | 4466 } |
| 4467 else | |
| 4468 /* Compute the actual column. */ | |
| 835 | 4469 cap_col += (int)(prev_ptr - line); |
| 386 | 4470 } |
| 221 | 4471 } |
| 4472 } | |
| 4473 if (spell_attr != 0) | |
| 348 | 4474 { |
| 674 | 4475 if (!attr_pri) |
| 348 | 4476 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, spell_attr); |
| 4477 else | |
| 4478 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(spell_attr, char_attr); | |
| 4479 } | |
| 7 | 4480 #endif |
| 4481 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 4482 /* | |
| 221 | 4483 * Found last space before word: check for line break. |
| 7 | 4484 */ |
| 6026 | 4485 if (wp->w_p_lbr && vim_isbreak(c) && !vim_isbreak(*ptr)) |
| 7 | 4486 { |
| 5995 | 4487 char_u *p = ptr - ( |
| 7 | 4488 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 4489 has_mbyte ? mb_l : | |
| 4490 # endif | |
| 5995 | 4491 1); |
| 4492 /* TODO: is passing p for start of the line OK? */ | |
| 6026 | 4493 n_extra = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, p, (colnr_T)vcol, |
| 5995 | 4494 NULL) - 1; |
| 6371 | 4495 if (c == TAB && n_extra + col > W_WIDTH(wp)) |
| 4496 n_extra = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts | |
| 4497 - vcol % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; | |
| 4498 | |
| 7 | 4499 c_extra = ' '; |
| 4500 if (vim_iswhite(c)) | |
|
5174
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4501 { |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4502 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4503 if (c == TAB) |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4504 /* See "Tab alignment" below. */ |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4505 FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS; |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4506 #endif |
| 6026 | 4507 if (!wp->w_p_list) |
| 4508 c = ' '; | |
|
5174
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4509 } |
| 7 | 4510 } |
| 4511 #endif | |
| 4512 | |
| 4513 if (trailcol != MAXCOL && ptr > line + trailcol && c == ' ') | |
| 4514 { | |
| 4515 c = lcs_trail; | |
| 674 | 4516 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4517 { |
| 4518 n_attr = 1; | |
| 4519 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4520 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4521 } | |
| 4522 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4523 mb_c = c; | |
| 4524 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4525 { | |
| 4526 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4527 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4528 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4529 } |
| 4530 else | |
| 4531 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4532 #endif | |
| 4533 } | |
| 4534 } | |
| 4535 | |
| 4536 /* | |
| 4537 * Handling of non-printable characters. | |
| 4538 */ | |
| 819 | 4539 if (!(chartab[c & 0xff] & CT_PRINT_CHAR)) |
| 7 | 4540 { |
| 4541 /* | |
| 4542 * when getting a character from the file, we may have to | |
| 4543 * turn it into something else on the way to putting it | |
| 4544 * into "ScreenLines". | |
| 4545 */ | |
| 4546 if (c == TAB && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1)) | |
| 4547 { | |
| 6026 | 4548 int tab_len = 0; |
| 6503 | 4549 long vcol_adjusted = vcol; /* removed showbreak length */ |
| 4550 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 4551 /* only adjust the tab_len, when at the first column | |
| 4552 * after the showbreak value was drawn */ | |
| 4553 if (*p_sbr != NUL && vcol == vcol_sbr && wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 4554 vcol_adjusted = vcol - MB_CHARLEN(p_sbr); | |
| 4555 #endif | |
| 7 | 4556 /* tab amount depends on current column */ |
| 6026 | 4557 tab_len = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts |
| 6503 | 4558 - vcol_adjusted % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; |
| 4559 | |
| 6026 | 4560 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
| 6100 | 4561 if (!wp->w_p_lbr || !wp->w_p_list) |
| 6026 | 4562 #endif |
| 4563 /* tab amount depends on current column */ | |
| 4564 n_extra = tab_len; | |
| 4565 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 4566 else | |
| 4567 { | |
| 4568 char_u *p; | |
| 4569 int len = n_extra; | |
| 4570 int i; | |
| 4571 int saved_nextra = n_extra; | |
| 4572 | |
| 6172 | 4573 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
| 6627 | 4574 if (vcol_off > 0) |
| 6172 | 4575 /* there are characters to conceal */ |
| 4576 tab_len += vcol_off; | |
| 6520 | 4577 /* boguscols before FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS macro from above |
| 4578 */ | |
| 4579 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 && old_boguscols > 0 | |
| 4580 && n_extra > tab_len) | |
| 4581 tab_len += n_extra - tab_len; | |
| 4582 #endif | |
| 4583 | |
| 6026 | 4584 /* if n_extra > 0, it gives the number of chars, to |
| 4585 * use for a tab, else we need to calculate the width | |
| 4586 * for a tab */ | |
| 4587 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4588 len = (tab_len * mb_char2len(lcs_tab2)); | |
| 4589 if (n_extra > 0) | |
| 4590 len += n_extra - tab_len; | |
| 4591 #endif | |
| 4592 c = lcs_tab1; | |
| 4593 p = alloc((unsigned)(len + 1)); | |
| 4594 vim_memset(p, ' ', len); | |
| 4595 p[len] = NUL; | |
| 4596 p_extra_free = p; | |
| 4597 for (i = 0; i < tab_len; i++) | |
| 4598 { | |
| 4599 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4600 mb_char2bytes(lcs_tab2, p); | |
| 4601 p += mb_char2len(lcs_tab2); | |
| 4602 n_extra += mb_char2len(lcs_tab2) | |
| 4603 - (saved_nextra > 0 ? 1 : 0); | |
| 4604 #else | |
| 4605 p[i] = lcs_tab2; | |
| 4606 #endif | |
| 4607 } | |
| 4608 p_extra = p_extra_free; | |
| 6172 | 4609 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
| 4610 /* n_extra will be increased by FIX_FOX_BOGUSCOLS | |
| 4611 * macro below, so need to adjust for that here */ | |
| 6627 | 4612 if (vcol_off > 0) |
| 6172 | 4613 n_extra -= vcol_off; |
| 4614 #endif | |
| 6026 | 4615 } |
| 4616 #endif | |
| 3984 | 4617 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
| 6627 | 4618 { |
| 4619 int vc_saved = vcol_off; | |
| 4620 | |
| 4621 /* Tab alignment should be identical regardless of | |
| 4622 * 'conceallevel' value. So tab compensates of all | |
| 4623 * previous concealed characters, and thus resets | |
| 4624 * vcol_off and boguscols accumulated so far in the | |
| 4625 * line. Note that the tab can be longer than | |
| 4626 * 'tabstop' when there are concealed characters. */ | |
| 4627 FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS; | |
| 4628 | |
| 4629 /* Make sure, the highlighting for the tab char will be | |
| 4630 * correctly set further below (effectively reverts the | |
| 4631 * FIX_FOR_BOGSUCOLS macro */ | |
| 4632 if (n_extra == tab_len + vc_saved && wp->w_p_list | |
| 6520 | 4633 && lcs_tab1) |
| 6627 | 4634 tab_len += vc_saved; |
| 4635 } | |
| 3984 | 4636 #endif |
| 7 | 4637 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 4638 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
| 4639 #endif | |
| 4640 if (wp->w_p_list) | |
| 4641 { | |
| 4642 c = lcs_tab1; | |
| 6026 | 4643 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
| 4644 if (wp->w_p_lbr) | |
| 4645 c_extra = NUL; /* using p_extra from above */ | |
| 4646 else | |
| 4647 #endif | |
| 4648 c_extra = lcs_tab2; | |
| 4649 n_attr = tab_len + 1; | |
| 7 | 4650 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); |
| 4651 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4652 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4653 mb_c = c; | |
| 4654 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4655 { | |
| 4656 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4657 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4658 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4659 } |
| 4660 #endif | |
| 4661 } | |
| 4662 else | |
| 4663 { | |
| 4664 c_extra = ' '; | |
| 4665 c = ' '; | |
| 4666 } | |
| 4667 } | |
| 36 | 4668 else if (c == NUL |
| 4669 && ((wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0) | |
| 4670 || ((fromcol >= 0 || fromcol_prev >= 0) | |
| 4671 && tocol > vcol | |
| 4672 && VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V | |
| 4673 && ( | |
| 4674 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4675 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : | |
| 4676 # endif | |
| 4677 (col < W_WIDTH(wp))) | |
| 4678 && !(noinvcur | |
| 1850 | 4679 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum |
| 36 | 4680 && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) |
| 4681 && lcs_eol_one >= 0) | |
| 7 | 4682 { |
| 36 | 4683 /* Display a '$' after the line or highlight an extra |
| 4684 * character if the line break is included. */ | |
| 7 | 4685 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 4686 /* For a diff line the highlighting continues after the | |
| 4687 * "$". */ | |
| 4688 if ( | |
| 4689 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 534 | 4690 diff_hlf == (hlf_T)0 |
| 7 | 4691 # ifdef LINE_ATTR |
| 4692 && | |
| 4693 # endif | |
| 4694 # endif | |
| 4695 # ifdef LINE_ATTR | |
| 4696 line_attr == 0 | |
| 4697 # endif | |
| 4698 ) | |
| 4699 #endif | |
| 4700 { | |
| 4701 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 4702 /* In virtualedit, visual selections may extend | |
| 4703 * beyond end of line. */ | |
| 4704 if (area_highlighting && virtual_active() | |
| 4705 && tocol != MAXCOL && vcol < tocol) | |
| 4706 n_extra = 0; | |
| 4707 else | |
| 4708 #endif | |
| 4709 { | |
| 4710 p_extra = at_end_str; | |
| 4711 n_extra = 1; | |
| 4712 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 4713 } | |
| 4714 } | |
| 36 | 4715 if (wp->w_p_list) |
| 4716 c = lcs_eol; | |
| 4717 else | |
| 4718 c = ' '; | |
| 7 | 4719 lcs_eol_one = -1; |
| 4720 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ | |
| 674 | 4721 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4722 { |
| 4723 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 4724 n_attr = 1; | |
| 4725 } | |
| 4726 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4727 mb_c = c; | |
| 4728 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4729 { | |
| 4730 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4731 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4732 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4733 } |
| 4734 else | |
| 4735 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
| 4736 #endif | |
| 4737 } | |
| 4738 else if (c != NUL) | |
| 4739 { | |
| 4740 p_extra = transchar(c); | |
| 6064 | 4741 if (n_extra == 0) |
| 4742 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; | |
| 7 | 4743 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 4744 if ((dy_flags & DY_UHEX) && wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 4745 rl_mirror(p_extra); /* reverse "<12>" */ | |
| 4746 #endif | |
| 4747 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 6026 | 4748 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
| 4749 if (wp->w_p_lbr) | |
| 4750 { | |
| 4751 char_u *p; | |
| 4752 | |
| 4753 c = *p_extra; | |
| 4754 p = alloc((unsigned)n_extra + 1); | |
| 4755 vim_memset(p, ' ', n_extra); | |
| 4756 STRNCPY(p, p_extra + 1, STRLEN(p_extra) - 1); | |
| 4757 p[n_extra] = NUL; | |
| 4758 p_extra_free = p_extra = p; | |
| 4759 } | |
| 4760 else | |
| 4761 #endif | |
| 4762 { | |
| 4763 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; | |
| 4764 c = *p_extra++; | |
| 4765 } | |
| 674 | 4766 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4767 { |
| 4768 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 4769 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4770 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4771 } | |
| 4772 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4773 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
| 4774 #endif | |
| 4775 } | |
| 4776 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 4777 else if (VIsual_active | |
| 4778 && (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V | |
| 4779 || VIsual_mode == 'v') | |
| 4780 && virtual_active() | |
| 4781 && tocol != MAXCOL | |
| 4782 && vcol < tocol | |
| 4783 && ( | |
| 4784 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4785 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : | |
| 4786 # endif | |
| 4787 (col < W_WIDTH(wp)))) | |
| 4788 { | |
| 4789 c = ' '; | |
| 4790 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ | |
| 4791 } | |
| 4792 #endif | |
| 910 | 4793 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 7 | 4794 else if (( |
| 4795 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 910 | 4796 diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0 || |
| 7 | 4797 # endif |
| 4798 line_attr != 0 | |
| 4799 ) && ( | |
| 4800 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4801 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : | |
| 4802 # endif | |
|
2553
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4803 (col |
|
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4804 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4805 - boguscols |
|
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4806 # endif |
|
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4807 < W_WIDTH(wp)))) |
| 7 | 4808 { |
| 4809 /* Highlight until the right side of the window */ | |
| 4810 c = ' '; | |
| 4811 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ | |
| 867 | 4812 |
| 4813 /* Remember we do the char for line highlighting. */ | |
| 4814 ++did_line_attr; | |
| 4815 | |
| 4816 /* don't do search HL for the rest of the line */ | |
| 4817 if (line_attr != 0 && char_attr == search_attr && col > 0) | |
| 4818 char_attr = line_attr; | |
| 7 | 4819 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
| 4820 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD) | |
| 4821 { | |
| 4822 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; | |
| 4823 if (attr == 0 || char_attr != attr) | |
| 6106 | 4824 { |
| 7 | 4825 char_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); |
| 6106 | 4826 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
| 4827 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, | |
| 4828 hl_attr(HLF_CUL)); | |
| 4829 } | |
| 7 | 4830 } |
| 4831 # endif | |
| 4832 } | |
| 4833 #endif | |
| 4834 } | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4835 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4836 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4837 if ( wp->w_p_cole > 0 |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4838 && (wp != curwin || lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum || |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4839 conceal_cursor_line(wp)) |
|
2380
b47748aa3236
Don't conceal text in lines inside the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4840 && (syntax_flags & HL_CONCEAL) != 0 |
|
2400
e6f1424dd66a
Let 'v' flag in 'concealcursor' apply to all lines in the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2393
diff
changeset
|
4841 && !(lnum_in_visual_area |
|
e6f1424dd66a
Let 'v' flag in 'concealcursor' apply to all lines in the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2393
diff
changeset
|
4842 && vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, 'v') == NULL)) |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4843 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4844 char_attr = conceal_attr; |
|
2392
0371401d9d33
Give each syntax item a sequence number, so that we know when it starts and
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2382
diff
changeset
|
4845 if (prev_syntax_id != syntax_seqnr |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4846 && (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL || wp->w_p_cole == 1) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4847 && wp->w_p_cole != 3) |
|
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4848 { |
|
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4849 /* First time at this concealed item: display one |
|
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4850 * character. */ |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4851 if (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4852 c = syn_get_sub_char(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4853 else if (lcs_conceal != NUL) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4854 c = lcs_conceal; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4855 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4856 c = ' '; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4857 |
|
2392
0371401d9d33
Give each syntax item a sequence number, so that we know when it starts and
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2382
diff
changeset
|
4858 prev_syntax_id = syntax_seqnr; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4859 |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4860 if (n_extra > 0) |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4861 vcol_off += n_extra; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4862 vcol += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4863 if (wp->w_p_wrap && n_extra > 0) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4864 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4865 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4866 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4867 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4868 col -= n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4869 boguscols -= n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4870 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4871 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4872 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4873 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4874 boguscols += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4875 col += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4876 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4877 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4878 n_extra = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4879 n_attr = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4880 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4881 else if (n_skip == 0) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4882 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4883 is_concealing = TRUE; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4884 n_skip = 1; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4885 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4886 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4887 mb_c = c; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4888 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4889 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4890 mb_utf8 = TRUE; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4891 u8cc[0] = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4892 c = 0xc0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4893 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4894 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4895 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4896 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4897 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4898 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4899 { |
|
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4900 prev_syntax_id = 0; |
|
2348
8878a9f8db87
Rename w_p_conceal to w_p_conc for consistency.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2346
diff
changeset
|
4901 is_concealing = FALSE; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4902 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4903 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ |
| 7 | 4904 } |
| 4905 | |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4906 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4907 /* In the cursor line and we may be concealing characters: correct |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4908 * the cursor column when we reach its position. */ |
|
2381
17bbb52ae218
Another conceal fix: cursor in wrong column when 'number' set.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2380
diff
changeset
|
4909 if (!did_wcol && draw_state == WL_LINE |
|
17bbb52ae218
Another conceal fix: cursor in wrong column when 'number' set.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2380
diff
changeset
|
4910 && wp == curwin && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4911 && conceal_cursor_line(wp) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4912 && (int)wp->w_virtcol <= vcol + n_skip) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4913 { |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4914 wp->w_wcol = col - boguscols; |
|
2393
210a5605e126
Fix for cursor position in wrapped line with concealed text.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2392
diff
changeset
|
4915 wp->w_wrow = row; |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4916 did_wcol = TRUE; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4917 } |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4918 #endif |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4919 |
| 7 | 4920 /* Don't override visual selection highlighting. */ |
| 4921 if (n_attr > 0 | |
| 4922 && draw_state == WL_LINE | |
| 674 | 4923 && !attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4924 char_attr = extra_attr; |
| 4925 | |
| 42 | 4926 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 7 | 4927 /* XIM don't send preedit_start and preedit_end, but they send |
| 4928 * preedit_changed and commit. Thus Vim can't set "im_is_active", use | |
| 4929 * im_is_preediting() here. */ | |
| 4930 if (xic != NULL | |
| 1850 | 4931 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum |
| 7 | 4932 && (State & INSERT) |
| 4933 && !p_imdisable | |
| 4934 && im_is_preediting() | |
| 4935 && draw_state == WL_LINE) | |
| 4936 { | |
| 4937 colnr_T tcol; | |
| 4938 | |
| 4939 if (preedit_end_col == MAXCOL) | |
| 1850 | 4940 getvcol(curwin, &(wp->w_cursor), &tcol, NULL, NULL); |
| 7 | 4941 else |
| 4942 tcol = preedit_end_col; | |
| 4943 if ((long)preedit_start_col <= vcol && vcol < (long)tcol) | |
| 4944 { | |
| 4945 if (feedback_old_attr < 0) | |
| 4946 { | |
| 4947 feedback_col = 0; | |
| 4948 feedback_old_attr = char_attr; | |
| 4949 } | |
| 4950 char_attr = im_get_feedback_attr(feedback_col); | |
| 4951 if (char_attr < 0) | |
| 4952 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; | |
| 4953 feedback_col++; | |
| 4954 } | |
| 4955 else if (feedback_old_attr >= 0) | |
| 4956 { | |
| 4957 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; | |
| 4958 feedback_old_attr = -1; | |
| 4959 feedback_col = 0; | |
| 4960 } | |
| 4961 } | |
| 4962 #endif | |
| 4963 /* | |
| 4964 * Handle the case where we are in column 0 but not on the first | |
| 4965 * character of the line and the user wants us to show us a | |
| 4966 * special character (via 'listchars' option "precedes:<char>". | |
| 4967 */ | |
| 4968 if (lcs_prec_todo != NUL | |
| 6276 | 4969 && wp->w_p_list |
| 7 | 4970 && (wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol > 0 : wp->w_leftcol > 0) |
| 4971 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 4972 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 4973 #endif | |
| 4974 && draw_state > WL_NR | |
| 4975 && c != NUL) | |
| 4976 { | |
| 4977 c = lcs_prec; | |
| 4978 lcs_prec_todo = NUL; | |
| 4979 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3586 | 4980 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) |
| 4981 { | |
| 4982 /* Double-width character being overwritten by the "precedes" | |
| 4983 * character, need to fill up half the character. */ | |
| 4984 c_extra = MB_FILLER_CHAR; | |
| 4985 n_extra = 1; | |
| 4986 n_attr = 2; | |
| 4987 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 4988 } | |
| 7 | 4989 mb_c = c; |
| 4990 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4991 { | |
| 4992 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4993 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4994 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4995 } |
| 4996 else | |
| 4997 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
| 4998 #endif | |
| 674 | 4999 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 5000 { |
| 5001 saved_attr3 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 5002 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); /* later copied to char_attr */ | |
| 5003 n_attr3 = 1; | |
| 5004 } | |
| 5005 } | |
| 5006 | |
| 5007 /* | |
| 867 | 5008 * At end of the text line or just after the last character. |
| 7 | 5009 */ |
| 867 | 5010 if (c == NUL |
| 910 | 5011 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 867 | 5012 || did_line_attr == 1 |
| 5013 #endif | |
| 5014 ) | |
| 5015 { | |
| 5016 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 5017 long prevcol = (long)(ptr - line) - (c == NUL); | |
| 1437 | 5018 |
| 5019 /* we're not really at that column when skipping some text */ | |
| 1439 | 5020 if ((long)(wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol : wp->w_leftcol) > prevcol) |
| 1437 | 5021 ++prevcol; |
| 867 | 5022 #endif |
| 5023 | |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5024 /* Invert at least one char, used for Visual and empty line or |
| 7 | 5025 * highlight match at end of line. If it's beyond the last |
| 5026 * char on the screen, just overwrite that one (tricky!) Not | |
| 5027 * needed when a '$' was displayed for 'list'. */ | |
| 1326 | 5028 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
| 5029 prevcol_hl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 5030 if (prevcol == (long)search_hl.startcol) | |
| 5031 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 5032 else | |
| 5033 { | |
| 5034 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
| 5035 while (cur != NULL) | |
| 5036 { | |
| 5037 if (prevcol == (long)cur->hl.startcol) | |
| 5038 { | |
| 5039 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 5040 break; | |
| 5041 } | |
| 5042 cur = cur->next; | |
| 5043 } | |
| 5044 } | |
| 5045 #endif | |
| 7 | 5046 if (lcs_eol == lcs_eol_one |
| 1850 | 5047 && ((area_attr != 0 && vcol == fromcol |
| 5048 && (VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V | |
| 5049 || lnum == VIsual.lnum | |
| 5050 || lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 5051 && c == NUL) | |
| 7 | 5052 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
| 5053 /* highlight 'hlsearch' match at end of line */ | |
| 1326 | 5054 || (prevcol_hl_flag == TRUE |
| 910 | 5055 # if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 867 | 5056 && did_line_attr <= 1 |
| 5057 # endif | |
| 5058 ) | |
| 7 | 5059 #endif |
| 5060 )) | |
| 5061 { | |
| 5062 int n = 0; | |
| 5063 | |
| 5064 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5065 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 5066 { | |
| 5067 if (col < 0) | |
| 5068 n = 1; | |
| 5069 } | |
| 5070 else | |
| 5071 #endif | |
| 5072 { | |
| 5073 if (col >= W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 5074 n = -1; | |
| 5075 } | |
| 5076 if (n != 0) | |
| 5077 { | |
| 5078 /* At the window boundary, highlight the last character | |
| 5079 * instead (better than nothing). */ | |
| 5080 off += n; | |
| 5081 col += n; | |
| 5082 } | |
| 5083 else | |
| 5084 { | |
| 5085 /* Add a blank character to highlight. */ | |
| 5086 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; | |
| 5087 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5088 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 5089 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 5090 #endif | |
| 5091 } | |
| 5092 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 5093 if (area_attr == 0) | |
| 5094 { | |
| 1326 | 5095 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among |
| 5096 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ | |
| 5097 char_attr = search_hl.attr; | |
| 5098 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
| 5099 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 5100 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 699 | 5101 { |
| 1326 | 5102 if (shl_flag == FALSE |
| 5103 && ((cur != NULL | |
| 5104 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) | |
| 5105 || cur == NULL)) | |
| 699 | 5106 { |
| 1326 | 5107 shl = &search_hl; |
| 5108 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 699 | 5109 } |
| 1326 | 5110 else |
| 5111 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 5112 if ((ptr - line) - 1 == (long)shl->startcol) | |
| 5113 char_attr = shl->attr; | |
| 5114 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) | |
| 5115 cur = cur->next; | |
| 699 | 5116 } |
| 7 | 5117 } |
| 5118 #endif | |
| 5119 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; | |
| 5120 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5121 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 1437 | 5122 { |
| 7 | 5123 --col; |
| 1437 | 5124 --off; |
| 5125 } | |
| 7 | 5126 else |
| 5127 #endif | |
| 1437 | 5128 { |
| 7 | 5129 ++col; |
| 1437 | 5130 ++off; |
| 5131 } | |
| 743 | 5132 ++vcol; |
| 1437 | 5133 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 5134 eol_hl_off = 1; | |
| 5135 #endif | |
| 743 | 5136 } |
| 867 | 5137 } |
| 5138 | |
| 5139 /* | |
| 5140 * At end of the text line. | |
| 5141 */ | |
| 5142 if (c == NUL) | |
| 5143 { | |
| 743 | 5144 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 1850 | 5145 if (eol_hl_off > 0 && vcol - eol_hl_off == (long)wp->w_virtcol |
| 5146 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 1437 | 5147 { |
| 5148 /* highlight last char after line */ | |
| 5149 --col; | |
| 5150 --off; | |
| 5151 --vcol; | |
| 5152 } | |
| 5153 | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5154 /* Highlight 'cursorcolumn' & 'colorcolumn' past end of the line. */ |
| 758 | 5155 if (wp->w_p_wrap) |
| 5156 v = wp->w_skipcol; | |
| 5157 else | |
| 5158 v = wp->w_leftcol; | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5159 |
| 820 | 5160 /* check if line ends before left margin */ |
| 5161 if (vcol < v + col - win_col_off(wp)) | |
| 5162 vcol = v + col - win_col_off(wp); | |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5163 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5164 /* Get rid of the boguscols now, we want to draw until the right |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5165 * edge for 'cursorcolumn'. */ |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5166 col -= boguscols; |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5167 boguscols = 0; |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5168 #endif |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5169 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5170 if (draw_color_col) |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5171 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5172 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5173 if (((wp->w_p_cuc |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5174 && (int)wp->w_virtcol >= VCOL_HLC - eol_hl_off |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5175 && (int)wp->w_virtcol < |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5176 W_WIDTH(wp) * (row - startrow + 1) + v |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5177 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5178 || draw_color_col) |
| 743 | 5179 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 5180 && !wp->w_p_rl | |
| 5181 # endif | |
| 5182 ) | |
| 5183 { | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5184 int rightmost_vcol = 0; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5185 int i; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5186 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5187 if (wp->w_p_cuc) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5188 rightmost_vcol = wp->w_virtcol; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5189 if (draw_color_col) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5190 /* determine rightmost colorcolumn to possibly draw */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5191 for (i = 0; color_cols[i] >= 0; ++i) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5192 if (rightmost_vcol < color_cols[i]) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5193 rightmost_vcol = color_cols[i]; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5194 |
| 743 | 5195 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp)) |
| 5196 { | |
| 5197 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; | |
| 5198 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5199 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 5200 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 5201 #endif | |
| 5202 ++col; | |
|
2356
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
5203 if (draw_color_col) |
|
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
5204 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, |
|
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
5205 &color_cols); |
|
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
5206 |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5207 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol) |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5208 ScreenAttrs[off++] = hl_attr(HLF_CUC); |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5209 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5210 ScreenAttrs[off++] = hl_attr(HLF_MC); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5211 else |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5212 ScreenAttrs[off++] = 0; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5213 |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5214 if (VCOL_HLC >= rightmost_vcol) |
| 743 | 5215 break; |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5216 |
| 743 | 5217 ++vcol; |
| 5218 } | |
| 5219 } | |
| 5220 #endif | |
| 7 | 5221 |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5222 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5223 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); |
| 7 | 5224 row++; |
| 5225 | |
| 5226 /* | |
| 5227 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was | |
| 5228 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). | |
| 5229 */ | |
| 5230 if (wp == curwin && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 5231 { | |
| 5232 curwin->w_cline_row = startrow; | |
| 5233 curwin->w_cline_height = row - startrow; | |
| 5234 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 5235 curwin->w_cline_folded = FALSE; | |
| 5236 #endif | |
| 5237 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); | |
| 5238 } | |
| 5239 | |
| 5240 break; | |
| 5241 } | |
| 5242 | |
| 5243 /* line continues beyond line end */ | |
| 5244 if (lcs_ext | |
| 5245 && !wp->w_p_wrap | |
| 5246 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5247 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5248 #endif | |
| 5249 && ( | |
| 5250 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5251 wp->w_p_rl ? col == 0 : | |
| 5252 #endif | |
| 5253 col == W_WIDTH(wp) - 1) | |
| 5254 && (*ptr != NUL | |
| 1555 | 5255 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol_one > 0) |
| 7 | 5256 || (n_extra && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL)))) |
| 5257 { | |
| 5258 c = lcs_ext; | |
| 5259 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 5260 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5261 mb_c = c; | |
| 5262 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 5263 { | |
| 5264 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 5265 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 5266 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 5267 } |
| 5268 else | |
| 5269 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 5270 #endif | |
| 5271 } | |
| 5272 | |
| 743 | 5273 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5274 /* advance to the next 'colorcolumn' */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5275 if (draw_color_col) |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5276 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5277 |
| 743 | 5278 /* Highlight the cursor column if 'cursorcolumn' is set. But don't |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5279 * highlight the cursor position itself. |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5280 * Also highlight the 'colorcolumn' if it is different than |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5281 * 'cursorcolumn' */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5282 vcol_save_attr = -1; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5283 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && !lnum_in_visual_area) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5284 { |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5285 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5286 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5287 { |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5288 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5289 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, hl_attr(HLF_CUC)); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5290 } |
|
2346
b38c324bdc36
Fix: 'colorcolumn' interfered with concealed text.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
5291 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5292 { |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5293 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5294 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, hl_attr(HLF_MC)); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5295 } |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5296 } |
| 743 | 5297 #endif |
| 5298 | |
| 7 | 5299 /* |
| 5300 * Store character to be displayed. | |
| 5301 * Skip characters that are left of the screen for 'nowrap'. | |
| 5302 */ | |
| 5303 vcol_prev = vcol; | |
| 5304 if (draw_state < WL_LINE || n_skip <= 0) | |
| 5305 { | |
| 5306 /* | |
| 5307 * Store the character. | |
| 5308 */ | |
| 5309 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 5310 if (has_mbyte && wp->w_p_rl && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) | |
| 5311 { | |
| 5312 /* A double-wide character is: put first halve in left cell. */ | |
| 5313 --off; | |
| 5314 --col; | |
| 5315 } | |
| 5316 #endif | |
| 5317 ScreenLines[off] = c; | |
| 5318 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5319 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
|
2069
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
5320 { |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
5321 if ((mb_c & 0xff00) == 0x8e00) |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
5322 ScreenLines[off] = 0x8e; |
| 7 | 5323 ScreenLines2[off] = mb_c & 0xff; |
|
2069
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
5324 } |
| 7 | 5325 else if (enc_utf8) |
| 5326 { | |
| 5327 if (mb_utf8) | |
| 5328 { | |
| 1326 | 5329 int i; |
| 5330 | |
| 7 | 5331 ScreenLinesUC[off] = mb_c; |
| 819 | 5332 if ((c & 0xff) == 0) |
| 5333 ScreenLines[off] = 0x80; /* avoid storing zero */ | |
| 714 | 5334 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
| 5335 { | |
| 5336 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; | |
| 5337 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
| 5338 break; | |
| 5339 } | |
| 7 | 5340 } |
| 5341 else | |
| 5342 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 5343 } | |
| 5344 if (multi_attr) | |
| 5345 { | |
| 5346 ScreenAttrs[off] = multi_attr; | |
| 5347 multi_attr = 0; | |
| 5348 } | |
| 5349 else | |
| 5350 #endif | |
| 5351 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; | |
| 5352 | |
| 5353 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5354 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) | |
| 5355 { | |
| 5356 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ | |
| 5357 ++off; | |
| 5358 ++col; | |
| 5359 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 5360 /* UTF-8: Put a 0 in the second screen char. */ | |
| 5361 ScreenLines[off] = 0; | |
| 5362 else | |
| 5363 /* DBCS: Put second byte in the second screen char. */ | |
| 5364 ScreenLines[off] = mb_c & 0xff; | |
| 5365 ++vcol; | |
| 5366 /* When "tocol" is halfway a character, set it to the end of | |
| 5367 * the character, otherwise highlighting won't stop. */ | |
| 5368 if (tocol == vcol) | |
| 5369 ++tocol; | |
| 5370 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5371 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 5372 { | |
| 5373 /* now it's time to backup one cell */ | |
| 5374 --off; | |
| 5375 --col; | |
| 5376 } | |
| 5377 #endif | |
| 5378 } | |
| 5379 #endif | |
| 5380 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5381 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 5382 { | |
| 5383 --off; | |
| 5384 --col; | |
| 5385 } | |
| 5386 else | |
| 5387 #endif | |
| 5388 { | |
| 5389 ++off; | |
| 5390 ++col; | |
| 5391 } | |
| 5392 } | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5393 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
5394 else if (wp->w_p_cole > 0 && is_concealing) |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5395 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5396 --n_skip; |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5397 ++vcol_off; |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5398 if (n_extra > 0) |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5399 vcol_off += n_extra; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5400 if (wp->w_p_wrap) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5401 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5402 /* |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5403 * Special voodoo required if 'wrap' is on. |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5404 * |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5405 * Advance the column indicator to force the line |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5406 * drawing to wrap early. This will make the line |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5407 * take up the same screen space when parts are concealed, |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5408 * so that cursor line computations aren't messed up. |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5409 * |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5410 * To avoid the fictitious advance of 'col' causing |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5411 * trailing junk to be written out of the screen line |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5412 * we are building, 'boguscols' keeps track of the number |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5413 * of bad columns we have advanced. |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5414 */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5415 if (n_extra > 0) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5416 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5417 vcol += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5418 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5419 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5420 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5421 col -= n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5422 boguscols -= n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5423 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5424 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5425 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5426 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5427 col += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5428 boguscols += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5429 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5430 n_extra = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5431 n_attr = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5432 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5433 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5434 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5435 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5436 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5437 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5438 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5439 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5440 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5441 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5442 --boguscols; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5443 --col; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5444 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5445 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5446 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5447 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5448 ++boguscols; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5449 ++col; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5450 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5451 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5452 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5453 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5454 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5455 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5456 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5457 --boguscols; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5458 --col; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5459 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5460 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5461 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5462 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5463 ++boguscols; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5464 ++col; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5465 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5466 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5467 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5468 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5469 if (n_extra > 0) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5470 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5471 vcol += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5472 n_extra = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5473 n_attr = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5474 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5475 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5476 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5477 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5478 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ |
| 7 | 5479 else |
| 5480 --n_skip; | |
| 5481 | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
5482 /* Only advance the "vcol" when after the 'number' or 'relativenumber' |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
5483 * column. */ |
| 1849 | 5484 if (draw_state > WL_NR |
| 7 | 5485 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
| 5486 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5487 #endif | |
| 5488 ) | |
| 5489 ++vcol; | |
| 5490 | |
| 743 | 5491 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 5492 if (vcol_save_attr >= 0) | |
| 5493 char_attr = vcol_save_attr; | |
| 5494 #endif | |
| 5495 | |
| 7 | 5496 /* restore attributes after "predeces" in 'listchars' */ |
| 5497 if (draw_state > WL_NR && n_attr3 > 0 && --n_attr3 == 0) | |
| 5498 char_attr = saved_attr3; | |
| 5499 | |
| 5500 /* restore attributes after last 'listchars' or 'number' char */ | |
| 5501 if (n_attr > 0 && draw_state == WL_LINE && --n_attr == 0) | |
| 5502 char_attr = saved_attr2; | |
| 5503 | |
| 5504 /* | |
| 5505 * At end of screen line and there is more to come: Display the line | |
| 1378 | 5506 * so far. If there is no more to display it is caught above. |
| 7 | 5507 */ |
| 5508 if (( | |
| 5509 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5510 wp->w_p_rl ? (col < 0) : | |
| 5511 #endif | |
| 5512 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp))) | |
| 5513 && (*ptr != NUL | |
| 5514 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5515 || filler_todo > 0 | |
| 5516 #endif | |
| 2724 | 5517 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str) |
| 7 | 5518 || (n_extra != 0 && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL))) |
| 5519 ) | |
| 5520 { | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5521 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5522 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col - boguscols, |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5523 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5524 boguscols = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5525 #else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5526 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5527 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5528 #endif |
| 7 | 5529 ++row; |
| 5530 ++screen_row; | |
| 5531 | |
| 5532 /* When not wrapping and finished diff lines, or when displayed | |
| 5533 * '$' and highlighting until last column, break here. */ | |
| 5534 if ((!wp->w_p_wrap | |
| 5535 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5536 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5537 #endif | |
| 5538 ) || lcs_eol_one == -1) | |
| 5539 break; | |
| 5540 | |
| 5541 /* When the window is too narrow draw all "@" lines. */ | |
| 5542 if (draw_state != WL_LINE | |
| 5543 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5544 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5545 #endif | |
| 5546 ) | |
| 5547 { | |
| 5548 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); | |
| 5549 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 5550 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); | |
| 5551 #endif | |
| 5552 row = endrow; | |
| 5553 } | |
| 5554 | |
| 5555 /* When line got too long for screen break here. */ | |
| 5556 if (row == endrow) | |
| 5557 { | |
| 5558 ++row; | |
| 5559 break; | |
| 5560 } | |
| 5561 | |
| 5562 if (screen_cur_row == screen_row - 1 | |
| 5563 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5564 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5565 #endif | |
| 5566 && W_WIDTH(wp) == Columns) | |
| 5567 { | |
| 5568 /* Remember that the line wraps, used for modeless copy. */ | |
| 5569 LineWraps[screen_row - 1] = TRUE; | |
| 5570 | |
| 5571 /* | |
| 5572 * Special trick to make copy/paste of wrapped lines work with | |
| 5573 * xterm/screen: write an extra character beyond the end of | |
| 5574 * the line. This will work with all terminal types | |
| 5575 * (regardless of the xn,am settings). | |
| 5576 * Only do this on a fast tty. | |
| 5577 * Only do this if the cursor is on the current line | |
| 5578 * (something has been written in it). | |
| 5579 * Don't do this for the GUI. | |
| 5580 * Don't do this for double-width characters. | |
| 5581 * Don't do this for a window not at the right screen border. | |
| 5582 */ | |
| 5583 if (p_tf | |
| 5584 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5585 && !gui.in_use | |
| 5586 #endif | |
| 5587 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5588 && !(has_mbyte | |
| 1378 | 5589 && ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row], |
| 5590 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) | |
| 5591 == 2 | |
| 7 | 5592 || (*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] |
| 1378 | 5593 + (int)Columns - 2, |
| 5594 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) | |
| 5595 == 2)) | |
| 7 | 5596 #endif |
| 5597 ) | |
| 5598 { | |
| 5599 /* First make sure we are at the end of the screen line, | |
| 5600 * then output the same character again to let the | |
| 5601 * terminal know about the wrap. If the terminal doesn't | |
| 5602 * auto-wrap, we overwrite the character. */ | |
| 5603 if (screen_cur_col != W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 5604 screen_char(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] | |
| 5605 + (unsigned)Columns - 1, | |
| 5606 screen_row - 1, (int)(Columns - 1)); | |
| 5607 | |
| 5608 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5609 /* When there is a multi-byte character, just output a | |
| 5610 * space to keep it simple. */ | |
| 148 | 5611 if (has_mbyte && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[LineOffset[ |
| 5612 screen_row - 1] + (Columns - 1)]) > 1) | |
| 7 | 5613 out_char(' '); |
| 5614 else | |
| 5615 #endif | |
| 5616 out_char(ScreenLines[LineOffset[screen_row - 1] | |
| 5617 + (Columns - 1)]); | |
| 5618 /* force a redraw of the first char on the next line */ | |
| 5619 ScreenAttrs[LineOffset[screen_row]] = (sattr_T)-1; | |
| 5620 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 5621 } | |
| 5622 } | |
| 5623 | |
| 5624 col = 0; | |
| 5625 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); | |
| 5626 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5627 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 5628 { | |
| 5629 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; /* col is not used if breaking! */ | |
| 5630 off += col; | |
| 5631 } | |
| 5632 #endif | |
| 5633 | |
| 5634 /* reset the drawing state for the start of a wrapped line */ | |
| 5635 draw_state = WL_START; | |
| 5636 saved_n_extra = n_extra; | |
| 5637 saved_p_extra = p_extra; | |
| 5638 saved_c_extra = c_extra; | |
| 5639 saved_char_attr = char_attr; | |
| 5640 n_extra = 0; | |
| 5641 lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; | |
| 5642 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 5643 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5644 if (filler_todo <= 0) | |
| 5645 # endif | |
| 5646 need_showbreak = TRUE; | |
| 5647 #endif | |
| 5648 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5649 --filler_todo; | |
| 5650 /* When the filler lines are actually below the last line of the | |
| 5651 * file, don't draw the line itself, break here. */ | |
| 5652 if (filler_todo == 0 && wp->w_botfill) | |
| 5653 break; | |
| 5654 #endif | |
| 5655 } | |
| 5656 | |
| 5657 } /* for every character in the line */ | |
| 5658 | |
| 743 | 5659 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 386 | 5660 /* After an empty line check first word for capital. */ |
| 5661 if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL) | |
| 5662 { | |
| 5663 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; | |
| 5664 cap_col = 0; | |
| 5665 } | |
| 5666 #endif | |
| 5667 | |
| 7 | 5668 return row; |
| 5669 } | |
| 5670 | |
| 714 | 5671 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5672 static int comp_char_differs __ARGS((int, int)); | |
| 5673 | |
| 5674 /* | |
| 5675 * Return if the composing characters at "off_from" and "off_to" differ. | |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
5676 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0. |
| 714 | 5677 */ |
| 5678 static int | |
| 5679 comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to) | |
| 5680 int off_from; | |
| 5681 int off_to; | |
| 5682 { | |
| 5683 int i; | |
| 5684 | |
| 5685 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) | |
| 5686 { | |
| 5687 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] != ScreenLinesC[i][off_to]) | |
| 5688 return TRUE; | |
| 5689 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] == 0) | |
| 5690 break; | |
| 5691 } | |
| 5692 return FALSE; | |
| 5693 } | |
| 5694 #endif | |
| 5695 | |
| 7 | 5696 /* |
| 5697 * Check whether the given character needs redrawing: | |
| 5698 * - the (first byte of the) character is different | |
| 5699 * - the attributes are different | |
| 5700 * - the character is multi-byte and the next byte is different | |
| 1616 | 5701 * - the character is two cells wide and the second cell differs. |
| 7 | 5702 */ |
| 5703 static int | |
| 5704 char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, cols) | |
| 5705 int off_from; | |
| 5706 int off_to; | |
| 5707 int cols; | |
| 5708 { | |
| 5709 if (cols > 0 | |
| 5710 && ((ScreenLines[off_from] != ScreenLines[off_to] | |
| 5711 || ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) | |
| 5712 | |
| 5713 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5714 || (enc_dbcs != 0 | |
| 5715 && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off_from]) > 1 | |
| 5716 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off_from] == 0x8e | |
| 5717 ? ScreenLines2[off_from] != ScreenLines2[off_to] | |
| 5718 : (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] | |
| 5719 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) | |
| 5720 || (enc_utf8 | |
| 5721 && (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != ScreenLinesUC[off_to] | |
| 5722 || (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0 | |
| 1616 | 5723 && comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to)) |
| 3759 | 5724 || ((*mb_off2cells)(off_from, off_from + cols) > 1 |
| 5725 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] | |
| 5726 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) | |
| 7 | 5727 #endif |
| 5728 )) | |
| 5729 return TRUE; | |
| 5730 return FALSE; | |
| 5731 } | |
| 5732 | |
| 5733 /* | |
| 5734 * Move one "cooked" screen line to the screen, but only the characters that | |
| 5735 * have actually changed. Handle insert/delete character. | |
| 5736 * "coloff" gives the first column on the screen for this line. | |
| 5737 * "endcol" gives the columns where valid characters are. | |
| 5738 * "clear_width" is the width of the window. It's > 0 if the rest of the line | |
| 5739 * needs to be cleared, negative otherwise. | |
| 5740 * "rlflag" is TRUE in a rightleft window: | |
| 5741 * When TRUE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns 0 to "endcol" | |
| 5742 * When FALSE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns "endcol" to "clear_width" | |
| 5743 */ | |
| 5744 static void | |
| 5745 screen_line(row, coloff, endcol, clear_width | |
| 5746 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5747 , rlflag | |
| 5748 #endif | |
| 5749 ) | |
| 5750 int row; | |
| 5751 int coloff; | |
| 5752 int endcol; | |
| 5753 int clear_width; | |
| 5754 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5755 int rlflag; | |
| 5756 #endif | |
| 5757 { | |
| 5758 unsigned off_from; | |
| 5759 unsigned off_to; | |
| 1378 | 5760 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5761 unsigned max_off_from; | |
| 5762 unsigned max_off_to; | |
| 5763 #endif | |
| 7 | 5764 int col = 0; |
| 5765 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) | |
| 5766 int hl; | |
| 5767 #endif | |
| 5768 int force = FALSE; /* force update rest of the line */ | |
| 5769 int redraw_this /* bool: does character need redraw? */ | |
| 5770 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5771 = TRUE /* For GUI when while-loop empty */ | |
| 5772 #endif | |
| 5773 ; | |
| 5774 int redraw_next; /* redraw_this for next character */ | |
| 5775 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5776 int clear_next = FALSE; | |
| 5777 int char_cells; /* 1: normal char */ | |
| 5778 /* 2: occupies two display cells */ | |
| 5779 # define CHAR_CELLS char_cells | |
| 5780 #else | |
| 5781 # define CHAR_CELLS 1 | |
| 5782 #endif | |
| 5783 | |
| 3413 | 5784 /* Check for illegal row and col, just in case. */ |
| 5785 if (row >= Rows) | |
| 5786 row = Rows - 1; | |
| 5787 if (endcol > Columns) | |
| 5788 endcol = Columns; | |
| 5789 | |
| 7 | 5790 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD |
| 5791 clip_may_clear_selection(row, row); | |
| 5792 # endif | |
| 5793 | |
| 5794 off_from = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); | |
| 5795 off_to = LineOffset[row] + coloff; | |
| 1378 | 5796 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5797 max_off_from = off_from + screen_Columns; | |
| 5798 max_off_to = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; | |
| 5799 #endif | |
| 7 | 5800 |
| 5801 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5802 if (rlflag) | |
| 5803 { | |
| 5804 /* Clear rest first, because it's left of the text. */ | |
| 5805 if (clear_width > 0) | |
| 5806 { | |
| 5807 while (col <= endcol && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' | |
| 5808 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 | |
| 5809 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5810 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) | |
| 5811 # endif | |
| 5812 ) | |
| 5813 { | |
| 5814 ++off_to; | |
| 5815 ++col; | |
| 5816 } | |
| 5817 if (col <= endcol) | |
| 5818 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, | |
| 5819 endcol + coloff + 1, ' ', ' ', 0); | |
| 5820 } | |
| 5821 col = endcol + 1; | |
| 5822 off_to = LineOffset[row] + col + coloff; | |
| 5823 off_from += col; | |
| 5824 endcol = (clear_width > 0 ? clear_width : -clear_width); | |
| 5825 } | |
| 5826 #endif /* FEAT_RIGHTLEFT */ | |
| 5827 | |
| 5828 redraw_next = char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, endcol - col); | |
| 5829 | |
| 5830 while (col < endcol) | |
| 5831 { | |
| 5832 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5833 if (has_mbyte && (col + 1 < endcol)) | |
| 1378 | 5834 char_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off_from, max_off_from); |
| 7 | 5835 else |
| 5836 char_cells = 1; | |
| 5837 #endif | |
| 5838 | |
| 5839 redraw_this = redraw_next; | |
| 5840 redraw_next = force || char_needs_redraw(off_from + CHAR_CELLS, | |
| 5841 off_to + CHAR_CELLS, endcol - col - CHAR_CELLS); | |
| 5842 | |
| 5843 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5844 /* If the next character was bold, then redraw the current character to | |
| 5845 * remove any pixels that might have spilt over into us. This only | |
| 5846 * happens in the GUI. | |
| 5847 */ | |
| 5848 if (redraw_next && gui.in_use) | |
| 5849 { | |
| 5850 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to + CHAR_CELLS]; | |
| 743 | 5851 if (hl > HL_ALL) |
| 5852 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); | |
| 5853 if (hl & HL_BOLD) | |
| 7 | 5854 redraw_this = TRUE; |
| 5855 } | |
| 5856 #endif | |
| 5857 | |
| 5858 if (redraw_this) | |
| 5859 { | |
| 5860 /* | |
| 5861 * Special handling when 'xs' termcap flag set (hpterm): | |
| 5862 * Attributes for characters are stored at the position where the | |
| 5863 * cursor is when writing the highlighting code. The | |
| 5864 * start-highlighting code must be written with the cursor on the | |
| 5865 * first highlighted character. The stop-highlighting code must | |
| 5866 * be written with the cursor just after the last highlighted | |
| 5867 * character. | |
| 5868 * Overwriting a character doesn't remove it's highlighting. Need | |
| 5869 * to clear the rest of the line, and force redrawing it | |
| 5870 * completely. | |
| 5871 */ | |
| 5872 if ( p_wiv | |
| 5873 && !force | |
| 5874 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5875 && !gui.in_use | |
| 5876 #endif | |
| 5877 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] != 0 | |
| 5878 && ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) | |
| 5879 { | |
| 5880 /* | |
| 5881 * Need to remove highlighting attributes here. | |
| 5882 */ | |
| 5883 windgoto(row, col + coloff); | |
| 5884 out_str(T_CE); /* clear rest of this screen line */ | |
| 5885 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 5886 force = TRUE; /* force redraw of rest of the line */ | |
| 5887 redraw_next = TRUE; /* or else next char would miss out */ | |
| 5888 | |
| 5889 /* | |
| 5890 * If the previous character was highlighted, need to stop | |
| 5891 * highlighting at this character. | |
| 5892 */ | |
| 5893 if (col + coloff > 0 && ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1] != 0) | |
| 5894 { | |
| 5895 screen_attr = ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]; | |
| 5896 term_windgoto(row, col + coloff); | |
| 5897 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 5898 } | |
| 5899 else | |
| 5900 screen_attr = 0; /* highlighting has stopped */ | |
| 5901 } | |
| 5902 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5903 if (enc_dbcs != 0) | |
| 5904 { | |
| 5905 /* Check if overwriting a double-byte with a single-byte or | |
| 5906 * the other way around requires another character to be | |
| 5907 * redrawn. For UTF-8 this isn't needed, because comparing | |
| 5908 * ScreenLinesUC[] is sufficient. */ | |
| 5909 if (char_cells == 1 | |
| 5910 && col + 1 < endcol | |
| 1378 | 5911 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) |
| 7 | 5912 { |
| 5913 /* Writing a single-cell character over a double-cell | |
| 5914 * character: need to redraw the next cell. */ | |
| 5915 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = 0; | |
| 5916 redraw_next = TRUE; | |
| 5917 } | |
| 5918 else if (char_cells == 2 | |
| 5919 && col + 2 < endcol | |
| 1378 | 5920 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 |
| 5921 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1) | |
| 7 | 5922 { |
| 5923 /* Writing the second half of a double-cell character over | |
| 5924 * a double-cell character: need to redraw the second | |
| 5925 * cell. */ | |
| 5926 ScreenLines[off_to + 2] = 0; | |
| 5927 redraw_next = TRUE; | |
| 5928 } | |
| 5929 | |
| 5930 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
| 5931 ScreenLines2[off_to] = ScreenLines2[off_from]; | |
| 5932 } | |
| 5933 /* When writing a single-width character over a double-width | |
| 5934 * character and at the end of the redrawn text, need to clear out | |
| 5935 * the right halve of the old character. | |
| 5936 * Also required when writing the right halve of a double-width | |
| 5937 * char over the left halve of an existing one. */ | |
| 5938 if (has_mbyte && col + char_cells == endcol | |
| 5939 && ((char_cells == 1 | |
| 1378 | 5940 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) |
| 7 | 5941 || (char_cells == 2 |
| 1378 | 5942 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 |
| 5943 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1))) | |
| 7 | 5944 clear_next = TRUE; |
| 5945 #endif | |
| 5946 | |
| 5947 ScreenLines[off_to] = ScreenLines[off_from]; | |
| 5948 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5949 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 5950 { | |
| 5951 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = ScreenLinesUC[off_from]; | |
| 5952 if (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0) | |
| 5953 { | |
| 714 | 5954 int i; |
| 5955 | |
| 5956 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) | |
| 5957 ScreenLinesC[i][off_to] = ScreenLinesC[i][off_from]; | |
| 7 | 5958 } |
| 5959 } | |
| 5960 if (char_cells == 2) | |
| 5961 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = ScreenLines[off_from + 1]; | |
| 5962 #endif | |
| 5963 | |
| 5964 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 1843 | 5965 /* The bold trick makes a single column of pixels appear in the |
| 5966 * next character. When a bold character is removed, the next | |
| 7 | 5967 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI |
| 5968 * and for some xterms. */ | |
| 5969 if ( | |
| 5970 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5971 gui.in_use | |
| 5972 # endif | |
| 5973 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) | |
| 5974 || | |
| 5975 # endif | |
| 5976 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 5977 term_is_xterm | |
| 5978 # endif | |
| 5979 ) | |
| 5980 { | |
| 5981 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; | |
| 743 | 5982 if (hl > HL_ALL) |
| 5983 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); | |
| 5984 if (hl & HL_BOLD) | |
| 7 | 5985 redraw_next = TRUE; |
| 5986 } | |
| 5987 #endif | |
| 5988 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; | |
| 5989 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 819 | 5990 /* For simplicity set the attributes of second half of a |
| 5991 * double-wide character equal to the first half. */ | |
| 5992 if (char_cells == 2) | |
| 5993 ScreenAttrs[off_to + 1] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; | |
| 5994 | |
| 7 | 5995 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && char_cells == 2) |
| 5996 screen_char_2(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
| 5997 else | |
| 5998 #endif | |
| 5999 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
| 6000 } | |
| 6001 else if ( p_wiv | |
| 6002 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 6003 && !gui.in_use | |
| 6004 #endif | |
| 6005 && col + coloff > 0) | |
| 6006 { | |
| 6007 if (ScreenAttrs[off_to] == ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]) | |
| 6008 { | |
| 6009 /* | |
| 6010 * Don't output stop-highlight when moving the cursor, it will | |
| 6011 * stop the highlighting when it should continue. | |
| 6012 */ | |
| 6013 screen_attr = 0; | |
| 6014 } | |
| 6015 else if (screen_attr != 0) | |
| 6016 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 6017 } | |
| 6018 | |
| 6019 off_to += CHAR_CELLS; | |
| 6020 off_from += CHAR_CELLS; | |
| 6021 col += CHAR_CELLS; | |
| 6022 } | |
| 6023 | |
| 6024 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6025 if (clear_next) | |
| 6026 { | |
| 6027 /* Clear the second half of a double-wide character of which the left | |
| 6028 * half was overwritten with a single-wide character. */ | |
| 6029 ScreenLines[off_to] = ' '; | |
| 6030 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 6031 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; | |
| 6032 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
| 6033 } | |
| 6034 #endif | |
| 6035 | |
| 6036 if (clear_width > 0 | |
| 6037 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 6038 && !rlflag | |
| 6039 #endif | |
| 6040 ) | |
| 6041 { | |
| 6042 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 6043 int startCol = col; | |
| 6044 #endif | |
| 6045 | |
| 6046 /* blank out the rest of the line */ | |
| 6047 while (col < clear_width && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' | |
| 6048 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 | |
| 6049 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6050 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) | |
| 6051 #endif | |
| 6052 ) | |
| 6053 { | |
| 6054 ++off_to; | |
| 6055 ++col; | |
| 6056 } | |
| 6057 if (col < clear_width) | |
| 6058 { | |
| 6059 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 6060 /* | |
| 6061 * In the GUI, clearing the rest of the line may leave pixels | |
| 6062 * behind if the first character cleared was bold. Some bold | |
| 6063 * fonts spill over the left. In this case we redraw the previous | |
| 6064 * character too. If we didn't skip any blanks above, then we | |
| 6065 * only redraw if the character wasn't already redrawn anyway. | |
| 6066 */ | |
| 996 | 6067 if (gui.in_use && (col > startCol || !redraw_this)) |
| 7 | 6068 { |
| 6069 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; | |
| 6070 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD)) | |
| 996 | 6071 { |
| 6072 int prev_cells = 1; | |
| 6073 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6074 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 6075 /* for utf-8, ScreenLines[char_offset + 1] == 0 means | |
| 6076 * that its width is 2. */ | |
| 6077 prev_cells = ScreenLines[off_to - 1] == 0 ? 2 : 1; | |
| 6078 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) | |
| 6079 { | |
| 6080 /* find previous character by counting from first | |
| 6081 * column and get its width. */ | |
| 6082 unsigned off = LineOffset[row]; | |
| 1378 | 6083 unsigned max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; |
| 996 | 6084 |
| 6085 while (off < off_to) | |
| 6086 { | |
| 1378 | 6087 prev_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off); |
| 996 | 6088 off += prev_cells; |
| 6089 } | |
| 6090 } | |
| 6091 | |
| 6092 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && prev_cells > 1) | |
| 6093 screen_char_2(off_to - prev_cells, row, | |
| 6094 col + coloff - prev_cells); | |
| 6095 else | |
| 6096 # endif | |
| 6097 screen_char(off_to - prev_cells, row, | |
| 6098 col + coloff - prev_cells); | |
| 6099 } | |
| 7 | 6100 } |
| 6101 #endif | |
| 6102 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, clear_width + coloff, | |
| 6103 ' ', ' ', 0); | |
| 6104 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6105 off_to += clear_width - col; | |
| 6106 col = clear_width; | |
| 6107 #endif | |
| 6108 } | |
| 6109 } | |
| 6110 | |
| 6111 if (clear_width > 0) | |
| 6112 { | |
| 6113 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6114 /* For a window that's left of another, draw the separator char. */ | |
| 6115 if (col + coloff < Columns) | |
| 6116 { | |
| 6117 int c; | |
| 6118 | |
| 6119 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); | |
| 6477 | 6120 if (ScreenLines[off_to] != (schar_T)c |
| 7 | 6121 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 714 | 6122 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off_to] |
| 6123 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) | |
| 7 | 6124 # endif |
| 6125 || ScreenAttrs[off_to] != hl) | |
| 6126 { | |
| 6127 ScreenLines[off_to] = c; | |
| 6128 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = hl; | |
| 6129 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6130 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 6131 { | |
| 6132 if (c >= 0x80) | |
| 6133 { | |
| 6134 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = c; | |
| 714 | 6135 ScreenLinesC[0][off_to] = 0; |
| 7 | 6136 } |
| 6137 else | |
| 6138 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; | |
| 6139 } | |
| 6140 # endif | |
| 6141 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
| 6142 } | |
| 6143 } | |
| 6144 else | |
| 6145 #endif | |
| 6146 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; | |
| 6147 } | |
| 6148 } | |
| 6149 | |
| 474 | 6150 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 6151 /* |
| 474 | 6152 * Mirror text "str" for right-left displaying. |
| 6153 * Only works for single-byte characters (e.g., numbers). | |
| 7 | 6154 */ |
| 474 | 6155 void |
| 7 | 6156 rl_mirror(str) |
| 6157 char_u *str; | |
| 6158 { | |
| 6159 char_u *p1, *p2; | |
| 6160 int t; | |
| 6161 | |
| 6162 for (p1 = str, p2 = str + STRLEN(str) - 1; p1 < p2; ++p1, --p2) | |
| 6163 { | |
| 6164 t = *p1; | |
| 6165 *p1 = *p2; | |
| 6166 *p2 = t; | |
| 6167 } | |
| 6168 } | |
| 6169 #endif | |
| 6170 | |
| 6171 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6172 /* | |
| 6173 * mark all status lines for redraw; used after first :cd | |
| 6174 */ | |
| 6175 void | |
| 6176 status_redraw_all() | |
| 6177 { | |
| 6178 win_T *wp; | |
| 6179 | |
| 6180 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 6181 if (wp->w_status_height) | |
| 6182 { | |
| 6183 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 6184 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 6185 } | |
| 6186 } | |
| 6187 | |
| 6188 /* | |
| 6189 * mark all status lines of the current buffer for redraw | |
| 6190 */ | |
| 6191 void | |
| 6192 status_redraw_curbuf() | |
| 6193 { | |
| 6194 win_T *wp; | |
| 6195 | |
| 6196 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 6197 if (wp->w_status_height != 0 && wp->w_buffer == curbuf) | |
| 6198 { | |
| 6199 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 6200 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 6201 } | |
| 6202 } | |
| 6203 | |
| 6204 /* | |
| 6205 * Redraw all status lines that need to be redrawn. | |
| 6206 */ | |
| 6207 void | |
| 6208 redraw_statuslines() | |
| 6209 { | |
| 6210 win_T *wp; | |
| 6211 | |
| 6212 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 6213 if (wp->w_redr_status) | |
| 6214 win_redr_status(wp); | |
| 673 | 6215 if (redraw_tabline) |
| 677 | 6216 draw_tabline(); |
| 7 | 6217 } |
| 6218 #endif | |
| 6219 | |
| 6220 #if (defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) && defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6221 /* | |
| 6222 * Redraw all status lines at the bottom of frame "frp". | |
| 6223 */ | |
| 6224 void | |
| 6225 win_redraw_last_status(frp) | |
| 6226 frame_T *frp; | |
| 6227 { | |
| 6228 if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF) | |
| 6229 frp->fr_win->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 6230 else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW) | |
| 6231 { | |
| 6232 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) | |
| 6233 win_redraw_last_status(frp); | |
| 6234 } | |
| 6235 else /* frp->fr_layout == FR_COL */ | |
| 6236 { | |
| 6237 frp = frp->fr_child; | |
| 6238 while (frp->fr_next != NULL) | |
| 6239 frp = frp->fr_next; | |
| 6240 win_redraw_last_status(frp); | |
| 6241 } | |
| 6242 } | |
| 6243 #endif | |
| 6244 | |
| 6245 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6246 /* | |
| 6247 * Draw the verticap separator right of window "wp" starting with line "row". | |
| 6248 */ | |
| 6249 static void | |
| 6250 draw_vsep_win(wp, row) | |
| 6251 win_T *wp; | |
| 6252 int row; | |
| 6253 { | |
| 6254 int hl; | |
| 6255 int c; | |
| 6256 | |
| 6257 if (wp->w_vsep_width) | |
| 6258 { | |
| 6259 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ | |
| 6260 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); | |
| 6261 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, | |
| 6262 W_ENDCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) + 1, | |
| 6263 c, ' ', hl); | |
| 6264 } | |
| 6265 } | |
| 6266 #endif | |
| 6267 | |
| 6268 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU | |
| 6269 static int status_match_len __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s)); | |
| 277 | 6270 static int skip_status_match_char __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s)); |
| 7 | 6271 |
| 6272 /* | |
| 1378 | 6273 * Get the length of an item as it will be shown in the status line. |
| 7 | 6274 */ |
| 6275 static int | |
| 6276 status_match_len(xp, s) | |
| 6277 expand_T *xp; | |
| 6278 char_u *s; | |
| 6279 { | |
| 6280 int len = 0; | |
| 6281 | |
| 6282 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 6283 int emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS | |
| 6284 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); | |
| 6285 | |
| 6286 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|'. */ | |
| 6287 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) | |
| 6288 return 1; | |
| 6289 #endif | |
| 6290 | |
| 6291 while (*s != NUL) | |
| 6292 { | |
| 1685 | 6293 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); |
| 42 | 6294 len += ptr2cells(s); |
| 39 | 6295 mb_ptr_adv(s); |
| 7 | 6296 } |
| 6297 | |
| 6298 return len; | |
| 6299 } | |
| 6300 | |
| 6301 /* | |
| 1685 | 6302 * Return the number of characters that should be skipped in a status match. |
| 277 | 6303 * These are backslashes used for escaping. Do show backslashes in help tags. |
| 6304 */ | |
| 6305 static int | |
| 6306 skip_status_match_char(xp, s) | |
| 6307 expand_T *xp; | |
| 6308 char_u *s; | |
| 6309 { | |
| 1685 | 6310 if ((rem_backslash(s) && xp->xp_context != EXPAND_HELP) |
| 277 | 6311 #ifdef FEAT_MENU |
| 6312 || ((xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS | |
| 6313 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES) | |
| 6314 && (s[0] == '\t' || (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != NUL))) | |
| 6315 #endif | |
| 1685 | 6316 ) |
| 6317 { | |
| 6318 #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 6319 if (xp->xp_shell && csh_like_shell() && s[1] == '\\' && s[2] == '!') | |
| 6320 return 2; | |
| 6321 #endif | |
| 6322 return 1; | |
| 6323 } | |
| 6324 return 0; | |
| 277 | 6325 } |
| 6326 | |
| 6327 /* | |
| 7 | 6328 * Show wildchar matches in the status line. |
| 6329 * Show at least the "match" item. | |
| 6330 * We start at item 'first_match' in the list and show all matches that fit. | |
| 6331 * | |
| 6332 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. | |
| 6333 */ | |
| 6334 void | |
| 6335 win_redr_status_matches(xp, num_matches, matches, match, showtail) | |
| 6336 expand_T *xp; | |
| 6337 int num_matches; | |
| 6338 char_u **matches; /* list of matches */ | |
| 6339 int match; | |
| 6340 int showtail; | |
| 6341 { | |
| 6342 #define L_MATCH(m) (showtail ? sm_gettail(matches[m]) : matches[m]) | |
| 6343 int row; | |
| 6344 char_u *buf; | |
| 6345 int len; | |
| 1378 | 6346 int clen; /* length in screen cells */ |
| 7 | 6347 int fillchar; |
| 6348 int attr; | |
| 6349 int i; | |
| 6350 int highlight = TRUE; | |
| 6351 char_u *selstart = NULL; | |
| 6352 int selstart_col = 0; | |
| 6353 char_u *selend = NULL; | |
| 6354 static int first_match = 0; | |
| 6355 int add_left = FALSE; | |
| 6356 char_u *s; | |
| 6357 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 6358 int emenu; | |
| 6359 #endif | |
| 6360 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_MENU) | |
| 6361 int l; | |
| 6362 #endif | |
| 6363 | |
| 6364 if (matches == NULL) /* interrupted completion? */ | |
| 6365 return; | |
| 6366 | |
| 39 | 6367 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 6368 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 6369 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns * MB_MAXBYTES + 1); | |
| 6370 else | |
| 6371 #endif | |
| 6372 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns + 1); | |
| 7 | 6373 if (buf == NULL) |
| 6374 return; | |
| 6375 | |
| 6376 if (match == -1) /* don't show match but original text */ | |
| 6377 { | |
| 6378 match = 0; | |
| 6379 highlight = FALSE; | |
| 6380 } | |
| 6381 /* count 1 for the ending ">" */ | |
| 6382 clen = status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(match)) + 3; | |
| 6383 if (match == 0) | |
| 6384 first_match = 0; | |
| 6385 else if (match < first_match) | |
| 6386 { | |
| 6387 /* jumping left, as far as we can go */ | |
| 6388 first_match = match; | |
| 6389 add_left = TRUE; | |
| 6390 } | |
| 6391 else | |
| 6392 { | |
| 6393 /* check if match fits on the screen */ | |
| 6394 for (i = first_match; i < match; ++i) | |
| 6395 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; | |
| 6396 if (first_match > 0) | |
| 6397 clen += 2; | |
| 6398 /* jumping right, put match at the left */ | |
| 6399 if ((long)clen > Columns) | |
| 6400 { | |
| 6401 first_match = match; | |
| 6402 /* if showing the last match, we can add some on the left */ | |
| 6403 clen = 2; | |
| 6404 for (i = match; i < num_matches; ++i) | |
| 6405 { | |
| 6406 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; | |
| 6407 if ((long)clen >= Columns) | |
| 6408 break; | |
| 6409 } | |
| 6410 if (i == num_matches) | |
| 6411 add_left = TRUE; | |
| 6412 } | |
| 6413 } | |
| 6414 if (add_left) | |
| 6415 while (first_match > 0) | |
| 6416 { | |
| 6417 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(first_match - 1)) + 2; | |
| 6418 if ((long)clen >= Columns) | |
| 6419 break; | |
| 6420 --first_match; | |
| 6421 } | |
| 6422 | |
| 6423 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, TRUE); | |
| 6424 | |
| 6425 if (first_match == 0) | |
| 6426 { | |
| 6427 *buf = NUL; | |
| 6428 len = 0; | |
| 6429 } | |
| 6430 else | |
| 6431 { | |
| 6432 STRCPY(buf, "< "); | |
| 6433 len = 2; | |
| 6434 } | |
| 6435 clen = len; | |
| 6436 | |
| 6437 i = first_match; | |
| 6438 while ((long)(clen + status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2) < Columns) | |
| 6439 { | |
| 6440 if (i == match) | |
| 6441 { | |
| 6442 selstart = buf + len; | |
| 6443 selstart_col = clen; | |
| 6444 } | |
| 6445 | |
| 6446 s = L_MATCH(i); | |
| 6447 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|' */ | |
| 6448 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 6449 emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS | |
| 6450 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); | |
| 6451 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) | |
| 6452 { | |
| 6453 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar('|')); | |
| 6454 l = (int)STRLEN(buf + len); | |
| 6455 len += l; | |
| 6456 clen += l; | |
| 6457 } | |
| 6458 else | |
| 6459 #endif | |
| 6460 for ( ; *s != NUL; ++s) | |
| 6461 { | |
| 1685 | 6462 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); |
| 7 | 6463 clen += ptr2cells(s); |
| 6464 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 6465 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) > 1) |
| 7 | 6466 { |
| 6467 STRNCPY(buf + len, s, l); | |
| 6468 s += l - 1; | |
| 6469 len += l; | |
| 6470 } | |
| 6471 else | |
| 6472 #endif | |
| 6473 { | |
| 6474 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar_byte(*s)); | |
| 6475 len += (int)STRLEN(buf + len); | |
| 6476 } | |
| 6477 } | |
| 6478 if (i == match) | |
| 6479 selend = buf + len; | |
| 6480 | |
| 6481 *(buf + len++) = ' '; | |
| 6482 *(buf + len++) = ' '; | |
| 6483 clen += 2; | |
| 6484 if (++i == num_matches) | |
| 6485 break; | |
| 6486 } | |
| 6487 | |
| 6488 if (i != num_matches) | |
| 6489 { | |
| 6490 *(buf + len++) = '>'; | |
| 6491 ++clen; | |
| 6492 } | |
| 6493 | |
| 6494 buf[len] = NUL; | |
| 6495 | |
| 6496 row = cmdline_row - 1; | |
| 6497 if (row >= 0) | |
| 6498 { | |
| 6499 if (wild_menu_showing == 0) | |
| 6500 { | |
| 6501 if (msg_scrolled > 0) | |
| 6502 { | |
| 6503 /* Put the wildmenu just above the command line. If there is | |
| 6504 * no room, scroll the screen one line up. */ | |
| 6505 if (cmdline_row == Rows - 1) | |
| 6506 { | |
| 6507 screen_del_lines(0, 0, 1, (int)Rows, TRUE, NULL); | |
| 6508 ++msg_scrolled; | |
| 6509 } | |
| 6510 else | |
| 6511 { | |
| 6512 ++cmdline_row; | |
| 6513 ++row; | |
| 6514 } | |
| 6515 wild_menu_showing = WM_SCROLLED; | |
| 6516 } | |
| 6517 else | |
| 6518 { | |
| 6519 /* Create status line if needed by setting 'laststatus' to 2. | |
| 6520 * Set 'winminheight' to zero to avoid that the window is | |
| 6521 * resized. */ | |
| 6522 if (lastwin->w_status_height == 0) | |
| 6523 { | |
| 6524 save_p_ls = p_ls; | |
| 6525 save_p_wmh = p_wmh; | |
| 6526 p_ls = 2; | |
| 6527 p_wmh = 0; | |
| 6528 last_status(FALSE); | |
| 6529 } | |
| 6530 wild_menu_showing = WM_SHOWN; | |
| 6531 } | |
| 6532 } | |
| 6533 | |
| 6534 screen_puts(buf, row, 0, attr); | |
| 6535 if (selstart != NULL && highlight) | |
| 6536 { | |
| 6537 *selend = NUL; | |
| 6538 screen_puts(selstart, row, selstart_col, hl_attr(HLF_WM)); | |
| 6539 } | |
| 6540 | |
| 6541 screen_fill(row, row + 1, clen, (int)Columns, fillchar, fillchar, attr); | |
| 6542 } | |
| 6543 | |
| 6544 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6545 win_redraw_last_status(topframe); | |
| 6546 #else | |
| 6547 lastwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 6548 #endif | |
| 6549 vim_free(buf); | |
| 6550 } | |
| 6551 #endif | |
| 6552 | |
| 6553 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6554 /* | |
| 6555 * Redraw the status line of window wp. | |
| 6556 * | |
| 6557 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. | |
| 6558 */ | |
| 6559 void | |
| 6560 win_redr_status(wp) | |
| 6561 win_T *wp; | |
| 6562 { | |
| 6563 int row; | |
| 6564 char_u *p; | |
| 6565 int len; | |
| 6566 int fillchar; | |
| 6567 int attr; | |
| 6568 int this_ru_col; | |
| 1910 | 6569 static int busy = FALSE; |
| 6570 | |
| 6571 /* It's possible to get here recursively when 'statusline' (indirectly) | |
| 6572 * invokes ":redrawstatus". Simply ignore the call then. */ | |
| 6573 if (busy) | |
| 6574 return; | |
| 6575 busy = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 6576 |
| 6577 wp->w_redr_status = FALSE; | |
| 6578 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) | |
| 6579 { | |
| 6580 /* no status line, can only be last window */ | |
| 6581 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 6582 } | |
| 540 | 6583 else if (!redrawing() |
| 6584 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 6585 /* don't update status line when popup menu is visible and may be | |
| 6586 * drawn over it */ | |
| 6587 || pum_visible() | |
| 6588 #endif | |
| 6589 ) | |
| 7 | 6590 { |
| 6591 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ | |
| 6592 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 6593 } | |
| 6594 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 40 | 6595 else if (*p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL) |
| 7 | 6596 { |
| 6597 /* redraw custom status line */ | |
| 1983 | 6598 redraw_custom_statusline(wp); |
| 7 | 6599 } |
| 6600 #endif | |
| 6601 else | |
| 6602 { | |
| 6603 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
| 6604 | |
| 685 | 6605 get_trans_bufname(wp->w_buffer); |
| 7 | 6606 p = NameBuff; |
| 6607 len = (int)STRLEN(p); | |
| 6608 | |
| 6609 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help | |
| 6610 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
| 6611 || wp->w_p_pvw | |
| 6612 #endif | |
| 6613 || bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer) | |
| 6614 || wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) | |
| 6615 *(p + len++) = ' '; | |
| 6616 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help) | |
| 6617 { | |
| 809 | 6618 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Help]")); |
| 7 | 6619 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); |
| 6620 } | |
| 6621 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
| 6622 if (wp->w_p_pvw) | |
| 6623 { | |
| 6624 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Preview]")); | |
| 6625 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); | |
| 6626 } | |
| 6627 #endif | |
| 6628 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) | |
| 6629 { | |
| 6630 STRCPY(p + len, "[+]"); | |
| 6631 len += 3; | |
| 6632 } | |
| 6633 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) | |
| 6634 { | |
|
4795
8360a59aa04b
updated for version 7.3.1144
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4736
diff
changeset
|
6635 STRCPY(p + len, _("[RO]")); |
| 7 | 6636 len += 4; |
| 6637 } | |
| 6638 | |
| 6639 #ifndef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6640 this_ru_col = ru_col; | |
| 6641 if (this_ru_col < (Columns + 1) / 2) | |
| 6642 this_ru_col = (Columns + 1) / 2; | |
| 6643 #else | |
| 6644 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); | |
| 6645 if (this_ru_col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) | |
| 6646 this_ru_col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; | |
| 6647 if (this_ru_col <= 1) | |
| 6648 { | |
| 6649 p = (char_u *)"<"; /* No room for file name! */ | |
| 6650 len = 1; | |
| 6651 } | |
| 6652 else | |
| 6653 #endif | |
| 6654 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6655 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 6656 { | |
| 6657 int clen = 0, i; | |
| 6658 | |
| 6659 /* Count total number of display cells. */ | |
|
2338
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2332
diff
changeset
|
6660 clen = mb_string2cells(p, -1); |
|
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2332
diff
changeset
|
6661 |
| 7 | 6662 /* Find first character that will fit. |
| 6663 * Going from start to end is much faster for DBCS. */ | |
| 6664 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && clen >= this_ru_col - 1; | |
| 474 | 6665 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i)) |
| 7 | 6666 clen -= (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i); |
| 6667 len = clen; | |
| 6668 if (i > 0) | |
| 6669 { | |
| 6670 p = p + i - 1; | |
| 6671 *p = '<'; | |
| 6672 ++len; | |
| 6673 } | |
| 6674 | |
| 6675 } | |
| 6676 else | |
| 6677 #endif | |
| 6678 if (len > this_ru_col - 1) | |
| 6679 { | |
| 6680 p += len - (this_ru_col - 1); | |
| 6681 *p = '<'; | |
| 6682 len = this_ru_col - 1; | |
| 6683 } | |
| 6684 | |
| 6685 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; | |
| 6686 screen_puts(p, row, W_WINCOL(wp), attr); | |
| 6687 screen_fill(row, row + 1, len + W_WINCOL(wp), | |
| 6688 this_ru_col + W_WINCOL(wp), fillchar, fillchar, attr); | |
| 6689 | |
| 6690 if (get_keymap_str(wp, NameBuff, MAXPATHL) | |
| 6691 && (int)(this_ru_col - len) > (int)(STRLEN(NameBuff) + 1)) | |
| 6692 screen_puts(NameBuff, row, (int)(this_ru_col - STRLEN(NameBuff) | |
| 6693 - 1 + W_WINCOL(wp)), attr); | |
| 6694 | |
| 6695 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 6696 win_redr_ruler(wp, TRUE); | |
| 6697 #endif | |
| 6698 } | |
| 6699 | |
| 6700 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6701 /* | |
| 6702 * May need to draw the character below the vertical separator. | |
| 6703 */ | |
| 6704 if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0 && wp->w_status_height != 0 && redrawing()) | |
| 6705 { | |
| 6706 if (stl_connected(wp)) | |
| 6707 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
| 6708 else | |
| 6709 fillchar = fillchar_vsep(&attr); | |
| 6710 screen_putchar(fillchar, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 6711 attr); | |
| 6712 } | |
| 6713 #endif | |
| 1910 | 6714 busy = FALSE; |
| 7 | 6715 } |
| 6716 | |
| 680 | 6717 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT |
| 6718 /* | |
| 6719 * Redraw the status line according to 'statusline' and take care of any | |
| 6720 * errors encountered. | |
| 6721 */ | |
| 6722 static void | |
| 1983 | 6723 redraw_custom_statusline(wp) |
| 680 | 6724 win_T *wp; |
| 6725 { | |
| 1983 | 6726 static int entered = FALSE; |
| 6727 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; | |
| 6728 | |
| 6729 /* When called recursively return. This can happen when the statusline | |
| 6730 * contains an expression that triggers a redraw. */ | |
| 6731 if (entered) | |
| 6732 return; | |
| 6733 entered = TRUE; | |
| 680 | 6734 |
| 6735 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 6736 win_redr_custom(wp, FALSE); | |
| 6737 if (called_emsg) | |
| 1983 | 6738 { |
| 6739 /* When there is an error disable the statusline, otherwise the | |
| 6740 * display is messed up with errors and a redraw triggers the problem | |
| 6741 * again and again. */ | |
| 680 | 6742 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"statusline", -1, |
| 6743 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE | (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL | |
| 694 | 6744 ? OPT_LOCAL : OPT_GLOBAL), SID_ERROR); |
| 1983 | 6745 } |
| 680 | 6746 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; |
| 1983 | 6747 entered = FALSE; |
| 680 | 6748 } |
| 6749 #endif | |
| 6750 | |
| 7 | 6751 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT |
| 6752 /* | |
| 6753 * Return TRUE if the status line of window "wp" is connected to the status | |
| 6754 * line of the window right of it. If not, then it's a vertical separator. | |
| 6755 * Only call if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0). | |
| 6756 */ | |
| 6757 int | |
| 6758 stl_connected(wp) | |
| 6759 win_T *wp; | |
| 6760 { | |
| 6761 frame_T *fr; | |
| 6762 | |
| 6763 fr = wp->w_frame; | |
| 6764 while (fr->fr_parent != NULL) | |
| 6765 { | |
| 6766 if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL) | |
| 6767 { | |
| 6768 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) | |
| 6769 break; | |
| 6770 } | |
| 6771 else | |
| 6772 { | |
| 6773 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) | |
| 6774 return TRUE; | |
| 6775 } | |
| 6776 fr = fr->fr_parent; | |
| 6777 } | |
| 6778 return FALSE; | |
| 6779 } | |
| 6780 # endif | |
| 6781 | |
| 6782 #endif /* FEAT_WINDOWS */ | |
| 6783 | |
| 6784 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6785 /* | |
| 6786 * Get the value to show for the language mappings, active 'keymap'. | |
| 6787 */ | |
| 6788 int | |
| 6789 get_keymap_str(wp, buf, len) | |
| 6790 win_T *wp; | |
| 6791 char_u *buf; /* buffer for the result */ | |
| 6792 int len; /* length of buffer */ | |
| 6793 { | |
| 6794 char_u *p; | |
| 6795 | |
| 6796 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_iminsert != B_IMODE_LMAP) | |
| 6797 return FALSE; | |
| 6798 | |
| 6799 { | |
| 6800 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 6801 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf; | |
| 6802 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; | |
| 6803 char_u *s; | |
| 6804 | |
| 6805 curbuf = wp->w_buffer; | |
| 6806 curwin = wp; | |
| 6807 STRCPY(buf, "b:keymap_name"); /* must be writable */ | |
| 6808 ++emsg_skip; | |
| 714 | 6809 s = p = eval_to_string(buf, NULL, FALSE); |
| 7 | 6810 --emsg_skip; |
| 6811 curbuf = old_curbuf; | |
| 6812 curwin = old_curwin; | |
| 6813 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL) | |
| 6814 #endif | |
| 6815 { | |
| 6816 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP | |
| 6817 if (wp->w_buffer->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_LOADED) | |
| 6818 p = wp->w_buffer->b_p_keymap; | |
| 6819 else | |
| 6820 #endif | |
| 6821 p = (char_u *)"lang"; | |
| 6822 } | |
| 6823 if ((int)(STRLEN(p) + 3) < len) | |
| 6824 sprintf((char *)buf, "<%s>", p); | |
| 6825 else | |
| 6826 buf[0] = NUL; | |
| 6827 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 6828 vim_free(s); | |
| 6829 #endif | |
| 6830 } | |
| 6831 return buf[0] != NUL; | |
| 6832 } | |
| 6833 #endif | |
| 6834 | |
| 6835 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6836 /* | |
| 677 | 6837 * Redraw the status line or ruler of window "wp". |
| 6838 * When "wp" is NULL redraw the tab pages line from 'tabline'. | |
| 7 | 6839 */ |
| 6840 static void | |
| 574 | 6841 win_redr_custom(wp, draw_ruler) |
| 7 | 6842 win_T *wp; |
| 574 | 6843 int draw_ruler; /* TRUE or FALSE */ |
| 7 | 6844 { |
| 5539 | 6845 static int entered = FALSE; |
| 7 | 6846 int attr; |
| 6847 int curattr; | |
| 6848 int row; | |
| 6849 int col = 0; | |
| 6850 int maxwidth; | |
| 6851 int width; | |
| 6852 int n; | |
| 6853 int len; | |
| 6854 int fillchar; | |
| 6855 char_u buf[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 1983 | 6856 char_u *stl; |
| 7 | 6857 char_u *p; |
| 681 | 6858 struct stl_hlrec hltab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; |
| 6859 struct stl_hlrec tabtab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; | |
| 677 | 6860 int use_sandbox = FALSE; |
| 2693 | 6861 win_T *ewp; |
| 6862 int p_crb_save; | |
| 7 | 6863 |
| 5539 | 6864 /* There is a tiny chance that this gets called recursively: When |
| 6865 * redrawing a status line triggers redrawing the ruler or tabline. | |
| 6866 * Avoid trouble by not allowing recursion. */ | |
| 6867 if (entered) | |
| 6868 return; | |
| 6869 entered = TRUE; | |
| 6870 | |
| 7 | 6871 /* setup environment for the task at hand */ |
| 677 | 6872 if (wp == NULL) |
| 6873 { | |
| 6874 /* Use 'tabline'. Always at the first line of the screen. */ | |
| 1983 | 6875 stl = p_tal; |
| 677 | 6876 row = 0; |
| 707 | 6877 fillchar = ' '; |
| 677 | 6878 attr = hl_attr(HLF_TPF); |
| 6879 maxwidth = Columns; | |
| 6880 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 681 | 6881 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"tabline", 0); |
| 677 | 6882 # endif |
| 6883 } | |
| 40 | 6884 else |
| 677 | 6885 { |
| 6886 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; | |
| 6887 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
| 6888 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 6889 | |
| 6890 if (draw_ruler) | |
| 6891 { | |
| 1983 | 6892 stl = p_ruf; |
| 677 | 6893 /* advance past any leading group spec - implicit in ru_col */ |
| 1983 | 6894 if (*stl == '%') |
| 6895 { | |
| 6896 if (*++stl == '-') | |
| 6897 stl++; | |
| 6898 if (atoi((char *)stl)) | |
| 6899 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*stl)) | |
| 6900 stl++; | |
| 6901 if (*stl++ != '(') | |
| 6902 stl = p_ruf; | |
| 677 | 6903 } |
| 7 | 6904 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT |
| 677 | 6905 col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); |
| 6906 if (col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) | |
| 6907 col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; | |
| 7 | 6908 #else |
| 677 | 6909 col = ru_col; |
| 6910 if (col > (Columns + 1) / 2) | |
| 6911 col = (Columns + 1) / 2; | |
| 6912 #endif | |
| 6913 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 7 | 6914 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 677 | 6915 if (!wp->w_status_height) |
| 6916 #endif | |
| 6917 { | |
| 6918 row = Rows - 1; | |
| 6919 --maxwidth; /* writing in last column may cause scrolling */ | |
| 6920 fillchar = ' '; | |
| 6921 attr = 0; | |
| 6922 } | |
| 6923 | |
| 6924 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 681 | 6925 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"rulerformat", 0); |
| 677 | 6926 # endif |
| 6927 } | |
| 6928 else | |
| 6929 { | |
| 6930 if (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL) | |
| 1983 | 6931 stl = wp->w_p_stl; |
| 677 | 6932 else |
| 1983 | 6933 stl = p_stl; |
| 677 | 6934 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 681 | 6935 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"statusline", |
| 6936 *wp->w_p_stl == NUL ? 0 : OPT_LOCAL); | |
| 677 | 6937 # endif |
| 6938 } | |
| 6939 | |
| 6940 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6941 col += W_WINCOL(wp); | |
| 6942 #endif | |
| 6943 } | |
| 6944 | |
| 7 | 6945 if (maxwidth <= 0) |
| 5539 | 6946 goto theend; |
| 677 | 6947 |
| 2693 | 6948 /* Temporarily reset 'cursorbind', we don't want a side effect from moving |
| 6949 * the cursor away and back. */ | |
| 6950 ewp = wp == NULL ? curwin : wp; | |
| 6951 p_crb_save = ewp->w_p_crb; | |
| 6952 ewp->w_p_crb = FALSE; | |
| 6953 | |
| 1983 | 6954 /* Make a copy, because the statusline may include a function call that |
| 6955 * might change the option value and free the memory. */ | |
| 6956 stl = vim_strsave(stl); | |
| 2693 | 6957 width = build_stl_str_hl(ewp, buf, sizeof(buf), |
| 1983 | 6958 stl, use_sandbox, |
| 681 | 6959 fillchar, maxwidth, hltab, tabtab); |
| 1983 | 6960 vim_free(stl); |
| 2693 | 6961 ewp->w_p_crb = p_crb_save; |
| 2661 | 6962 |
| 6963 /* Make all characters printable. */ | |
| 6964 p = transstr(buf); | |
| 6965 if (p != NULL) | |
| 6966 { | |
| 6967 vim_strncpy(buf, p, sizeof(buf) - 1); | |
| 6968 vim_free(p); | |
| 6969 } | |
| 6970 | |
| 6971 /* fill up with "fillchar" */ | |
| 835 | 6972 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); |
| 1883 | 6973 while (width < maxwidth && len < (int)sizeof(buf) - 1) |
| 7 | 6974 { |
| 6975 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6976 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buf + len); | |
| 6977 #else | |
| 6978 buf[len++] = fillchar; | |
| 6979 #endif | |
| 6980 ++width; | |
| 6981 } | |
| 6982 buf[len] = NUL; | |
| 6983 | |
| 681 | 6984 /* |
| 6985 * Draw each snippet with the specified highlighting. | |
| 6986 */ | |
| 7 | 6987 curattr = attr; |
| 6988 p = buf; | |
| 681 | 6989 for (n = 0; hltab[n].start != NULL; n++) |
| 6990 { | |
| 6991 len = (int)(hltab[n].start - p); | |
| 7 | 6992 screen_puts_len(p, len, row, col, curattr); |
| 6993 col += vim_strnsize(p, len); | |
| 681 | 6994 p = hltab[n].start; |
| 6995 | |
| 6996 if (hltab[n].userhl == 0) | |
| 7 | 6997 curattr = attr; |
| 681 | 6998 else if (hltab[n].userhl < 0) |
| 6999 curattr = syn_id2attr(-hltab[n].userhl); | |
| 7 | 7000 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 680 | 7001 else if (wp != NULL && wp != curwin && wp->w_status_height != 0) |
| 681 | 7002 curattr = highlight_stlnc[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; |
| 7 | 7003 #endif |
| 7004 else | |
| 681 | 7005 curattr = highlight_user[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; |
| 7 | 7006 } |
| 7007 screen_puts(p, row, col, curattr); | |
| 681 | 7008 |
| 7009 if (wp == NULL) | |
| 7010 { | |
| 7011 /* Fill the TabPageIdxs[] array for clicking in the tab pagesline. */ | |
| 7012 col = 0; | |
| 7013 len = 0; | |
| 7014 p = buf; | |
| 7015 fillchar = 0; | |
| 7016 for (n = 0; tabtab[n].start != NULL; n++) | |
| 7017 { | |
| 7018 len += vim_strnsize(p, (int)(tabtab[n].start - p)); | |
| 7019 while (col < len) | |
| 7020 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; | |
| 7021 p = tabtab[n].start; | |
| 7022 fillchar = tabtab[n].userhl; | |
| 7023 } | |
| 7024 while (col < Columns) | |
| 7025 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; | |
| 7026 } | |
| 5539 | 7027 |
| 7028 theend: | |
| 7029 entered = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 7030 } |
| 7031 | |
| 7032 #endif /* FEAT_STL_OPT */ | |
| 7033 | |
| 7034 /* | |
| 7035 * Output a single character directly to the screen and update ScreenLines. | |
| 7036 */ | |
| 7037 void | |
| 7038 screen_putchar(c, row, col, attr) | |
| 7039 int c; | |
| 7040 int row, col; | |
| 7041 int attr; | |
| 7042 { | |
| 3549 | 7043 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; |
| 7044 | |
| 7 | 7045 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 3549 | 7046 if (has_mbyte) |
| 7047 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; | |
| 7048 else | |
| 7049 #endif | |
| 7050 { | |
| 7051 buf[0] = c; | |
| 7052 buf[1] = NUL; | |
| 7053 } | |
| 7 | 7054 screen_puts(buf, row, col, attr); |
| 7055 } | |
| 7056 | |
| 7057 /* | |
| 7058 * Get a single character directly from ScreenLines into "bytes[]". | |
| 7059 * Also return its attribute in *attrp; | |
| 7060 */ | |
| 7061 void | |
| 7062 screen_getbytes(row, col, bytes, attrp) | |
| 7063 int row, col; | |
| 7064 char_u *bytes; | |
| 7065 int *attrp; | |
| 7066 { | |
| 7067 unsigned off; | |
| 7068 | |
| 7069 /* safety check */ | |
| 7070 if (ScreenLines != NULL && row < screen_Rows && col < screen_Columns) | |
| 7071 { | |
| 7072 off = LineOffset[row] + col; | |
| 7073 *attrp = ScreenAttrs[off]; | |
| 7074 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; | |
| 7075 bytes[1] = NUL; | |
| 7076 | |
| 7077 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7078 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) | |
| 7079 bytes[utfc_char2bytes(off, bytes)] = NUL; | |
| 7080 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) | |
| 7081 { | |
| 7082 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; | |
| 7083 bytes[1] = ScreenLines2[off]; | |
| 7084 bytes[2] = NUL; | |
| 7085 } | |
| 7086 else if (enc_dbcs && MB_BYTE2LEN(bytes[0]) > 1) | |
| 7087 { | |
| 7088 bytes[1] = ScreenLines[off + 1]; | |
| 7089 bytes[2] = NUL; | |
| 7090 } | |
| 7091 #endif | |
| 7092 } | |
| 7093 } | |
| 7094 | |
| 714 | 7095 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7096 static int screen_comp_differs __ARGS((int, int*)); | |
| 7097 | |
| 7098 /* | |
| 7099 * Return TRUE if composing characters for screen posn "off" differs from | |
| 7100 * composing characters in "u8cc". | |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
7101 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0. |
| 714 | 7102 */ |
| 7103 static int | |
| 7104 screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc) | |
| 7105 int off; | |
| 7106 int *u8cc; | |
| 7107 { | |
| 7108 int i; | |
| 7109 | |
| 7110 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) | |
| 7111 { | |
| 7112 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off] != (u8char_T)u8cc[i]) | |
| 7113 return TRUE; | |
| 7114 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
| 7115 break; | |
| 7116 } | |
| 7117 return FALSE; | |
| 7118 } | |
| 7119 #endif | |
| 7120 | |
| 7 | 7121 /* |
| 7122 * Put string '*text' on the screen at position 'row' and 'col', with | |
| 7123 * attributes 'attr', and update ScreenLines[] and ScreenAttrs[]. | |
| 7124 * Note: only outputs within one row, message is truncated at screen boundary! | |
| 7125 * Note: if ScreenLines[], row and/or col is invalid, nothing is done. | |
| 7126 */ | |
| 7127 void | |
| 7128 screen_puts(text, row, col, attr) | |
| 7129 char_u *text; | |
| 7130 int row; | |
| 7131 int col; | |
| 7132 int attr; | |
| 7133 { | |
| 7134 screen_puts_len(text, -1, row, col, attr); | |
| 7135 } | |
| 7136 | |
| 7137 /* | |
| 7138 * Like screen_puts(), but output "text[len]". When "len" is -1 output up to | |
| 7139 * a NUL. | |
| 7140 */ | |
| 7141 void | |
| 5923 | 7142 screen_puts_len(text, textlen, row, col, attr) |
| 7 | 7143 char_u *text; |
| 5923 | 7144 int textlen; |
| 7 | 7145 int row; |
| 7146 int col; | |
| 7147 int attr; | |
| 7148 { | |
| 7149 unsigned off; | |
| 7150 char_u *ptr = text; | |
| 5923 | 7151 int len = textlen; |
| 7 | 7152 int c; |
| 7153 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1378 | 7154 unsigned max_off; |
| 7 | 7155 int mbyte_blen = 1; |
| 7156 int mbyte_cells = 1; | |
| 7157 int u8c = 0; | |
| 714 | 7158 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; |
| 7 | 7159 int clear_next_cell = FALSE; |
| 7160 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 7161 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ | |
| 714 | 7162 int pc, nc, nc1; |
| 7163 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; | |
| 7 | 7164 # endif |
| 7165 #endif | |
| 1843 | 7166 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) |
| 7167 int force_redraw_this; | |
| 7168 int force_redraw_next = FALSE; | |
| 7169 #endif | |
| 7170 int need_redraw; | |
| 7 | 7171 |
| 7172 if (ScreenLines == NULL || row >= screen_Rows) /* safety check */ | |
| 7173 return; | |
| 1843 | 7174 off = LineOffset[row] + col; |
| 7 | 7175 |
| 1668 | 7176 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7177 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear out the | |
| 7178 * left halve. Only needed in a terminal. */ | |
| 1685 | 7179 if (has_mbyte && col > 0 && col < screen_Columns |
| 1668 | 7180 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 7181 && !gui.in_use | |
| 7182 # endif | |
| 7183 && mb_fix_col(col, row) != col) | |
| 1843 | 7184 { |
| 7185 ScreenLines[off - 1] = ' '; | |
| 7186 ScreenAttrs[off - 1] = 0; | |
| 7187 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 7188 { | |
| 7189 ScreenLinesUC[off - 1] = 0; | |
| 7190 ScreenLinesC[0][off - 1] = 0; | |
| 7191 } | |
| 7192 /* redraw the previous cell, make it empty */ | |
| 7193 screen_char(off - 1, row, col - 1); | |
| 7194 /* force the cell at "col" to be redrawn */ | |
| 7195 force_redraw_next = TRUE; | |
| 7196 } | |
| 7197 #endif | |
| 7198 | |
| 1378 | 7199 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7200 max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; | |
| 7201 #endif | |
| 1340 | 7202 while (col < screen_Columns |
| 7203 && (len < 0 || (int)(ptr - text) < len) | |
| 7204 && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 7 | 7205 { |
| 7206 c = *ptr; | |
| 7207 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7208 /* check if this is the first byte of a multibyte */ | |
| 7209 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7210 { | |
| 7211 if (enc_utf8 && len > 0) | |
| 474 | 7212 mbyte_blen = utfc_ptr2len_len(ptr, (int)((text + len) - ptr)); |
| 7 | 7213 else |
| 474 | 7214 mbyte_blen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 7215 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) |
| 7216 mbyte_cells = 1; | |
| 7217 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) | |
| 7218 mbyte_cells = mbyte_blen; | |
| 7219 else /* enc_utf8 */ | |
| 7220 { | |
| 7221 if (len >= 0) | |
| 714 | 7222 u8c = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr, u8cc, |
| 7 | 7223 (int)((text + len) - ptr)); |
| 7224 else | |
| 714 | 7225 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); |
| 7 | 7226 mbyte_cells = utf_char2cells(u8c); |
| 1401 | 7227 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 7 | 7228 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ |
| 7229 if (u8c >= 0x10000) | |
| 7230 { | |
| 7231 u8c = (mbyte_cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; | |
| 7232 if (attr == 0) | |
| 7233 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 7234 } | |
| 1401 | 7235 # endif |
| 7 | 7236 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC |
| 7237 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) | |
| 7238 { | |
| 7239 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ | |
| 7240 if (len >= 0 && (int)(ptr - text) + mbyte_blen >= len) | |
| 7241 { | |
| 7242 /* Past end of string to be displayed. */ | |
| 7243 nc = NUL; | |
| 7244 nc1 = NUL; | |
| 7245 } | |
| 7246 else | |
| 714 | 7247 { |
| 1994 | 7248 nc = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr + mbyte_blen, pcc, |
| 7249 (int)((text + len) - ptr - mbyte_blen)); | |
| 714 | 7250 nc1 = pcc[0]; |
| 7251 } | |
| 7 | 7252 pc = prev_c; |
| 7253 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 714 | 7254 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &c, &u8cc[0], nc, nc1, pc); |
| 7 | 7255 } |
| 7256 else | |
| 7257 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 7258 # endif | |
|
2055
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7259 if (col + mbyte_cells > screen_Columns) |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7260 { |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7261 /* Only 1 cell left, but character requires 2 cells: |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7262 * display a '>' in the last column to avoid wrapping. */ |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7263 c = '>'; |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7264 mbyte_cells = 1; |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7265 } |
| 7 | 7266 } |
| 7267 } | |
| 7268 #endif | |
| 7269 | |
| 1843 | 7270 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) |
| 7271 force_redraw_this = force_redraw_next; | |
| 7272 force_redraw_next = FALSE; | |
| 7273 #endif | |
| 7274 | |
| 7275 need_redraw = ScreenLines[off] != c | |
| 7 | 7276 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7277 || (mbyte_cells == 2 | |
| 7278 && ScreenLines[off + 1] != (enc_dbcs ? ptr[1] : 0)) | |
| 7279 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU | |
| 7280 && c == 0x8e | |
| 7281 && ScreenLines2[off] != ptr[1]) | |
| 7282 || (enc_utf8 | |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
7283 && (ScreenLinesUC[off] != |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
7284 (u8char_T)(c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0 ? 0 : u8c) |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
7285 || (ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0 |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
7286 && screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc)))) |
| 7 | 7287 #endif |
| 7288 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr | |
| 1843 | 7289 || exmode_active; |
| 7290 | |
| 7291 if (need_redraw | |
| 7292 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 7293 || force_redraw_this | |
| 7294 #endif | |
| 7 | 7295 ) |
| 7296 { | |
| 7297 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 7298 /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next | |
| 7299 * character. When a bold character is removed, the next | |
| 7300 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI | |
| 1843 | 7301 * and for some xterms. */ |
| 7302 if (need_redraw && ScreenLines[off] != ' ' && ( | |
| 7 | 7303 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 7304 gui.in_use | |
| 7305 # endif | |
| 7306 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) | |
| 7307 || | |
| 7308 # endif | |
| 7309 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 7310 term_is_xterm | |
| 7311 # endif | |
| 1843 | 7312 )) |
| 7313 { | |
| 7314 int n = ScreenAttrs[off]; | |
| 7315 | |
| 7316 if (n > HL_ALL) | |
| 7317 n = syn_attr2attr(n); | |
| 7318 if (n & HL_BOLD) | |
| 7319 force_redraw_next = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 7320 } |
| 7321 #endif | |
| 7322 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7323 /* When at the end of the text and overwriting a two-cell | |
| 7324 * character with a one-cell character, need to clear the next | |
| 7325 * cell. Also when overwriting the left halve of a two-cell char | |
| 7326 * with the right halve of a two-cell char. Do this only once | |
| 7327 * (mb_off2cells() may return 2 on the right halve). */ | |
| 7328 if (clear_next_cell) | |
| 7329 clear_next_cell = FALSE; | |
| 7330 else if (has_mbyte | |
| 7331 && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] == NUL | |
| 7332 : ptr + mbyte_blen >= text + len) | |
| 1378 | 7333 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) |
| 7 | 7334 || (mbyte_cells == 2 |
| 1378 | 7335 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 |
| 7336 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) | |
| 7 | 7337 clear_next_cell = TRUE; |
| 7338 | |
| 7339 /* Make sure we never leave a second byte of a double-byte behind, | |
| 7340 * it confuses mb_off2cells(). */ | |
| 7341 if (enc_dbcs | |
| 1378 | 7342 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) |
| 7 | 7343 || (mbyte_cells == 2 |
| 1378 | 7344 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 |
| 7345 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) | |
| 7 | 7346 ScreenLines[off + mbyte_blen] = 0; |
| 7347 #endif | |
| 7348 ScreenLines[off] = c; | |
| 7349 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; | |
| 7350 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7351 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 7352 { | |
| 714 | 7353 if (c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) |
| 7 | 7354 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; |
| 7355 else | |
| 7356 { | |
| 714 | 7357 int i; |
| 7358 | |
| 7 | 7359 ScreenLinesUC[off] = u8c; |
| 714 | 7360 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
| 7361 { | |
| 7362 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; | |
| 7363 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
| 7364 break; | |
| 7365 } | |
| 7 | 7366 } |
| 7367 if (mbyte_cells == 2) | |
| 7368 { | |
| 7369 ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0; | |
| 7370 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; | |
| 7371 } | |
| 7372 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 7373 } | |
| 7374 else if (mbyte_cells == 2) | |
| 7375 { | |
| 7376 ScreenLines[off + 1] = ptr[1]; | |
| 7377 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; | |
| 7378 screen_char_2(off, row, col); | |
| 7379 } | |
| 7380 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) | |
| 7381 { | |
| 7382 ScreenLines2[off] = ptr[1]; | |
| 7383 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 7384 } | |
| 7385 else | |
| 7386 #endif | |
| 7387 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 7388 } | |
| 7389 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7390 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7391 { | |
| 7392 off += mbyte_cells; | |
| 7393 col += mbyte_cells; | |
| 7394 ptr += mbyte_blen; | |
| 7395 if (clear_next_cell) | |
| 5923 | 7396 { |
| 7397 /* This only happens at the end, display one space next. */ | |
| 7 | 7398 ptr = (char_u *)" "; |
| 5923 | 7399 len = -1; |
| 7400 } | |
| 7 | 7401 } |
| 7402 else | |
| 7403 #endif | |
| 7404 { | |
| 7405 ++off; | |
| 7406 ++col; | |
| 7407 ++ptr; | |
| 7408 } | |
| 7409 } | |
| 1843 | 7410 |
| 7411 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 7412 /* If we detected the next character needs to be redrawn, but the text | |
| 7413 * doesn't extend up to there, update the character here. */ | |
| 7414 if (force_redraw_next && col < screen_Columns) | |
| 7415 { | |
| 7416 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7417 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off, max_off) > 1) | |
| 7418 screen_char_2(off, row, col); | |
| 7419 else | |
| 7420 # endif | |
| 7421 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 7422 } | |
| 7423 #endif | |
| 7 | 7424 } |
| 7425 | |
| 7426 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 7427 /* | |
| 1326 | 7428 * Prepare for 'hlsearch' highlighting. |
| 7 | 7429 */ |
| 7430 static void | |
| 7431 start_search_hl() | |
| 7432 { | |
| 7433 if (p_hls && !no_hlsearch) | |
| 7434 { | |
| 7435 last_pat_prog(&search_hl.rm); | |
| 7436 search_hl.attr = hl_attr(HLF_L); | |
| 1521 | 7437 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME |
| 7438 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ | |
| 7439 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &search_hl.tm); | |
| 7440 # endif | |
| 7 | 7441 } |
| 7442 } | |
| 7443 | |
| 7444 /* | |
| 1326 | 7445 * Clean up for 'hlsearch' highlighting. |
| 7 | 7446 */ |
| 7447 static void | |
| 7448 end_search_hl() | |
| 7449 { | |
| 7450 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL) | |
| 7451 { | |
|
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4795
diff
changeset
|
7452 vim_regfree(search_hl.rm.regprog); |
| 7 | 7453 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; |
| 7454 } | |
| 7455 } | |
| 7456 | |
| 7457 /* | |
|
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7458 * Init for calling prepare_search_hl(). |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7459 */ |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7460 static void |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7461 init_search_hl(wp) |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7462 win_T *wp; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7463 { |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7464 matchitem_T *cur; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7465 |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7466 /* Setup for match and 'hlsearch' highlighting. Disable any previous |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7467 * match */ |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7468 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7469 while (cur != NULL) |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7470 { |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7471 cur->hl.rm = cur->match; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7472 if (cur->hlg_id == 0) |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7473 cur->hl.attr = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7474 else |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7475 cur->hl.attr = syn_id2attr(cur->hlg_id); |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7476 cur->hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7477 cur->hl.lnum = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7478 cur->hl.first_lnum = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7479 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7480 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7481 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &(cur->hl.tm)); |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7482 # endif |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7483 cur = cur->next; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7484 } |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7485 search_hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7486 search_hl.lnum = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7487 search_hl.first_lnum = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7488 /* time limit is set at the toplevel, for all windows */ |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7489 } |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7490 |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7491 /* |
| 7 | 7492 * Advance to the match in window "wp" line "lnum" or past it. |
| 7493 */ | |
| 7494 static void | |
| 7495 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum) | |
| 7496 win_T *wp; | |
| 7497 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 7498 { | |
| 1326 | 7499 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ |
| 7500 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ | |
| 7501 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl | |
| 7502 has been processed or not */ | |
| 5979 | 7503 int pos_inprogress; /* marks that position match search is |
| 7504 in progress */ | |
| 7 | 7505 int n; |
| 7506 | |
| 7507 /* | |
| 7508 * When using a multi-line pattern, start searching at the top | |
| 7509 * of the window or just after a closed fold. | |
| 1326 | 7510 * Do this both for search_hl and the match list. |
| 7 | 7511 */ |
| 1326 | 7512 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
| 7513 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 7514 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 7515 { | |
| 7516 if (shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 7517 { | |
| 7518 shl = &search_hl; | |
| 7519 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 7520 } | |
| 7521 else | |
| 7522 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 7 | 7523 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL |
| 7524 && shl->lnum == 0 | |
| 7525 && re_multiline(shl->rm.regprog)) | |
| 7526 { | |
| 7527 if (shl->first_lnum == 0) | |
| 7528 { | |
| 7529 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 7530 for (shl->first_lnum = lnum; | |
| 7531 shl->first_lnum > wp->w_topline; --shl->first_lnum) | |
| 7532 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, shl->first_lnum - 1, | |
| 7533 NULL, NULL, TRUE, NULL)) | |
| 7534 break; | |
| 7535 # else | |
| 7536 shl->first_lnum = wp->w_topline; | |
| 7537 # endif | |
| 7538 } | |
| 5979 | 7539 if (cur != NULL) |
| 7540 cur->pos.cur = 0; | |
| 7541 pos_inprogress = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 7542 n = 0; |
| 5979 | 7543 while (shl->first_lnum < lnum && (shl->rm.regprog != NULL |
| 7544 || (cur != NULL && pos_inprogress))) | |
| 7545 { | |
| 7546 next_search_hl(wp, shl, shl->first_lnum, (colnr_T)n, cur); | |
| 7547 pos_inprogress = cur == NULL || cur->pos.cur == 0 | |
| 7548 ? FALSE : TRUE; | |
| 7 | 7549 if (shl->lnum != 0) |
| 7550 { | |
| 7551 shl->first_lnum = shl->lnum | |
| 7552 + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum | |
| 7553 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; | |
| 7554 n = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; | |
| 7555 } | |
| 7556 else | |
| 7557 { | |
| 7558 ++shl->first_lnum; | |
| 7559 n = 0; | |
| 7560 } | |
| 7561 } | |
| 7562 } | |
| 1326 | 7563 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) |
| 7564 cur = cur->next; | |
| 7 | 7565 } |
| 7566 } | |
| 7567 | |
| 7568 /* | |
| 1326 | 7569 * Search for a next 'hlsearch' or match. |
| 7 | 7570 * Uses shl->buf. |
| 7571 * Sets shl->lnum and shl->rm contents. | |
| 7572 * Note: Assumes a previous match is always before "lnum", unless | |
| 7573 * shl->lnum is zero. | |
| 7574 * Careful: Any pointers for buffer lines will become invalid. | |
| 7575 */ | |
| 7576 static void | |
| 5979 | 7577 next_search_hl(win, shl, lnum, mincol, cur) |
| 7578 win_T *win; | |
| 7579 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ | |
| 7580 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 7581 colnr_T mincol; /* minimal column for a match */ | |
| 5987 | 7582 matchitem_T *cur; /* to retrieve match positions if any */ |
| 7 | 7583 { |
| 7584 linenr_T l; | |
| 7585 colnr_T matchcol; | |
| 7586 long nmatched; | |
| 7587 | |
| 7588 if (shl->lnum != 0) | |
| 7589 { | |
| 7590 /* Check for three situations: | |
| 7591 * 1. If the "lnum" is below a previous match, start a new search. | |
| 7592 * 2. If the previous match includes "mincol", use it. | |
| 7593 * 3. Continue after the previous match. | |
| 7594 */ | |
| 7595 l = shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; | |
| 7596 if (lnum > l) | |
| 7597 shl->lnum = 0; | |
| 7598 else if (lnum < l || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) | |
| 7599 return; | |
| 7600 } | |
| 7601 | |
| 7602 /* | |
| 7603 * Repeat searching for a match until one is found that includes "mincol" | |
| 7604 * or none is found in this line. | |
| 7605 */ | |
| 7606 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 7607 for (;;) | |
| 7608 { | |
| 1521 | 7609 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME |
| 7610 /* Stop searching after passing the time limit. */ | |
| 7611 if (profile_passed_limit(&(shl->tm))) | |
| 7612 { | |
| 7613 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found in time */ | |
| 7614 break; | |
| 7615 } | |
| 7616 #endif | |
| 7 | 7617 /* Three situations: |
| 7618 * 1. No useful previous match: search from start of line. | |
| 7619 * 2. Not Vi compatible or empty match: continue at next character. | |
| 7620 * Break the loop if this is beyond the end of the line. | |
| 7621 * 3. Vi compatible searching: continue at end of previous match. | |
| 7622 */ | |
| 7623 if (shl->lnum == 0) | |
| 7624 matchcol = 0; | |
| 7625 else if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SEARCH) == NULL | |
| 7626 || (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0 | |
| 685 | 7627 && shl->rm.endpos[0].col <= shl->rm.startpos[0].col)) |
| 7628 { | |
| 688 | 7629 char_u *ml; |
| 685 | 7630 |
| 7631 matchcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; | |
| 688 | 7632 ml = ml_get_buf(shl->buf, lnum, FALSE) + matchcol; |
| 685 | 7633 if (*ml == NUL) |
| 7634 { | |
| 7635 ++matchcol; | |
| 7 | 7636 shl->lnum = 0; |
| 7637 break; | |
| 7638 } | |
| 685 | 7639 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7640 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7641 matchcol += mb_ptr2len(ml); | |
| 7642 else | |
| 7643 #endif | |
| 7644 ++matchcol; | |
| 7 | 7645 } |
| 7646 else | |
| 7647 matchcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; | |
| 7648 | |
| 7649 shl->lnum = lnum; | |
| 5979 | 7650 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL) |
| 7651 { | |
| 6394 | 7652 /* Remember whether shl->rm is using a copy of the regprog in |
| 7653 * cur->match. */ | |
| 7654 int regprog_is_copy = (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL | |
| 7655 && shl == &cur->hl | |
| 7656 && cur->match.regprog == cur->hl.rm.regprog); | |
| 7657 | |
| 5979 | 7658 nmatched = vim_regexec_multi(&shl->rm, win, shl->buf, lnum, |
| 7659 matchcol, | |
| 1521 | 7660 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME |
| 5979 | 7661 &(shl->tm) |
| 1521 | 7662 #else |
| 5979 | 7663 NULL |
| 7664 #endif | |
| 7665 ); | |
| 6394 | 7666 /* Copy the regprog, in case it got freed and recompiled. */ |
| 7667 if (regprog_is_copy) | |
| 7668 cur->match.regprog = cur->hl.rm.regprog; | |
| 7669 | |
| 5979 | 7670 if (called_emsg || got_int) |
| 7671 { | |
| 7672 /* Error while handling regexp: stop using this regexp. */ | |
| 7673 if (shl == &search_hl) | |
| 7674 { | |
| 7675 /* don't free regprog in the match list, it's a copy */ | |
| 7676 vim_regfree(shl->rm.regprog); | |
| 7677 SET_NO_HLSEARCH(TRUE); | |
| 7678 } | |
| 7679 shl->rm.regprog = NULL; | |
| 7680 shl->lnum = 0; | |
| 7681 got_int = FALSE; /* avoid the "Type :quit to exit Vim" | |
| 7682 message */ | |
| 7683 break; | |
| 7684 } | |
| 7685 } | |
| 7686 else if (cur != NULL) | |
| 7687 nmatched = next_search_hl_pos(shl, lnum, &(cur->pos), matchcol); | |
| 5987 | 7688 else |
| 7689 nmatched = 0; | |
| 7 | 7690 if (nmatched == 0) |
| 7691 { | |
| 7692 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found */ | |
| 7693 break; | |
| 7694 } | |
| 7695 if (shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum > 0 | |
| 7696 || shl->rm.startpos[0].col >= mincol | |
| 7697 || nmatched > 1 | |
| 7698 || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) | |
| 7699 { | |
| 7700 shl->lnum += shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; | |
| 7701 break; /* useful match found */ | |
| 7702 } | |
| 7703 } | |
| 7704 } | |
| 7705 | |
| 5979 | 7706 static int |
| 7707 next_search_hl_pos(shl, lnum, posmatch, mincol) | |
| 7708 match_T *shl; /* points to a match */ | |
| 7709 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 7710 posmatch_T *posmatch; /* match positions */ | |
| 7711 colnr_T mincol; /* minimal column for a match */ | |
| 7712 { | |
| 7713 int i; | |
| 6007 | 7714 int bot = -1; |
| 5979 | 7715 |
| 7716 shl->lnum = 0; | |
| 7717 for (i = posmatch->cur; i < MAXPOSMATCH; i++) | |
| 7718 { | |
| 7719 if (posmatch->pos[i].lnum == 0) | |
| 7720 break; | |
| 7721 if (posmatch->pos[i].col < mincol) | |
| 7722 continue; | |
| 7723 if (posmatch->pos[i].lnum == lnum) | |
| 7724 { | |
| 7725 if (shl->lnum == lnum) | |
| 7726 { | |
| 7727 /* partially sort positions by column numbers | |
| 7728 * on the same line */ | |
| 7729 if (posmatch->pos[i].col < posmatch->pos[bot].col) | |
| 7730 { | |
| 7731 llpos_T tmp = posmatch->pos[i]; | |
| 7732 | |
| 7733 posmatch->pos[i] = posmatch->pos[bot]; | |
| 7734 posmatch->pos[bot] = tmp; | |
| 7735 } | |
| 7736 } | |
| 7737 else | |
| 7738 { | |
| 7739 bot = i; | |
| 7740 shl->lnum = lnum; | |
| 7741 } | |
| 7742 } | |
| 7743 } | |
| 7744 posmatch->cur = 0; | |
| 7745 if (shl->lnum == lnum) | |
| 7746 { | |
| 7747 colnr_T start = posmatch->pos[bot].col == 0 | |
| 7748 ? 0 : posmatch->pos[bot].col - 1; | |
| 7749 colnr_T end = posmatch->pos[bot].col == 0 | |
| 7750 ? MAXCOL : start + posmatch->pos[bot].len; | |
| 7751 | |
| 7752 shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum = 0; | |
| 7753 shl->rm.startpos[0].col = start; | |
| 7754 shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum = 0; | |
| 7755 shl->rm.endpos[0].col = end; | |
| 7756 posmatch->cur = bot + 1; | |
| 7757 return TRUE; | |
| 7758 } | |
| 7759 return FALSE; | |
| 7760 } | |
| 5985 | 7761 #endif |
| 5979 | 7762 |
| 7 | 7763 static void |
| 7764 screen_start_highlight(attr) | |
| 7765 int attr; | |
| 7766 { | |
| 7767 attrentry_T *aep = NULL; | |
| 7768 | |
| 7769 screen_attr = attr; | |
| 7770 if (full_screen | |
| 7771 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 7772 && termcap_active | |
| 7773 #endif | |
| 7774 ) | |
| 7775 { | |
| 7776 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7777 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 7778 { | |
| 7779 char buf[20]; | |
| 7780 | |
| 681 | 7781 /* The GUI handles this internally. */ |
| 7782 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dh", ESC_STR "|%dh"), attr); | |
| 7 | 7783 OUT_STR(buf); |
| 7784 } | |
| 7785 else | |
| 7786 #endif | |
| 7787 { | |
| 7788 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ | |
| 7789 { | |
| 7790 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7791 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr); | |
| 7792 else | |
| 7793 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr); | |
| 7794 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ | |
| 7795 attr = 0; | |
| 7796 else | |
| 7797 attr = aep->ae_attr; | |
| 7798 } | |
| 7799 if ((attr & HL_BOLD) && T_MD != NULL) /* bold */ | |
| 7800 out_str(T_MD); | |
| 681 | 7801 else if (aep != NULL && t_colors > 1 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color |
| 7802 && cterm_normal_fg_bold) | |
| 7803 /* If the Normal FG color has BOLD attribute and the new HL | |
| 7804 * has a FG color defined, clear BOLD. */ | |
| 7805 out_str(T_ME); | |
| 7 | 7806 if ((attr & HL_STANDOUT) && T_SO != NULL) /* standout */ |
| 7807 out_str(T_SO); | |
| 205 | 7808 if ((attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) && T_US != NULL) |
| 7809 /* underline or undercurl */ | |
| 7 | 7810 out_str(T_US); |
| 7811 if ((attr & HL_ITALIC) && T_CZH != NULL) /* italic */ | |
| 7812 out_str(T_CZH); | |
| 7813 if ((attr & HL_INVERSE) && T_MR != NULL) /* inverse (reverse) */ | |
| 7814 out_str(T_MR); | |
| 7815 | |
| 7816 /* | |
| 7817 * Output the color or start string after bold etc., in case the | |
| 7818 * bold etc. override the color setting. | |
| 7819 */ | |
| 7820 if (aep != NULL) | |
| 7821 { | |
| 7822 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7823 { | |
| 7824 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color) | |
| 7825 term_fg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color - 1); | |
| 7826 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color) | |
| 7827 term_bg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color - 1); | |
| 7828 } | |
| 7829 else | |
| 7830 { | |
| 7831 if (aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL) | |
| 7832 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.start); | |
| 7833 } | |
| 7834 } | |
| 7835 } | |
| 7836 } | |
| 7837 } | |
| 7838 | |
| 7839 void | |
| 7840 screen_stop_highlight() | |
| 7841 { | |
| 7842 int do_ME = FALSE; /* output T_ME code */ | |
| 7843 | |
| 7844 if (screen_attr != 0 | |
| 7845 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 7846 && termcap_active | |
| 7847 #endif | |
| 7848 ) | |
| 7849 { | |
| 7850 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7851 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 7852 { | |
| 7853 char buf[20]; | |
| 7854 | |
| 7855 /* use internal GUI code */ | |
| 7856 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dH", ESC_STR "|%dH"), screen_attr); | |
| 7857 OUT_STR(buf); | |
| 7858 } | |
| 7859 else | |
| 7860 #endif | |
| 7861 { | |
| 7862 if (screen_attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ | |
| 7863 { | |
| 7864 attrentry_T *aep; | |
| 7865 | |
| 7866 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7867 { | |
| 7868 /* | |
| 7869 * Assume that t_me restores the original colors! | |
| 7870 */ | |
| 7871 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(screen_attr); | |
| 7872 if (aep != NULL && (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color | |
| 7873 || aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)) | |
| 7874 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7875 } | |
| 7876 else | |
| 7877 { | |
| 7878 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(screen_attr); | |
| 7879 if (aep != NULL && aep->ae_u.term.stop != NULL) | |
| 7880 { | |
| 7881 if (STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, T_ME) == 0) | |
| 7882 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7883 else | |
| 7884 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.stop); | |
| 7885 } | |
| 7886 } | |
| 7887 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ | |
| 7888 screen_attr = 0; | |
| 7889 else | |
| 7890 screen_attr = aep->ae_attr; | |
| 7891 } | |
| 7892 | |
| 7893 /* | |
| 7894 * Often all ending-codes are equal to T_ME. Avoid outputting the | |
| 7895 * same sequence several times. | |
| 7896 */ | |
| 7897 if (screen_attr & HL_STANDOUT) | |
| 7898 { | |
| 7899 if (STRCMP(T_SE, T_ME) == 0) | |
| 7900 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7901 else | |
| 7902 out_str(T_SE); | |
| 7903 } | |
| 205 | 7904 if (screen_attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) |
| 7 | 7905 { |
| 7906 if (STRCMP(T_UE, T_ME) == 0) | |
| 7907 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7908 else | |
| 7909 out_str(T_UE); | |
| 7910 } | |
| 7911 if (screen_attr & HL_ITALIC) | |
| 7912 { | |
| 7913 if (STRCMP(T_CZR, T_ME) == 0) | |
| 7914 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7915 else | |
| 7916 out_str(T_CZR); | |
| 7917 } | |
| 7918 if (do_ME || (screen_attr & (HL_BOLD | HL_INVERSE))) | |
| 7919 out_str(T_ME); | |
| 7920 | |
| 7921 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7922 { | |
| 7923 /* set Normal cterm colors */ | |
| 7924 if (cterm_normal_fg_color != 0) | |
| 7925 term_fg_color(cterm_normal_fg_color - 1); | |
| 7926 if (cterm_normal_bg_color != 0) | |
| 7927 term_bg_color(cterm_normal_bg_color - 1); | |
| 7928 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) | |
| 7929 out_str(T_MD); | |
| 7930 } | |
| 7931 } | |
| 7932 } | |
| 7933 screen_attr = 0; | |
| 7934 } | |
| 7935 | |
| 7936 /* | |
| 7937 * Reset the colors for a cterm. Used when leaving Vim. | |
| 7938 * The machine specific code may override this again. | |
| 7939 */ | |
| 7940 void | |
| 7941 reset_cterm_colors() | |
| 7942 { | |
| 7943 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7944 { | |
| 7945 /* set Normal cterm colors */ | |
| 7946 if (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0) | |
| 7947 { | |
| 7948 out_str(T_OP); | |
| 7949 screen_attr = -1; | |
| 7950 } | |
| 7951 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) | |
| 7952 { | |
| 7953 out_str(T_ME); | |
| 7954 screen_attr = -1; | |
| 7955 } | |
| 7956 } | |
| 7957 } | |
| 7958 | |
| 7959 /* | |
| 7960 * Put character ScreenLines["off"] on the screen at position "row" and "col", | |
| 7961 * using the attributes from ScreenAttrs["off"]. | |
| 7962 */ | |
| 7963 static void | |
| 7964 screen_char(off, row, col) | |
| 7965 unsigned off; | |
| 7966 int row; | |
| 7967 int col; | |
| 7968 { | |
| 7969 int attr; | |
| 7970 | |
| 7971 /* Check for illegal values, just in case (could happen just after | |
| 7972 * resizing). */ | |
| 7973 if (row >= screen_Rows || col >= screen_Columns) | |
| 7974 return; | |
| 7975 | |
| 6602 | 7976 /* Outputting a character in the last cell on the screen may scroll the |
| 7977 * screen up. Only do it when the "xn" termcap property is set, otherwise | |
| 7978 * mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up). */ | |
| 7979 if (*T_XN == NUL | |
| 7980 && row == screen_Rows - 1 && col == screen_Columns - 1 | |
| 7 | 7981 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 7982 /* account for first command-line character in rightleft mode */ | |
| 7983 && !cmdmsg_rl | |
| 7984 #endif | |
| 7985 ) | |
| 7986 { | |
| 7987 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; | |
| 7988 return; | |
| 7989 } | |
| 7990 | |
| 7991 /* | |
| 7992 * Stop highlighting first, so it's easier to move the cursor. | |
| 7993 */ | |
| 7994 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) | |
| 7995 if (screen_char_attr != 0) | |
| 7996 attr = screen_char_attr; | |
| 7997 else | |
| 7998 #endif | |
| 7999 attr = ScreenAttrs[off]; | |
| 8000 if (screen_attr != attr) | |
| 8001 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 8002 | |
| 8003 windgoto(row, col); | |
| 8004 | |
| 8005 if (screen_attr != attr) | |
| 8006 screen_start_highlight(attr); | |
| 8007 | |
| 8008 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8009 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) | |
| 8010 { | |
| 8011 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 8012 | |
| 8013 /* Convert UTF-8 character to bytes and write it. */ | |
| 8014 | |
| 8015 buf[utfc_char2bytes(off, buf)] = NUL; | |
| 8016 | |
| 8017 out_str(buf); | |
| 8018 if (utf_char2cells(ScreenLinesUC[off]) > 1) | |
| 8019 ++screen_cur_col; | |
| 8020 } | |
| 8021 else | |
| 8022 #endif | |
| 8023 { | |
| 8024 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8025 out_flush_check(); | |
| 8026 #endif | |
| 8027 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); | |
| 8028 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8029 /* double-byte character in single-width cell */ | |
| 8030 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) | |
| 8031 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); | |
| 8032 #endif | |
| 8033 } | |
| 8034 | |
| 8035 screen_cur_col++; | |
| 8036 } | |
| 8037 | |
| 8038 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8039 | |
| 8040 /* | |
| 8041 * Used for enc_dbcs only: Put one double-wide character at ScreenLines["off"] | |
| 8042 * on the screen at position 'row' and 'col'. | |
| 8043 * The attributes of the first byte is used for all. This is required to | |
| 8044 * output the two bytes of a double-byte character with nothing in between. | |
| 8045 */ | |
| 8046 static void | |
| 8047 screen_char_2(off, row, col) | |
| 8048 unsigned off; | |
| 8049 int row; | |
| 8050 int col; | |
| 8051 { | |
| 8052 /* Check for illegal values (could be wrong when screen was resized). */ | |
| 8053 if (off + 1 >= (unsigned)(screen_Rows * screen_Columns)) | |
| 8054 return; | |
| 8055 | |
| 8056 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen. | |
| 8057 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */ | |
| 8058 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col >= screen_Columns - 2) | |
| 8059 { | |
| 8060 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; | |
| 8061 return; | |
| 8062 } | |
| 8063 | |
| 8064 /* Output the first byte normally (positions the cursor), then write the | |
| 8065 * second byte directly. */ | |
| 8066 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 8067 out_char(ScreenLines[off + 1]); | |
| 8068 ++screen_cur_col; | |
| 8069 } | |
| 8070 #endif | |
| 8071 | |
| 8072 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 8073 /* | |
| 8074 * Draw a rectangle of the screen, inverted when "invert" is TRUE. | |
| 8075 * This uses the contents of ScreenLines[] and doesn't change it. | |
| 8076 */ | |
| 8077 void | |
| 8078 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, height, width, invert) | |
| 8079 int row; | |
| 8080 int col; | |
| 8081 int height; | |
| 8082 int width; | |
| 8083 int invert; | |
| 8084 { | |
| 8085 int r, c; | |
| 8086 int off; | |
| 1378 | 8087 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 8088 int max_off; | |
| 8089 #endif | |
| 7 | 8090 |
| 534 | 8091 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ |
| 8092 if (ScreenLines == NULL) | |
| 8093 return; | |
| 8094 | |
| 7 | 8095 if (invert) |
| 8096 screen_char_attr = HL_INVERSE; | |
| 8097 for (r = row; r < row + height; ++r) | |
| 8098 { | |
| 8099 off = LineOffset[r]; | |
| 1378 | 8100 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 8101 max_off = off + screen_Columns; | |
| 8102 #endif | |
| 7 | 8103 for (c = col; c < col + width; ++c) |
| 8104 { | |
| 8105 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1378 | 8106 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) |
| 7 | 8107 { |
| 8108 screen_char_2(off + c, r, c); | |
| 8109 ++c; | |
| 8110 } | |
| 8111 else | |
| 8112 #endif | |
| 8113 { | |
| 8114 screen_char(off + c, r, c); | |
| 8115 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1378 | 8116 if (utf_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) |
| 7 | 8117 ++c; |
| 8118 #endif | |
| 8119 } | |
| 8120 } | |
| 8121 } | |
| 8122 screen_char_attr = 0; | |
| 8123 } | |
| 8124 #endif | |
| 8125 | |
| 8126 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 8127 /* | |
| 8128 * Redraw the characters for a vertically split window. | |
| 8129 */ | |
| 8130 static void | |
| 8131 redraw_block(row, end, wp) | |
| 8132 int row; | |
| 8133 int end; | |
| 8134 win_T *wp; | |
| 8135 { | |
| 8136 int col; | |
| 8137 int width; | |
| 8138 | |
| 8139 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 8140 clip_may_clear_selection(row, end - 1); | |
| 8141 # endif | |
| 8142 | |
| 8143 if (wp == NULL) | |
| 8144 { | |
| 8145 col = 0; | |
| 8146 width = Columns; | |
| 8147 } | |
| 8148 else | |
| 8149 { | |
| 8150 col = wp->w_wincol; | |
| 8151 width = wp->w_width; | |
| 8152 } | |
| 8153 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, end - row, width, FALSE); | |
| 8154 } | |
| 8155 #endif | |
| 8156 | |
| 8157 /* | |
| 8158 * Fill the screen from 'start_row' to 'end_row', from 'start_col' to 'end_col' | |
| 8159 * with character 'c1' in first column followed by 'c2' in the other columns. | |
| 8160 * Use attributes 'attr'. | |
| 8161 */ | |
| 8162 void | |
| 8163 screen_fill(start_row, end_row, start_col, end_col, c1, c2, attr) | |
| 8164 int start_row, end_row; | |
| 8165 int start_col, end_col; | |
| 8166 int c1, c2; | |
| 8167 int attr; | |
| 8168 { | |
| 8169 int row; | |
| 8170 int col; | |
| 8171 int off; | |
| 8172 int end_off; | |
| 8173 int did_delete; | |
| 8174 int c; | |
| 8175 int norm_term; | |
| 8176 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 8177 int force_next = FALSE; | |
| 8178 #endif | |
| 8179 | |
| 8180 if (end_row > screen_Rows) /* safety check */ | |
| 8181 end_row = screen_Rows; | |
| 8182 if (end_col > screen_Columns) /* safety check */ | |
| 8183 end_col = screen_Columns; | |
| 8184 if (ScreenLines == NULL | |
| 8185 || start_row >= end_row | |
| 8186 || start_col >= end_col) /* nothing to do */ | |
| 8187 return; | |
| 8188 | |
| 8189 /* it's a "normal" terminal when not in a GUI or cterm */ | |
| 8190 norm_term = ( | |
| 8191 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8192 !gui.in_use && | |
| 8193 #endif | |
| 8194 t_colors <= 1); | |
| 8195 for (row = start_row; row < end_row; ++row) | |
| 8196 { | |
| 1668 | 8197 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 8198 if (has_mbyte | |
| 8199 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8200 && !gui.in_use | |
| 8201 # endif | |
| 8202 ) | |
| 8203 { | |
| 8204 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear | |
| 8205 * out the left halve. When drawing over the left halve of a | |
| 8206 * double wide-char clear out the right halve. Only needed in a | |
| 8207 * terminal. */ | |
| 1685 | 8208 if (start_col > 0 && mb_fix_col(start_col, row) != start_col) |
| 1670 | 8209 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, start_col - 1, 0); |
| 1677 | 8210 if (end_col < screen_Columns && mb_fix_col(end_col, row) != end_col) |
| 1670 | 8211 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, end_col, 0); |
| 1668 | 8212 } |
| 8213 #endif | |
| 7 | 8214 /* |
| 8215 * Try to use delete-line termcap code, when no attributes or in a | |
| 8216 * "normal" terminal, where a bold/italic space is just a | |
| 8217 * space. | |
| 8218 */ | |
| 8219 did_delete = FALSE; | |
| 8220 if (c2 == ' ' | |
| 8221 && end_col == Columns | |
| 8222 && can_clear(T_CE) | |
| 8223 && (attr == 0 | |
| 8224 || (norm_term | |
| 8225 && attr <= HL_ALL | |
| 8226 && ((attr & ~(HL_BOLD | HL_ITALIC)) == 0)))) | |
| 8227 { | |
| 8228 /* | |
| 8229 * check if we really need to clear something | |
| 8230 */ | |
| 8231 col = start_col; | |
| 8232 if (c1 != ' ') /* don't clear first char */ | |
| 8233 ++col; | |
| 8234 | |
| 8235 off = LineOffset[row] + col; | |
| 8236 end_off = LineOffset[row] + end_col; | |
| 8237 | |
| 8238 /* skip blanks (used often, keep it fast!) */ | |
| 8239 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8240 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8241 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' | |
| 8242 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0 && ScreenLinesUC[off] == 0) | |
| 8243 ++off; | |
| 8244 else | |
| 8245 #endif | |
| 8246 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' | |
| 8247 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0) | |
| 8248 ++off; | |
| 8249 if (off < end_off) /* something to be cleared */ | |
| 8250 { | |
| 8251 col = off - LineOffset[row]; | |
| 8252 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 8253 term_windgoto(row, col);/* clear rest of this screen line */ | |
| 8254 out_str(T_CE); | |
| 8255 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 8256 col = end_col - col; | |
| 8257 while (col--) /* clear chars in ScreenLines */ | |
| 8258 { | |
| 8259 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; | |
| 8260 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8261 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8262 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 8263 #endif | |
| 8264 ScreenAttrs[off] = 0; | |
| 8265 ++off; | |
| 8266 } | |
| 8267 } | |
| 8268 did_delete = TRUE; /* the chars are cleared now */ | |
| 8269 } | |
| 8270 | |
| 8271 off = LineOffset[row] + start_col; | |
| 8272 c = c1; | |
| 8273 for (col = start_col; col < end_col; ++col) | |
| 8274 { | |
| 8275 if (ScreenLines[off] != c | |
| 8276 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 8277 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off] |
| 8278 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) | |
| 7 | 8279 #endif |
| 8280 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr | |
| 8281 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 8282 || force_next | |
| 8283 #endif | |
| 8284 ) | |
| 8285 { | |
| 8286 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 8287 /* The bold trick may make a single row of pixels appear in | |
| 8288 * the next character. When a bold character is removed, the | |
| 8289 * next character should be redrawn too. This happens for our | |
| 8290 * own GUI and for some xterms. */ | |
| 8291 if ( | |
| 8292 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8293 gui.in_use | |
| 8294 # endif | |
| 8295 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) | |
| 8296 || | |
| 8297 # endif | |
| 8298 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 8299 term_is_xterm | |
| 8300 # endif | |
| 8301 ) | |
| 8302 { | |
| 8303 if (ScreenLines[off] != ' ' | |
| 8304 && (ScreenAttrs[off] > HL_ALL | |
| 8305 || ScreenAttrs[off] & HL_BOLD)) | |
| 8306 force_next = TRUE; | |
| 8307 else | |
| 8308 force_next = FALSE; | |
| 8309 } | |
| 8310 #endif | |
| 8311 ScreenLines[off] = c; | |
| 8312 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8313 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8314 { | |
| 8315 if (c >= 0x80) | |
| 8316 { | |
| 8317 ScreenLinesUC[off] = c; | |
| 714 | 8318 ScreenLinesC[0][off] = 0; |
| 7 | 8319 } |
| 8320 else | |
| 8321 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 8322 } | |
| 8323 #endif | |
| 8324 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; | |
| 8325 if (!did_delete || c != ' ') | |
| 8326 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 8327 } | |
| 8328 ++off; | |
| 8329 if (col == start_col) | |
| 8330 { | |
| 8331 if (did_delete) | |
| 8332 break; | |
| 8333 c = c2; | |
| 8334 } | |
| 8335 } | |
| 8336 if (end_col == Columns) | |
| 8337 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; | |
| 8338 if (row == Rows - 1) /* overwritten the command line */ | |
| 8339 { | |
| 8340 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 8341 if (c1 == ' ' && c2 == ' ') | |
| 8342 clear_cmdline = FALSE; /* command line has been cleared */ | |
| 644 | 8343 if (start_col == 0) |
| 8344 mode_displayed = FALSE; /* mode cleared or overwritten */ | |
| 7 | 8345 } |
| 8346 } | |
| 8347 } | |
| 8348 | |
| 8349 /* | |
| 8350 * Check if there should be a delay. Used before clearing or redrawing the | |
| 8351 * screen or the command line. | |
| 8352 */ | |
| 8353 void | |
| 8354 check_for_delay(check_msg_scroll) | |
| 8355 int check_msg_scroll; | |
| 8356 { | |
| 8357 if ((emsg_on_display || (check_msg_scroll && msg_scroll)) | |
| 8358 && !did_wait_return | |
| 8359 && emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 8360 { | |
| 8361 out_flush(); | |
| 8362 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); | |
| 8363 emsg_on_display = FALSE; | |
| 8364 if (check_msg_scroll) | |
| 8365 msg_scroll = FALSE; | |
| 8366 } | |
| 8367 } | |
| 8368 | |
| 8369 /* | |
| 8370 * screen_valid - allocate screen buffers if size changed | |
| 3263 | 8371 * If "doclear" is TRUE: clear screen if it has been resized. |
| 7 | 8372 * Returns TRUE if there is a valid screen to write to. |
| 8373 * Returns FALSE when starting up and screen not initialized yet. | |
| 8374 */ | |
| 8375 int | |
| 3263 | 8376 screen_valid(doclear) |
| 8377 int doclear; | |
| 7 | 8378 { |
| 3263 | 8379 screenalloc(doclear); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ |
| 7 | 8380 return (ScreenLines != NULL); |
| 8381 } | |
| 8382 | |
| 8383 /* | |
| 8384 * Resize the shell to Rows and Columns. | |
| 8385 * Allocate ScreenLines[] and associated items. | |
| 8386 * | |
| 8387 * There may be some time between setting Rows and Columns and (re)allocating | |
| 8388 * ScreenLines[]. This happens when starting up and when (manually) changing | |
| 8389 * the shell size. Always use screen_Rows and screen_Columns to access items | |
| 8390 * in ScreenLines[]. Use Rows and Columns for positioning text etc. where the | |
| 8391 * final size of the shell is needed. | |
| 8392 */ | |
| 8393 void | |
| 3263 | 8394 screenalloc(doclear) |
| 8395 int doclear; | |
| 7 | 8396 { |
| 8397 int new_row, old_row; | |
| 8398 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8399 int old_Rows; | |
| 8400 #endif | |
| 8401 win_T *wp; | |
| 8402 int outofmem = FALSE; | |
| 8403 int len; | |
| 8404 schar_T *new_ScreenLines; | |
| 8405 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8406 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; | |
| 714 | 8407 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesC[MAX_MCO]; |
| 7 | 8408 schar_T *new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; |
| 714 | 8409 int i; |
| 7 | 8410 #endif |
| 8411 sattr_T *new_ScreenAttrs; | |
| 8412 unsigned *new_LineOffset; | |
| 8413 char_u *new_LineWraps; | |
| 671 | 8414 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 681 | 8415 short *new_TabPageIdxs; |
| 671 | 8416 tabpage_T *tp; |
| 8417 #endif | |
| 7 | 8418 static int entered = FALSE; /* avoid recursiveness */ |
| 944 | 8419 static int done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; /* did outofmem message */ |
| 1824 | 8420 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 8421 int retry_count = 0; | |
| 8422 | |
| 8423 retry: | |
| 8424 #endif | |
| 7 | 8425 /* |
| 8426 * Allocation of the screen buffers is done only when the size changes and | |
| 8427 * when Rows and Columns have been set and we have started doing full | |
| 8428 * screen stuff. | |
| 8429 */ | |
| 8430 if ((ScreenLines != NULL | |
| 8431 && Rows == screen_Rows | |
| 8432 && Columns == screen_Columns | |
| 8433 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8434 && enc_utf8 == (ScreenLinesUC != NULL) | |
| 8435 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) == (ScreenLines2 != NULL) | |
| 714 | 8436 && p_mco == Screen_mco |
| 7 | 8437 #endif |
| 8438 ) | |
| 8439 || Rows == 0 | |
| 8440 || Columns == 0 | |
| 8441 || (!full_screen && ScreenLines == NULL)) | |
| 8442 return; | |
| 8443 | |
| 8444 /* | |
| 8445 * It's possible that we produce an out-of-memory message below, which | |
| 8446 * will cause this function to be called again. To break the loop, just | |
| 8447 * return here. | |
| 8448 */ | |
| 8449 if (entered) | |
| 8450 return; | |
| 8451 entered = TRUE; | |
| 8452 | |
| 911 | 8453 /* |
| 8454 * Note that the window sizes are updated before reallocating the arrays, | |
| 8455 * thus we must not redraw here! | |
| 8456 */ | |
| 8457 ++RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 8458 | |
| 7 | 8459 win_new_shellsize(); /* fit the windows in the new sized shell */ |
| 8460 | |
| 8461 comp_col(); /* recompute columns for shown command and ruler */ | |
| 8462 | |
| 8463 /* | |
| 8464 * We're changing the size of the screen. | |
| 8465 * - Allocate new arrays for ScreenLines and ScreenAttrs. | |
| 8466 * - Move lines from the old arrays into the new arrays, clear extra | |
| 8467 * lines (unless the screen is going to be cleared). | |
| 8468 * - Free the old arrays. | |
| 8469 * | |
| 8470 * If anything fails, make ScreenLines NULL, so we don't do anything! | |
| 8471 * Continuing with the old ScreenLines may result in a crash, because the | |
| 8472 * size is wrong. | |
| 8473 */ | |
| 671 | 8474 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 8475 win_free_lsize(wp); |
| 1946 | 8476 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 8477 if (aucmd_win != NULL) | |
| 8478 win_free_lsize(aucmd_win); | |
| 8479 #endif | |
| 7 | 8480 |
| 8481 new_ScreenLines = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 8482 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); | |
| 8483 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
|
2122
476336a5ae95
updated for version 7.2.404
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2069
diff
changeset
|
8484 vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC, 0, sizeof(u8char_T *) * MAX_MCO); |
| 7 | 8485 if (enc_utf8) |
| 8486 { | |
| 8487 new_ScreenLinesUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 8488 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); | |
| 714 | 8489 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
8490 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc_clear((long_u)( |
| 7 | 8491 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); |
| 8492 } | |
| 8493 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
| 8494 new_ScreenLines2 = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 8495 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); | |
| 8496 #endif | |
| 8497 new_ScreenAttrs = (sattr_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 8498 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); | |
| 8499 new_LineOffset = (unsigned *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 8500 Rows * sizeof(unsigned)), FALSE); | |
| 8501 new_LineWraps = (char_u *)lalloc((long_u)(Rows * sizeof(char_u)), FALSE); | |
| 671 | 8502 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 681 | 8503 new_TabPageIdxs = (short *)lalloc((long_u)(Columns * sizeof(short)), FALSE); |
| 671 | 8504 #endif |
| 7 | 8505 |
| 677 | 8506 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 8507 { |
| 8508 if (win_alloc_lines(wp) == FAIL) | |
| 8509 { | |
| 8510 outofmem = TRUE; | |
| 8511 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 1819 | 8512 goto give_up; |
| 8513 #endif | |
| 8514 } | |
| 8515 } | |
| 1906 | 8516 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1946 | 8517 if (aucmd_win != NULL && aucmd_win->w_lines == NULL |
| 8518 && win_alloc_lines(aucmd_win) == FAIL) | |
| 1906 | 8519 outofmem = TRUE; |
| 8520 #endif | |
| 1819 | 8521 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8522 give_up: | |
| 8523 #endif | |
| 7 | 8524 |
| 714 | 8525 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 8526 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) | |
| 8527 if (new_ScreenLinesC[i] == NULL) | |
| 8528 break; | |
| 8529 #endif | |
| 7 | 8530 if (new_ScreenLines == NULL |
| 8531 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 8532 || (enc_utf8 && (new_ScreenLinesUC == NULL || i != p_mco)) |
| 7 | 8533 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && new_ScreenLines2 == NULL) |
| 8534 #endif | |
| 8535 || new_ScreenAttrs == NULL | |
| 8536 || new_LineOffset == NULL | |
| 8537 || new_LineWraps == NULL | |
| 671 | 8538 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8539 || new_TabPageIdxs == NULL | |
| 8540 #endif | |
| 7 | 8541 || outofmem) |
| 8542 { | |
| 944 | 8543 if (ScreenLines != NULL || !done_outofmem_msg) |
| 534 | 8544 { |
| 8545 /* guess the size */ | |
| 8546 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)((Rows + 1) * Columns)); | |
| 8547 | |
| 8548 /* Remember we did this to avoid getting outofmem messages over | |
| 8549 * and over again. */ | |
| 944 | 8550 done_outofmem_msg = TRUE; |
| 534 | 8551 } |
| 7 | 8552 vim_free(new_ScreenLines); |
| 8553 new_ScreenLines = NULL; | |
| 8554 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8555 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesUC); | |
| 8556 new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; | |
| 714 | 8557 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8558 { | |
| 8559 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesC[i]); | |
| 8560 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = NULL; | |
| 8561 } | |
| 7 | 8562 vim_free(new_ScreenLines2); |
| 8563 new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; | |
| 8564 #endif | |
| 8565 vim_free(new_ScreenAttrs); | |
| 8566 new_ScreenAttrs = NULL; | |
| 8567 vim_free(new_LineOffset); | |
| 8568 new_LineOffset = NULL; | |
| 8569 vim_free(new_LineWraps); | |
| 8570 new_LineWraps = NULL; | |
| 671 | 8571 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8572 vim_free(new_TabPageIdxs); | |
| 8573 new_TabPageIdxs = NULL; | |
| 8574 #endif | |
| 7 | 8575 } |
| 8576 else | |
| 8577 { | |
| 944 | 8578 done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; |
| 534 | 8579 |
| 7 | 8580 for (new_row = 0; new_row < Rows; ++new_row) |
| 8581 { | |
| 8582 new_LineOffset[new_row] = new_row * Columns; | |
| 8583 new_LineWraps[new_row] = FALSE; | |
| 8584 | |
| 8585 /* | |
| 8586 * If the screen is not going to be cleared, copy as much as | |
| 8587 * possible from the old screen to the new one and clear the rest | |
| 8588 * (used when resizing the window at the "--more--" prompt or when | |
| 8589 * executing an external command, for the GUI). | |
| 8590 */ | |
| 3263 | 8591 if (!doclear) |
| 7 | 8592 { |
| 8593 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines + new_row * Columns, | |
| 8594 ' ', (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8595 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8596 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8597 { | |
| 8598 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_row * Columns, | |
| 8599 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 714 | 8600 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8601 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC[i] | |
| 8602 + new_row * Columns, | |
| 7 | 8603 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
| 8604 } | |
| 8605 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
| 8606 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines2 + new_row * Columns, | |
| 8607 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8608 #endif | |
| 8609 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenAttrs + new_row * Columns, | |
| 8610 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8611 old_row = new_row + (screen_Rows - Rows); | |
| 534 | 8612 if (old_row >= 0 && ScreenLines != NULL) |
| 7 | 8613 { |
| 8614 if (screen_Columns < Columns) | |
| 8615 len = screen_Columns; | |
| 8616 else | |
| 8617 len = Columns; | |
| 26 | 8618 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 571 | 8619 /* When switching to utf-8 don't copy characters, they |
| 714 | 8620 * may be invalid now. Also when p_mco changes. */ |
| 8621 if (!(enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC == NULL) | |
| 8622 && p_mco == Screen_mco) | |
| 26 | 8623 #endif |
| 8624 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8625 ScreenLines + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 8626 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 7 | 8627 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 714 | 8628 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC != NULL |
| 8629 && p_mco == Screen_mco) | |
| 7 | 8630 { |
| 8631 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8632 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 8633 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 714 | 8634 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8635 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesC[i] | |
| 8636 + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8637 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 7 | 8638 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
| 8639 } | |
| 8640 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines2 != NULL) | |
| 8641 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines2 + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8642 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 8643 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8644 #endif | |
| 8645 mch_memmove(new_ScreenAttrs + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8646 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 8647 (size_t)len * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8648 } | |
| 8649 } | |
| 8650 } | |
| 8651 /* Use the last line of the screen for the current line. */ | |
| 8652 current_ScreenLine = new_ScreenLines + Rows * Columns; | |
| 8653 } | |
| 8654 | |
| 356 | 8655 free_screenlines(); |
| 8656 | |
| 7 | 8657 ScreenLines = new_ScreenLines; |
| 8658 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8659 ScreenLinesUC = new_ScreenLinesUC; | |
| 714 | 8660 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8661 ScreenLinesC[i] = new_ScreenLinesC[i]; | |
| 8662 Screen_mco = p_mco; | |
| 7 | 8663 ScreenLines2 = new_ScreenLines2; |
| 8664 #endif | |
| 8665 ScreenAttrs = new_ScreenAttrs; | |
| 8666 LineOffset = new_LineOffset; | |
| 8667 LineWraps = new_LineWraps; | |
| 671 | 8668 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8669 TabPageIdxs = new_TabPageIdxs; | |
| 8670 #endif | |
| 7 | 8671 |
| 8672 /* It's important that screen_Rows and screen_Columns reflect the actual | |
| 8673 * size of ScreenLines[]. Set them before calling anything. */ | |
| 8674 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8675 old_Rows = screen_Rows; | |
| 8676 #endif | |
| 8677 screen_Rows = Rows; | |
| 8678 screen_Columns = Columns; | |
| 8679 | |
| 8680 must_redraw = CLEAR; /* need to clear the screen later */ | |
| 3263 | 8681 if (doclear) |
| 7 | 8682 screenclear2(); |
| 8683 | |
| 8684 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8685 else if (gui.in_use | |
| 8686 && !gui.starting | |
| 8687 && ScreenLines != NULL | |
| 8688 && old_Rows != Rows) | |
| 8689 { | |
| 8690 (void)gui_redraw_block(0, 0, (int)Rows - 1, (int)Columns - 1, 0); | |
| 8691 /* | |
| 8692 * Adjust the position of the cursor, for when executing an external | |
| 8693 * command. | |
| 8694 */ | |
| 8695 if (msg_row >= Rows) /* Rows got smaller */ | |
| 8696 msg_row = Rows - 1; /* put cursor at last row */ | |
| 8697 else if (Rows > old_Rows) /* Rows got bigger */ | |
| 8698 msg_row += Rows - old_Rows; /* put cursor in same place */ | |
| 8699 if (msg_col >= Columns) /* Columns got smaller */ | |
| 8700 msg_col = Columns - 1; /* put cursor at last column */ | |
| 8701 } | |
| 8702 #endif | |
| 8703 | |
| 8704 entered = FALSE; | |
| 911 | 8705 --RedrawingDisabled; |
| 766 | 8706 |
| 8707 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 1824 | 8708 /* |
| 8709 * Do not apply autocommands more than 3 times to avoid an endless loop | |
| 8710 * in case applying autocommands always changes Rows or Columns. | |
| 8711 */ | |
| 8712 if (starting == 0 && ++retry_count <= 3) | |
| 8713 { | |
| 766 | 8714 apply_autocmds(EVENT_VIMRESIZED, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 1824 | 8715 /* In rare cases, autocommands may have altered Rows or Columns, |
| 8716 * jump back to check if we need to allocate the screen again. */ | |
| 8717 goto retry; | |
| 8718 } | |
| 766 | 8719 #endif |
| 7 | 8720 } |
| 8721 | |
| 8722 void | |
| 356 | 8723 free_screenlines() |
| 8724 { | |
| 8725 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 8726 int i; |
| 8727 | |
| 356 | 8728 vim_free(ScreenLinesUC); |
| 714 | 8729 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
| 8730 vim_free(ScreenLinesC[i]); | |
| 356 | 8731 vim_free(ScreenLines2); |
| 8732 #endif | |
| 714 | 8733 vim_free(ScreenLines); |
| 356 | 8734 vim_free(ScreenAttrs); |
| 8735 vim_free(LineOffset); | |
| 8736 vim_free(LineWraps); | |
| 671 | 8737 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8738 vim_free(TabPageIdxs); | |
| 8739 #endif | |
| 356 | 8740 } |
| 8741 | |
| 8742 void | |
| 7 | 8743 screenclear() |
| 8744 { | |
| 8745 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 8746 screenalloc(FALSE); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ | |
| 8747 screenclear2(); /* clear the screen */ | |
| 8748 } | |
| 8749 | |
| 8750 static void | |
| 8751 screenclear2() | |
| 8752 { | |
| 8753 int i; | |
| 8754 | |
| 8755 if (starting == NO_SCREEN || ScreenLines == NULL | |
| 8756 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8757 || (gui.in_use && gui.starting) | |
| 8758 #endif | |
| 8759 ) | |
| 8760 return; | |
| 8761 | |
| 8762 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8763 if (!gui.in_use) | |
| 8764 #endif | |
| 8765 screen_attr = -1; /* force setting the Normal colors */ | |
| 8766 screen_stop_highlight(); /* don't want highlighting here */ | |
| 8767 | |
| 8768 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 8769 /* disable selection without redrawing it */ | |
| 8770 clip_scroll_selection(9999); | |
| 8771 #endif | |
| 8772 | |
| 8773 /* blank out ScreenLines */ | |
| 8774 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) | |
| 8775 { | |
| 8776 lineclear(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); | |
| 8777 LineWraps[i] = FALSE; | |
| 8778 } | |
| 8779 | |
| 8780 if (can_clear(T_CL)) | |
| 8781 { | |
| 8782 out_str(T_CL); /* clear the display */ | |
| 8783 clear_cmdline = FALSE; | |
| 644 | 8784 mode_displayed = FALSE; |
| 7 | 8785 } |
| 8786 else | |
| 8787 { | |
| 8788 /* can't clear the screen, mark all chars with invalid attributes */ | |
| 8789 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) | |
| 8790 lineinvalid(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); | |
| 8791 clear_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 8792 } | |
| 8793 | |
| 8794 screen_cleared = TRUE; /* can use contents of ScreenLines now */ | |
| 8795 | |
| 8796 win_rest_invalid(firstwin); | |
| 8797 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 670 | 8798 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 673 | 8799 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
| 670 | 8800 #endif |
| 7 | 8801 if (must_redraw == CLEAR) /* no need to clear again */ |
| 8802 must_redraw = NOT_VALID; | |
| 8803 compute_cmdrow(); | |
| 8804 msg_row = cmdline_row; /* put cursor on last line for messages */ | |
| 8805 msg_col = 0; | |
| 8806 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 8807 msg_scrolled = 0; /* can't scroll back */ | |
| 8808 msg_didany = FALSE; | |
| 8809 msg_didout = FALSE; | |
| 8810 } | |
| 8811 | |
| 8812 /* | |
| 8813 * Clear one line in ScreenLines. | |
| 8814 */ | |
| 8815 static void | |
| 8816 lineclear(off, width) | |
| 8817 unsigned off; | |
| 8818 int width; | |
| 8819 { | |
| 8820 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLines + off, ' ', (size_t)width * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8821 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8822 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8823 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, | |
| 8824 (size_t)width * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 8825 #endif | |
| 8826 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, 0, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8827 } | |
| 8828 | |
| 8829 /* | |
| 8830 * Mark one line in ScreenLines invalid by setting the attributes to an | |
| 8831 * invalid value. | |
| 8832 */ | |
| 8833 static void | |
| 8834 lineinvalid(off, width) | |
| 8835 unsigned off; | |
| 8836 int width; | |
| 8837 { | |
| 8838 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, -1, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8839 } | |
| 8840 | |
| 8841 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 8842 /* | |
| 8843 * Copy part of a Screenline for vertically split window "wp". | |
| 8844 */ | |
| 8845 static void | |
| 8846 linecopy(to, from, wp) | |
| 8847 int to; | |
| 8848 int from; | |
| 8849 win_T *wp; | |
| 8850 { | |
| 8851 unsigned off_to = LineOffset[to] + wp->w_wincol; | |
| 8852 unsigned off_from = LineOffset[from] + wp->w_wincol; | |
| 8853 | |
| 8854 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off_to, ScreenLines + off_from, | |
| 8855 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8856 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8857 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8858 { | |
| 714 | 8859 int i; |
| 8860 | |
| 7 | 8861 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off_to, ScreenLinesUC + off_from, |
| 8862 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 714 | 8863 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8864 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off_to, ScreenLinesC[i] + off_from, | |
| 8865 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 7 | 8866 } |
| 8867 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
| 8868 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off_to, ScreenLines2 + off_from, | |
| 8869 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8870 # endif | |
| 8871 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off_to, ScreenAttrs + off_from, | |
| 8872 wp->w_width * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8873 } | |
| 8874 #endif | |
| 8875 | |
| 8876 /* | |
| 8877 * Return TRUE if clearing with term string "p" would work. | |
| 8878 * It can't work when the string is empty or it won't set the right background. | |
| 8879 */ | |
| 8880 int | |
| 8881 can_clear(p) | |
| 8882 char_u *p; | |
| 8883 { | |
| 8884 return (*p != NUL && (t_colors <= 1 | |
| 8885 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8886 || gui.in_use | |
| 8887 #endif | |
| 8888 || cterm_normal_bg_color == 0 || *T_UT != NUL)); | |
| 8889 } | |
| 8890 | |
| 8891 /* | |
| 8892 * Reset cursor position. Use whenever cursor was moved because of outputting | |
| 8893 * something directly to the screen (shell commands) or a terminal control | |
| 8894 * code. | |
| 8895 */ | |
| 8896 void | |
| 8897 screen_start() | |
| 8898 { | |
| 8899 screen_cur_row = screen_cur_col = 9999; | |
| 8900 } | |
| 8901 | |
| 8902 /* | |
| 8903 * Move the cursor to position "row","col" in the screen. | |
| 8904 * This tries to find the most efficient way to move, minimizing the number of | |
| 8905 * characters sent to the terminal. | |
| 8906 */ | |
| 8907 void | |
| 8908 windgoto(row, col) | |
| 8909 int row; | |
| 8910 int col; | |
| 8911 { | |
| 205 | 8912 sattr_T *p; |
| 7 | 8913 int i; |
| 8914 int plan; | |
| 8915 int cost; | |
| 8916 int wouldbe_col; | |
| 8917 int noinvcurs; | |
| 8918 char_u *bs; | |
| 8919 int goto_cost; | |
| 8920 int attr; | |
| 8921 | |
| 1213 | 8922 #define GOTO_COST 7 /* assume a term_windgoto() takes about 7 chars */ |
| 7 | 8923 #define HIGHL_COST 5 /* assume unhighlight takes 5 chars */ |
| 8924 | |
| 8925 #define PLAN_LE 1 | |
| 8926 #define PLAN_CR 2 | |
| 8927 #define PLAN_NL 3 | |
| 8928 #define PLAN_WRITE 4 | |
| 8929 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ | |
| 8930 if (ScreenLines == NULL) | |
| 8931 return; | |
| 8932 | |
| 8933 if (col != screen_cur_col || row != screen_cur_row) | |
| 8934 { | |
| 8935 /* Check for valid position. */ | |
| 8936 if (row < 0) /* window without text lines? */ | |
| 8937 row = 0; | |
| 8938 if (row >= screen_Rows) | |
| 8939 row = screen_Rows - 1; | |
| 8940 if (col >= screen_Columns) | |
| 8941 col = screen_Columns - 1; | |
| 8942 | |
| 8943 /* check if no cursor movement is allowed in highlight mode */ | |
| 8944 if (screen_attr && *T_MS == NUL) | |
| 8945 noinvcurs = HIGHL_COST; | |
| 8946 else | |
| 8947 noinvcurs = 0; | |
| 8948 goto_cost = GOTO_COST + noinvcurs; | |
| 8949 | |
| 8950 /* | |
| 8951 * Plan how to do the positioning: | |
| 8952 * 1. Use CR to move it to column 0, same row. | |
| 8953 * 2. Use T_LE to move it a few columns to the left. | |
| 8954 * 3. Use NL to move a few lines down, column 0. | |
| 8955 * 4. Move a few columns to the right with T_ND or by writing chars. | |
| 8956 * | |
| 8957 * Don't do this if the cursor went beyond the last column, the cursor | |
| 8958 * position is unknown then (some terminals wrap, some don't ) | |
| 8959 * | |
| 1213 | 8960 * First check if the highlighting attributes allow us to write |
| 7 | 8961 * characters to move the cursor to the right. |
| 8962 */ | |
| 8963 if (row >= screen_cur_row && screen_cur_col < Columns) | |
| 8964 { | |
| 8965 /* | |
| 8966 * If the cursor is in the same row, bigger col, we can use CR | |
| 8967 * or T_LE. | |
| 8968 */ | |
| 8969 bs = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 8970 attr = screen_attr; | |
| 8971 if (row == screen_cur_row && col < screen_cur_col) | |
| 8972 { | |
| 8973 /* "le" is preferred over "bc", because "bc" is obsolete */ | |
| 8974 if (*T_LE) | |
| 8975 bs = T_LE; /* "cursor left" */ | |
| 8976 else | |
| 8977 bs = T_BC; /* "backspace character (old) */ | |
| 8978 if (*bs) | |
| 8979 cost = (screen_cur_col - col) * (int)STRLEN(bs); | |
| 8980 else | |
| 8981 cost = 999; | |
| 8982 if (col + 1 < cost) /* using CR is less characters */ | |
| 8983 { | |
| 8984 plan = PLAN_CR; | |
| 8985 wouldbe_col = 0; | |
| 8986 cost = 1; /* CR is just one character */ | |
| 8987 } | |
| 8988 else | |
| 8989 { | |
| 8990 plan = PLAN_LE; | |
| 8991 wouldbe_col = col; | |
| 8992 } | |
| 8993 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ | |
| 8994 { | |
| 8995 cost += noinvcurs; | |
| 8996 attr = 0; | |
| 8997 } | |
| 8998 } | |
| 8999 | |
| 9000 /* | |
| 9001 * If the cursor is above where we want to be, we can use CR LF. | |
| 9002 */ | |
| 9003 else if (row > screen_cur_row) | |
| 9004 { | |
| 9005 plan = PLAN_NL; | |
| 9006 wouldbe_col = 0; | |
| 9007 cost = (row - screen_cur_row) * 2; /* CR LF */ | |
| 9008 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ | |
| 9009 { | |
| 9010 cost += noinvcurs; | |
| 9011 attr = 0; | |
| 9012 } | |
| 9013 } | |
| 9014 | |
| 9015 /* | |
| 9016 * If the cursor is in the same row, smaller col, just use write. | |
| 9017 */ | |
| 9018 else | |
| 9019 { | |
| 9020 plan = PLAN_WRITE; | |
| 9021 wouldbe_col = screen_cur_col; | |
| 9022 cost = 0; | |
| 9023 } | |
| 9024 | |
| 9025 /* | |
| 9026 * Check if any characters that need to be written have the | |
| 9027 * correct attributes. Also avoid UTF-8 characters. | |
| 9028 */ | |
| 9029 i = col - wouldbe_col; | |
| 9030 if (i > 0) | |
| 9031 cost += i; | |
| 9032 if (cost < goto_cost && i > 0) | |
| 9033 { | |
| 9034 /* | |
| 9035 * Check if the attributes are correct without additionally | |
| 9036 * stopping highlighting. | |
| 9037 */ | |
| 9038 p = ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[row] + wouldbe_col; | |
| 9039 while (i && *p++ == attr) | |
| 9040 --i; | |
| 9041 if (i != 0) | |
| 9042 { | |
| 9043 /* | |
| 9044 * Try if it works when highlighting is stopped here. | |
| 9045 */ | |
| 9046 if (*--p == 0) | |
| 9047 { | |
| 9048 cost += noinvcurs; | |
| 9049 while (i && *p++ == 0) | |
| 9050 --i; | |
| 9051 } | |
| 9052 if (i != 0) | |
| 9053 cost = 999; /* different attributes, don't do it */ | |
| 9054 } | |
| 9055 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9056 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 9057 { | |
| 9058 /* Don't use an UTF-8 char for positioning, it's slow. */ | |
| 9059 for (i = wouldbe_col; i < col; ++i) | |
| 9060 if (ScreenLinesUC[LineOffset[row] + i] != 0) | |
| 9061 { | |
| 9062 cost = 999; | |
| 9063 break; | |
| 9064 } | |
| 9065 } | |
| 9066 #endif | |
| 9067 } | |
| 9068 | |
| 9069 /* | |
| 9070 * We can do it without term_windgoto()! | |
| 9071 */ | |
| 9072 if (cost < goto_cost) | |
| 9073 { | |
| 9074 if (plan == PLAN_LE) | |
| 9075 { | |
| 9076 if (noinvcurs) | |
| 9077 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 9078 while (screen_cur_col > col) | |
| 9079 { | |
| 9080 out_str(bs); | |
| 9081 --screen_cur_col; | |
| 9082 } | |
| 9083 } | |
| 9084 else if (plan == PLAN_CR) | |
| 9085 { | |
| 9086 if (noinvcurs) | |
| 9087 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 9088 out_char('\r'); | |
| 9089 screen_cur_col = 0; | |
| 9090 } | |
| 9091 else if (plan == PLAN_NL) | |
| 9092 { | |
| 9093 if (noinvcurs) | |
| 9094 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 9095 while (screen_cur_row < row) | |
| 9096 { | |
| 9097 out_char('\n'); | |
| 9098 ++screen_cur_row; | |
| 9099 } | |
| 9100 screen_cur_col = 0; | |
| 9101 } | |
| 9102 | |
| 9103 i = col - screen_cur_col; | |
| 9104 if (i > 0) | |
| 9105 { | |
| 9106 /* | |
| 9107 * Use cursor-right if it's one character only. Avoids | |
| 9108 * removing a line of pixels from the last bold char, when | |
| 9109 * using the bold trick in the GUI. | |
| 9110 */ | |
| 9111 if (T_ND[0] != NUL && T_ND[1] == NUL) | |
| 9112 { | |
| 9113 while (i-- > 0) | |
| 9114 out_char(*T_ND); | |
| 9115 } | |
| 9116 else | |
| 9117 { | |
| 9118 int off; | |
| 9119 | |
| 9120 off = LineOffset[row] + screen_cur_col; | |
| 9121 while (i-- > 0) | |
| 9122 { | |
| 9123 if (ScreenAttrs[off] != screen_attr) | |
| 9124 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 9125 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9126 out_flush_check(); | |
| 9127 #endif | |
| 9128 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); | |
| 9129 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9130 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU | |
| 9131 && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) | |
| 9132 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); | |
| 9133 #endif | |
| 9134 ++off; | |
| 9135 } | |
| 9136 } | |
| 9137 } | |
| 9138 } | |
| 9139 } | |
| 9140 else | |
| 9141 cost = 999; | |
| 9142 | |
| 9143 if (cost >= goto_cost) | |
| 9144 { | |
| 9145 if (noinvcurs) | |
| 9146 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 5995 | 9147 if (row == screen_cur_row && (col > screen_cur_col) |
| 9148 && *T_CRI != NUL) | |
| 7 | 9149 term_cursor_right(col - screen_cur_col); |
| 9150 else | |
| 9151 term_windgoto(row, col); | |
| 9152 } | |
| 9153 screen_cur_row = row; | |
| 9154 screen_cur_col = col; | |
| 9155 } | |
| 9156 } | |
| 9157 | |
| 9158 /* | |
| 9159 * Set cursor to its position in the current window. | |
| 9160 */ | |
| 9161 void | |
| 9162 setcursor() | |
| 9163 { | |
| 9164 if (redrawing()) | |
| 9165 { | |
| 9166 validate_cursor(); | |
| 9167 windgoto(W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow, | |
| 9168 W_WINCOL(curwin) + ( | |
| 9169 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1545 | 9170 /* With 'rightleft' set and the cursor on a double-wide |
| 9171 * character, position it on the leftmost column. */ | |
| 7 | 9172 curwin->w_p_rl ? ((int)W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin->w_wcol - ( |
| 9173 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1545 | 9174 (has_mbyte |
| 9175 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ml_get_cursor()) == 2 | |
| 9176 && vim_isprintc(gchar_cursor())) ? 2 : | |
| 7 | 9177 # endif |
| 9178 1)) : | |
| 9179 #endif | |
| 9180 curwin->w_wcol)); | |
| 9181 } | |
| 9182 } | |
| 9183 | |
| 9184 | |
| 9185 /* | |
| 9186 * insert 'line_count' lines at 'row' in window 'wp' | |
| 9187 * if 'invalid' is TRUE the wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum is invalidated. | |
| 9188 * if 'mayclear' is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than | |
| 9189 * scrolling. | |
| 9190 * Returns FAIL if the lines are not inserted, OK for success. | |
| 9191 */ | |
| 9192 int | |
| 9193 win_ins_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear) | |
| 9194 win_T *wp; | |
| 9195 int row; | |
| 9196 int line_count; | |
| 9197 int invalid; | |
| 9198 int mayclear; | |
| 9199 { | |
| 9200 int did_delete; | |
| 9201 int nextrow; | |
| 9202 int lastrow; | |
| 9203 int retval; | |
| 9204 | |
| 9205 if (invalid) | |
| 9206 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
| 9207 | |
| 9208 if (wp->w_height < 5) | |
| 9209 return FAIL; | |
| 9210 | |
| 9211 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) | |
| 9212 line_count = wp->w_height - row; | |
| 9213 | |
| 9214 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, FALSE); | |
| 9215 if (retval != MAYBE) | |
| 9216 return retval; | |
| 9217 | |
| 9218 /* | |
| 9219 * If there is a next window or a status line, we first try to delete the | |
| 9220 * lines at the bottom to avoid messing what is after the window. | |
| 9221 * If this fails and there are following windows, don't do anything to avoid | |
| 9222 * messing up those windows, better just redraw. | |
| 9223 */ | |
| 9224 did_delete = FALSE; | |
| 9225 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9226 if (wp->w_next != NULL || wp->w_status_height) | |
| 9227 { | |
| 9228 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, | |
| 9229 line_count, (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == OK) | |
| 9230 did_delete = TRUE; | |
| 9231 else if (wp->w_next) | |
| 9232 return FAIL; | |
| 9233 } | |
| 9234 #endif | |
| 9235 /* | |
| 9236 * if no lines deleted, blank the lines that will end up below the window | |
| 9237 */ | |
| 9238 if (!did_delete) | |
| 9239 { | |
| 9240 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9241 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 9242 #endif | |
| 9243 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 9244 nextrow = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp); | |
| 9245 lastrow = nextrow + line_count; | |
| 9246 if (lastrow > Rows) | |
| 9247 lastrow = Rows; | |
| 9248 screen_fill(nextrow - line_count, lastrow - line_count, | |
| 9249 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 9250 ' ', ' ', 0); | |
| 9251 } | |
| 9252 | |
| 9253 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) | |
| 9254 == FAIL) | |
| 9255 { | |
| 9256 /* deletion will have messed up other windows */ | |
| 9257 if (did_delete) | |
| 9258 { | |
| 9259 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9260 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 9261 #endif | |
| 9262 win_rest_invalid(W_NEXT(wp)); | |
| 9263 } | |
| 9264 return FAIL; | |
| 9265 } | |
| 9266 | |
| 9267 return OK; | |
| 9268 } | |
| 9269 | |
| 9270 /* | |
| 9271 * delete "line_count" window lines at "row" in window "wp" | |
| 9272 * If "invalid" is TRUE curwin->w_lines[] is invalidated. | |
| 9273 * If "mayclear" is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than | |
| 9274 * scrolling | |
| 9275 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. | |
| 9276 */ | |
| 9277 int | |
| 9278 win_del_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear) | |
| 9279 win_T *wp; | |
| 9280 int row; | |
| 9281 int line_count; | |
| 9282 int invalid; | |
| 9283 int mayclear; | |
| 9284 { | |
| 9285 int retval; | |
| 9286 | |
| 9287 if (invalid) | |
| 9288 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
| 9289 | |
| 9290 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) | |
| 9291 line_count = wp->w_height - row; | |
| 9292 | |
| 9293 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, TRUE); | |
| 9294 if (retval != MAYBE) | |
| 9295 return retval; | |
| 9296 | |
| 9297 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, | |
| 9298 (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == FAIL) | |
| 9299 return FAIL; | |
| 9300 | |
| 9301 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9302 /* | |
| 9303 * If there are windows or status lines below, try to put them at the | |
| 9304 * correct place. If we can't do that, they have to be redrawn. | |
| 9305 */ | |
| 9306 if (wp->w_next || wp->w_status_height || cmdline_row < Rows - 1) | |
| 9307 { | |
| 9308 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, | |
| 9309 line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) | |
| 9310 { | |
| 9311 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 9312 win_rest_invalid(wp->w_next); | |
| 9313 } | |
| 9314 } | |
| 9315 /* | |
| 9316 * If this is the last window and there is no status line, redraw the | |
| 9317 * command line later. | |
| 9318 */ | |
| 9319 else | |
| 9320 #endif | |
| 9321 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 9322 return OK; | |
| 9323 } | |
| 9324 | |
| 9325 /* | |
| 9326 * Common code for win_ins_lines() and win_del_lines(). | |
| 9327 * Returns OK or FAIL when the work has been done. | |
| 9328 * Returns MAYBE when not finished yet. | |
| 9329 */ | |
| 9330 static int | |
| 9331 win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, del) | |
| 9332 win_T *wp; | |
| 9333 int row; | |
| 9334 int line_count; | |
| 9335 int mayclear; | |
| 9336 int del; | |
| 9337 { | |
| 9338 int retval; | |
| 9339 | |
| 9340 if (!redrawing() || line_count <= 0) | |
| 9341 return FAIL; | |
| 9342 | |
| 9343 /* only a few lines left: redraw is faster */ | |
| 9344 if (mayclear && Rows - line_count < 5 | |
| 9345 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9346 && wp->w_width == Columns | |
| 9347 #endif | |
| 9348 ) | |
| 9349 { | |
| 9350 screenclear(); /* will set wp->w_lines_valid to 0 */ | |
| 9351 return FAIL; | |
| 9352 } | |
| 9353 | |
| 9354 /* | |
| 9355 * Delete all remaining lines | |
| 9356 */ | |
| 9357 if (row + line_count >= wp->w_height) | |
| 9358 { | |
| 9359 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, | |
| 9360 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 9361 ' ', ' ', 0); | |
| 9362 return OK; | |
| 9363 } | |
| 9364 | |
| 9365 /* | |
| 9366 * when scrolling, the message on the command line should be cleared, | |
| 9367 * otherwise it will stay there forever. | |
| 9368 */ | |
| 9369 clear_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 9370 | |
| 9371 /* | |
| 9372 * If the terminal can set a scroll region, use that. | |
| 9373 * Always do this in a vertically split window. This will redraw from | |
| 9374 * ScreenLines[] when t_CV isn't defined. That's faster than using | |
| 9375 * win_line(). | |
| 9376 * Don't use a scroll region when we are going to redraw the text, writing | |
| 9377 * a character in the lower right corner of the scroll region causes a | |
| 9378 * scroll-up in the DJGPP version. | |
| 9379 */ | |
| 9380 if (scroll_region | |
| 9381 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9382 || W_WIDTH(wp) != Columns | |
| 9383 #endif | |
| 9384 ) | |
| 9385 { | |
| 9386 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9387 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) | |
| 9388 #endif | |
| 9389 scroll_region_set(wp, row); | |
| 9390 if (del) | |
| 9391 retval = screen_del_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, | |
| 9392 wp->w_height - row, FALSE, wp); | |
| 9393 else | |
| 9394 retval = screen_ins_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, | |
| 9395 wp->w_height - row, wp); | |
| 9396 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9397 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) | |
| 9398 #endif | |
| 9399 scroll_region_reset(); | |
| 9400 return retval; | |
| 9401 } | |
| 9402 | |
| 9403 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9404 if (wp->w_next != NULL && p_tf) /* don't delete/insert on fast terminal */ | |
| 9405 return FAIL; | |
| 9406 #endif | |
| 9407 | |
| 9408 return MAYBE; | |
| 9409 } | |
| 9410 | |
| 9411 /* | |
| 9412 * window 'wp' and everything after it is messed up, mark it for redraw | |
| 9413 */ | |
| 9414 static void | |
| 9415 win_rest_invalid(wp) | |
| 9416 win_T *wp; | |
| 9417 { | |
| 9418 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9419 while (wp != NULL) | |
| 9420 #else | |
| 9421 if (wp != NULL) | |
| 9422 #endif | |
| 9423 { | |
| 9424 redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID); | |
| 9425 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9426 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 9427 wp = wp->w_next; | |
| 9428 #endif | |
| 9429 } | |
| 9430 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 9431 } | |
| 9432 | |
| 9433 /* | |
| 9434 * The rest of the routines in this file perform screen manipulations. The | |
| 9435 * given operation is performed physically on the screen. The corresponding | |
| 9436 * change is also made to the internal screen image. In this way, the editor | |
| 9437 * anticipates the effect of editing changes on the appearance of the screen. | |
| 9438 * That way, when we call screenupdate a complete redraw isn't usually | |
| 9439 * necessary. Another advantage is that we can keep adding code to anticipate | |
| 9440 * screen changes, and in the meantime, everything still works. | |
| 9441 */ | |
| 9442 | |
| 9443 /* | |
| 9444 * types for inserting or deleting lines | |
| 9445 */ | |
| 9446 #define USE_T_CAL 1 | |
| 9447 #define USE_T_CDL 2 | |
| 9448 #define USE_T_AL 3 | |
| 9449 #define USE_T_CE 4 | |
| 9450 #define USE_T_DL 5 | |
| 9451 #define USE_T_SR 6 | |
| 9452 #define USE_NL 7 | |
| 9453 #define USE_T_CD 8 | |
| 9454 #define USE_REDRAW 9 | |
| 9455 | |
| 9456 /* | |
| 9457 * insert lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] | |
| 9458 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. | |
| 9459 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. | |
| 9460 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. | |
| 9461 * | |
| 9462 * return FAIL for failure, OK for success. | |
| 9463 */ | |
| 446 | 9464 int |
| 7 | 9465 screen_ins_lines(off, row, line_count, end, wp) |
| 9466 int off; | |
| 9467 int row; | |
| 9468 int line_count; | |
| 9469 int end; | |
| 9470 win_T *wp; /* NULL or window to use width from */ | |
| 9471 { | |
| 9472 int i; | |
| 9473 int j; | |
| 9474 unsigned temp; | |
| 9475 int cursor_row; | |
| 9476 int type; | |
| 9477 int result_empty; | |
| 9478 int can_ce = can_clear(T_CE); | |
| 9479 | |
| 9480 /* | |
| 9481 * FAIL if | |
| 9482 * - there is no valid screen | |
| 9483 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely | |
| 9484 * - the line count is less than one | |
| 9485 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' | |
| 9486 */ | |
| 9487 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || line_count > p_ttyscroll) | |
| 9488 return FAIL; | |
| 9489 | |
| 9490 /* | |
| 9491 * There are seven ways to insert lines: | |
| 9492 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the | |
| 9493 * characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9494 * 1. Use T_CD (clear to end of display) if it exists and the result of | |
| 9495 * the insert is just empty lines | |
| 9496 * 2. Use T_CAL (insert multiple lines) if it exists and T_AL is not | |
| 9497 * present or line_count > 1. It looks better if we do all the inserts | |
| 9498 * at once. | |
| 9499 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and the result of the | |
| 9500 * insert is just empty lines and T_CE is not present or line_count > | |
| 9501 * 1. | |
| 9502 * 4. Use T_AL (insert line) if it exists. | |
| 9503 * 5. Use T_CE (erase line) if it exists and the result of the insert is | |
| 9504 * just empty lines. | |
| 9505 * 6. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists and the result of the insert is | |
| 9506 * just empty lines. | |
| 9507 * 7. Use T_SR (scroll reverse) if it exists and inserting at row 0 and | |
| 9508 * the 'da' flag is not set or we have clear line capability. | |
| 9509 * 8. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9510 * | |
| 9511 * Careful: In a hpterm scroll reverse doesn't work as expected, it moves | |
| 9512 * the scrollbar for the window. It does have insert line, use that if it | |
| 9513 * exists. | |
| 9514 */ | |
| 9515 result_empty = (row + line_count >= end); | |
| 9516 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9517 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) | |
| 9518 type = USE_REDRAW; | |
| 9519 else | |
| 9520 #endif | |
| 9521 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) | |
| 9522 type = USE_T_CD; | |
| 9523 else if (*T_CAL != NUL && (line_count > 1 || *T_AL == NUL)) | |
| 9524 type = USE_T_CAL; | |
| 9525 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && result_empty && (line_count > 1 || !can_ce)) | |
| 9526 type = USE_T_CDL; | |
| 9527 else if (*T_AL != NUL) | |
| 9528 type = USE_T_AL; | |
| 9529 else if (can_ce && result_empty) | |
| 9530 type = USE_T_CE; | |
| 9531 else if (*T_DL != NUL && result_empty) | |
| 9532 type = USE_T_DL; | |
| 9533 else if (*T_SR != NUL && row == 0 && (*T_DA == NUL || can_ce)) | |
| 9534 type = USE_T_SR; | |
| 9535 else | |
| 9536 return FAIL; | |
| 9537 | |
| 9538 /* | |
| 9539 * For clearing the lines screen_del_lines() is used. This will also take | |
| 9540 * care of t_db if necessary. | |
| 9541 */ | |
| 9542 if (type == USE_T_CD || type == USE_T_CDL || | |
| 9543 type == USE_T_CE || type == USE_T_DL) | |
| 9544 return screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); | |
| 9545 | |
| 9546 /* | |
| 9547 * If text is retained below the screen, first clear or delete as many | |
| 9548 * lines at the bottom of the window as are about to be inserted so that | |
| 9549 * the deleted lines won't later surface during a screen_del_lines. | |
| 9550 */ | |
| 9551 if (*T_DB) | |
| 9552 screen_del_lines(off, end - line_count, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); | |
| 9553 | |
| 9554 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 9555 /* Remove a modeless selection when inserting lines halfway the screen | |
| 9556 * or not the full width of the screen. */ | |
| 9557 if (off + row > 0 | |
| 9558 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9559 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
| 9560 # endif | |
| 9561 ) | |
| 3674 | 9562 clip_clear_selection(&clip_star); |
| 7 | 9563 else |
| 9564 clip_scroll_selection(-line_count); | |
| 9565 #endif | |
| 9566 | |
| 9567 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9568 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the | |
| 9569 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ | |
| 9570 gui_dont_update_cursor(); | |
| 9571 #endif | |
| 9572 | |
| 9573 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ | |
| 9574 cursor_row = row; | |
| 9575 else | |
| 9576 cursor_row = row + off; | |
| 9577 | |
| 9578 /* | |
| 9579 * Shift LineOffset[] line_count down to reflect the inserted lines. | |
| 9580 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9581 */ | |
| 9582 row += off; | |
| 9583 end += off; | |
| 9584 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) | |
| 9585 { | |
| 9586 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9587 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
| 9588 { | |
| 9589 /* need to copy part of a line */ | |
| 9590 j = end - 1 - i; | |
| 9591 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) | |
| 9592 linecopy(j + line_count, j, wp); | |
| 9593 j += line_count; | |
| 9594 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
| 9595 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
| 9596 else | |
| 9597 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
| 9598 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; | |
| 9599 } | |
| 9600 else | |
| 9601 #endif | |
| 9602 { | |
| 9603 j = end - 1 - i; | |
| 9604 temp = LineOffset[j]; | |
| 9605 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) | |
| 9606 { | |
| 9607 LineOffset[j + line_count] = LineOffset[j]; | |
| 9608 LineWraps[j + line_count] = LineWraps[j]; | |
| 9609 } | |
| 9610 LineOffset[j + line_count] = temp; | |
| 9611 LineWraps[j + line_count] = FALSE; | |
| 9612 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
| 9613 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); | |
| 9614 else | |
| 9615 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); | |
| 9616 } | |
| 9617 } | |
| 9618 | |
| 9619 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 9620 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9621 | |
| 9622 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9623 /* redraw the characters */ | |
| 9624 if (type == USE_REDRAW) | |
| 9625 redraw_block(row, end, wp); | |
| 9626 else | |
| 9627 #endif | |
| 9628 if (type == USE_T_CAL) | |
| 9629 { | |
| 9630 term_append_lines(line_count); | |
| 9631 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9632 } | |
| 9633 else | |
| 9634 { | |
| 9635 for (i = 0; i < line_count; i++) | |
| 9636 { | |
| 9637 if (type == USE_T_AL) | |
| 9638 { | |
| 9639 if (i && cursor_row != 0) | |
| 9640 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9641 out_str(T_AL); | |
| 9642 } | |
| 9643 else /* type == USE_T_SR */ | |
| 9644 out_str(T_SR); | |
| 9645 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9646 } | |
| 9647 } | |
| 9648 | |
| 9649 /* | |
| 9650 * With scroll-reverse and 'da' flag set we need to clear the lines that | |
| 9651 * have been scrolled down into the region. | |
| 9652 */ | |
| 9653 if (type == USE_T_SR && *T_DA) | |
| 9654 { | |
| 9655 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) | |
| 9656 { | |
| 9657 windgoto(off + i, 0); | |
| 9658 out_str(T_CE); | |
| 9659 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9660 } | |
| 9661 } | |
| 9662 | |
| 9663 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9664 gui_can_update_cursor(); | |
| 9665 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 9666 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ | |
| 9667 #endif | |
| 9668 return OK; | |
| 9669 } | |
| 9670 | |
| 9671 /* | |
| 9672 * delete lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] | |
| 9673 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. | |
| 9674 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. | |
| 9675 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. | |
| 9676 * | |
| 9677 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. | |
| 9678 */ | |
| 9679 int | |
| 9680 screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, force, wp) | |
| 9681 int off; | |
| 9682 int row; | |
| 9683 int line_count; | |
| 9684 int end; | |
| 9685 int force; /* even when line_count > p_ttyscroll */ | |
| 1883 | 9686 win_T *wp UNUSED; /* NULL or window to use width from */ |
| 7 | 9687 { |
| 9688 int j; | |
| 9689 int i; | |
| 9690 unsigned temp; | |
| 9691 int cursor_row; | |
| 9692 int cursor_end; | |
| 9693 int result_empty; /* result is empty until end of region */ | |
| 9694 int can_delete; /* deleting line codes can be used */ | |
| 9695 int type; | |
| 9696 | |
| 9697 /* | |
| 9698 * FAIL if | |
| 9699 * - there is no valid screen | |
| 9700 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely | |
| 9701 * - the line count is less than one | |
| 9702 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' | |
| 9703 */ | |
| 9704 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || | |
| 9705 (!force && line_count > p_ttyscroll)) | |
| 9706 return FAIL; | |
| 9707 | |
| 9708 /* | |
| 9709 * Check if the rest of the current region will become empty. | |
| 9710 */ | |
| 9711 result_empty = row + line_count >= end; | |
| 9712 | |
| 9713 /* | |
| 9714 * We can delete lines only when 'db' flag not set or when 'ce' option | |
| 9715 * available. | |
| 9716 */ | |
| 9717 can_delete = (*T_DB == NUL || can_clear(T_CE)); | |
| 9718 | |
| 9719 /* | |
| 9720 * There are six ways to delete lines: | |
| 9721 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the | |
| 9722 * characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9723 * 1. Use T_CD if it exists and the result is empty. | |
| 9724 * 2. Use newlines if row == 0 and count == 1 or T_CDL does not exist. | |
| 9725 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and line_count > 1 or | |
| 9726 * none of the other ways work. | |
| 9727 * 4. Use T_CE (erase line) if the result is empty. | |
| 9728 * 5. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists. | |
| 9729 * 6. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9730 */ | |
| 9731 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9732 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) | |
| 9733 type = USE_REDRAW; | |
| 9734 else | |
| 9735 #endif | |
| 9736 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) | |
| 9737 type = USE_T_CD; | |
| 9738 #if defined(__BEOS__) && defined(BEOS_DR8) | |
| 9739 /* | |
| 9740 * USE_NL does not seem to work in Terminal of DR8 so we set T_DB="" in | |
| 9741 * its internal termcap... this works okay for tests which test *T_DB != | |
| 9742 * NUL. It has the disadvantage that the user cannot use any :set t_* | |
| 9743 * command to get T_DB (back) to empty_option, only :set term=... will do | |
| 9744 * the trick... | |
| 9745 * Anyway, this hack will hopefully go away with the next OS release. | |
| 9746 * (Olaf Seibert) | |
| 9747 */ | |
| 9748 else if (row == 0 && T_DB == empty_option | |
| 9749 && (line_count == 1 || *T_CDL == NUL)) | |
| 9750 #else | |
| 9751 else if (row == 0 && ( | |
| 9752 #ifndef AMIGA | |
| 9753 /* On the Amiga, somehow '\n' on the last line doesn't always scroll | |
| 9754 * up, so use delete-line command */ | |
| 9755 line_count == 1 || | |
| 9756 #endif | |
| 9757 *T_CDL == NUL)) | |
| 9758 #endif | |
| 9759 type = USE_NL; | |
| 9760 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && line_count > 1 && can_delete) | |
| 9761 type = USE_T_CDL; | |
| 9762 else if (can_clear(T_CE) && result_empty | |
| 9763 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9764 && (wp == NULL || wp->w_width == Columns) | |
| 9765 #endif | |
| 9766 ) | |
| 9767 type = USE_T_CE; | |
| 9768 else if (*T_DL != NUL && can_delete) | |
| 9769 type = USE_T_DL; | |
| 9770 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && can_delete) | |
| 9771 type = USE_T_CDL; | |
| 9772 else | |
| 9773 return FAIL; | |
| 9774 | |
| 9775 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 9776 /* Remove a modeless selection when deleting lines halfway the screen or | |
| 9777 * not the full width of the screen. */ | |
| 9778 if (off + row > 0 | |
| 9779 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9780 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
| 9781 # endif | |
| 9782 ) | |
| 3674 | 9783 clip_clear_selection(&clip_star); |
| 7 | 9784 else |
| 9785 clip_scroll_selection(line_count); | |
| 9786 #endif | |
| 9787 | |
| 9788 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9789 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the | |
| 9790 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ | |
| 9791 gui_dont_update_cursor(); | |
| 9792 #endif | |
| 9793 | |
| 9794 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ | |
| 9795 { | |
| 9796 cursor_row = row; | |
| 9797 cursor_end = end; | |
| 9798 } | |
| 9799 else | |
| 9800 { | |
| 9801 cursor_row = row + off; | |
| 9802 cursor_end = end + off; | |
| 9803 } | |
| 9804 | |
| 9805 /* | |
| 9806 * Now shift LineOffset[] line_count up to reflect the deleted lines. | |
| 9807 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9808 */ | |
| 9809 row += off; | |
| 9810 end += off; | |
| 9811 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) | |
| 9812 { | |
| 9813 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9814 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
| 9815 { | |
| 9816 /* need to copy part of a line */ | |
| 9817 j = row + i; | |
| 9818 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) | |
| 9819 linecopy(j - line_count, j, wp); | |
| 9820 j -= line_count; | |
| 9821 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
| 9822 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
| 9823 else | |
| 9824 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
| 9825 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; | |
| 9826 } | |
| 9827 else | |
| 9828 #endif | |
| 9829 { | |
| 9830 /* whole width, moving the line pointers is faster */ | |
| 9831 j = row + i; | |
| 9832 temp = LineOffset[j]; | |
| 9833 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) | |
| 9834 { | |
| 9835 LineOffset[j - line_count] = LineOffset[j]; | |
| 9836 LineWraps[j - line_count] = LineWraps[j]; | |
| 9837 } | |
| 9838 LineOffset[j - line_count] = temp; | |
| 9839 LineWraps[j - line_count] = FALSE; | |
| 9840 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
| 9841 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); | |
| 9842 else | |
| 9843 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); | |
| 9844 } | |
| 9845 } | |
| 9846 | |
| 9847 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 9848 | |
| 9849 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9850 /* redraw the characters */ | |
| 9851 if (type == USE_REDRAW) | |
| 9852 redraw_block(row, end, wp); | |
| 9853 else | |
| 9854 #endif | |
| 9855 if (type == USE_T_CD) /* delete the lines */ | |
| 9856 { | |
| 9857 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9858 out_str(T_CD); | |
| 9859 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9860 } | |
| 9861 else if (type == USE_T_CDL) | |
| 9862 { | |
| 9863 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9864 term_delete_lines(line_count); | |
| 9865 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9866 } | |
| 9867 /* | |
| 9868 * Deleting lines at top of the screen or scroll region: Just scroll | |
| 9869 * the whole screen (scroll region) up by outputting newlines on the | |
| 9870 * last line. | |
| 9871 */ | |
| 9872 else if (type == USE_NL) | |
| 9873 { | |
| 9874 windgoto(cursor_end - 1, 0); | |
| 9875 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) | |
| 9876 out_char('\n'); /* cursor will remain on same line */ | |
| 9877 } | |
| 9878 else | |
| 9879 { | |
| 9880 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) | |
| 9881 { | |
| 9882 if (type == USE_T_DL) | |
| 9883 { | |
| 9884 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9885 out_str(T_DL); /* delete a line */ | |
| 9886 } | |
| 9887 else /* type == USE_T_CE */ | |
| 9888 { | |
| 9889 windgoto(cursor_row + i, 0); | |
| 9890 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ | |
| 9891 } | |
| 9892 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9893 } | |
| 9894 } | |
| 9895 | |
| 9896 /* | |
| 9897 * If the 'db' flag is set, we need to clear the lines that have been | |
| 9898 * scrolled up at the bottom of the region. | |
| 9899 */ | |
| 9900 if (*T_DB && (type == USE_T_DL || type == USE_T_CDL)) | |
| 9901 { | |
| 9902 for (i = line_count; i > 0; --i) | |
| 9903 { | |
| 9904 windgoto(cursor_end - i, 0); | |
| 9905 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ | |
| 9906 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9907 } | |
| 9908 } | |
| 9909 | |
| 9910 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9911 gui_can_update_cursor(); | |
| 9912 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 9913 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ | |
| 9914 #endif | |
| 9915 | |
| 9916 return OK; | |
| 9917 } | |
| 9918 | |
| 9919 /* | |
| 9920 * show the current mode and ruler | |
| 9921 * | |
| 9922 * If clear_cmdline is TRUE, clear the rest of the cmdline. | |
| 9923 * If clear_cmdline is FALSE there may be a message there that needs to be | |
| 9924 * cleared only if a mode is shown. | |
| 9925 * Return the length of the message (0 if no message). | |
| 9926 */ | |
| 9927 int | |
| 9928 showmode() | |
| 9929 { | |
| 9930 int need_clear; | |
| 9931 int length = 0; | |
| 9932 int do_mode; | |
| 9933 int attr; | |
| 9934 int nwr_save; | |
| 9935 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 9936 int sub_attr; | |
| 9937 #endif | |
| 9938 | |
| 642 | 9939 do_mode = ((p_smd && msg_silent == 0) |
| 9940 && ((State & INSERT) | |
| 9941 || restart_edit | |
| 5735 | 9942 || VIsual_active)); |
| 7 | 9943 if (do_mode || Recording) |
| 9944 { | |
| 9945 /* | |
| 9946 * Don't show mode right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. | |
| 9947 * Call char_avail() only when we are going to show something, because | |
| 9948 * it takes a bit of time. | |
| 9949 */ | |
| 9950 if (!redrawing() || (char_avail() && !KeyTyped) || msg_silent != 0) | |
| 9951 { | |
| 9952 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* show mode later */ | |
| 9953 return 0; | |
| 9954 } | |
| 9955 | |
| 9956 nwr_save = need_wait_return; | |
| 9957 | |
| 9958 /* wait a bit before overwriting an important message */ | |
| 9959 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 9960 | |
| 9961 /* if the cmdline is more than one line high, erase top lines */ | |
| 9962 need_clear = clear_cmdline; | |
| 9963 if (clear_cmdline && cmdline_row < Rows - 1) | |
| 9964 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ | |
| 9965 | |
| 9966 /* Position on the last line in the window, column 0 */ | |
| 9967 msg_pos_mode(); | |
| 9968 cursor_off(); | |
| 9969 attr = hl_attr(HLF_CM); /* Highlight mode */ | |
| 9970 if (do_mode) | |
| 9971 { | |
| 9972 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("--", attr); | |
| 9973 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) | |
| 2520 | 9974 if ( |
| 9975 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK | |
| 9976 preedit_get_status() | |
| 1668 | 9977 # else |
| 9978 im_get_status() | |
| 2520 | 9979 # endif |
| 1668 | 9980 ) |
|
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2269
diff
changeset
|
9981 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK /* most of the time, it's not XIM being used */ |
| 7 | 9982 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" IM", attr); |
| 9983 # else | |
| 9984 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" XIM", attr); | |
| 9985 # endif | |
| 9986 #endif | |
| 9987 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) && defined(FEAT_GUI) | |
| 9988 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 9989 { | |
| 9990 if (hangul_input_state_get()) | |
| 236 | 9991 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \307\321\261\333", attr); /* HANGUL */ |
| 7 | 9992 } |
| 9993 #endif | |
| 9994 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 5946 | 9995 /* CTRL-X in Insert mode */ |
| 9996 if (edit_submode != NULL && !shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU)) | |
| 7 | 9997 { |
| 9998 /* These messages can get long, avoid a wrap in a narrow | |
| 9999 * window. Prefer showing edit_submode_extra. */ | |
| 10000 length = (Rows - msg_row) * Columns - 3; | |
| 10001 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) | |
| 10002 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_extra); | |
| 10003 if (length > 0) | |
| 10004 { | |
| 10005 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) | |
| 10006 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_pre); | |
| 10007 if (length - vim_strsize(edit_submode) > 0) | |
| 10008 { | |
| 10009 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) | |
| 10010 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_pre, attr); | |
| 10011 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode, attr); | |
| 10012 } | |
| 10013 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) | |
| 10014 { | |
| 10015 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" ", attr); /* add a space in between */ | |
| 10016 if ((int)edit_submode_highl < (int)HLF_COUNT) | |
| 10017 sub_attr = hl_attr(edit_submode_highl); | |
| 10018 else | |
| 10019 sub_attr = attr; | |
| 10020 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_extra, sub_attr); | |
| 10021 } | |
| 10022 } | |
| 10023 length = 0; | |
| 10024 } | |
| 10025 else | |
| 10026 #endif | |
| 10027 { | |
| 10028 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 10029 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 10030 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" VREPLACE"), attr); | |
| 10031 else | |
| 10032 #endif | |
| 10033 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 10034 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REPLACE"), attr); | |
| 10035 else if (State & INSERT) | |
| 10036 { | |
| 10037 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 10038 if (p_ri) | |
| 10039 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REVERSE"), attr); | |
| 10040 #endif | |
| 10041 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" INSERT"), attr); | |
| 10042 } | |
| 10043 else if (restart_edit == 'I') | |
| 10044 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (insert)"), attr); | |
| 10045 else if (restart_edit == 'R') | |
| 10046 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (replace)"), attr); | |
| 10047 else if (restart_edit == 'V') | |
| 10048 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (vreplace)"), attr); | |
| 10049 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 10050 if (p_hkmap) | |
| 10051 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Hebrew"), attr); | |
| 10052 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 10053 if (p_fkmap) | |
| 10054 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(farsi_text_5, attr); | |
| 10055 # endif | |
| 10056 #endif | |
| 10057 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP | |
| 10058 if (State & LANGMAP) | |
| 10059 { | |
| 10060 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 10061 if (curwin->w_p_arab) | |
| 10062 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Arabic"), attr); | |
| 10063 else | |
| 10064 # endif | |
| 10065 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (lang)"), attr); | |
| 10066 } | |
| 10067 #endif | |
| 10068 if ((State & INSERT) && p_paste) | |
| 10069 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (paste)"), attr); | |
| 10070 | |
| 10071 if (VIsual_active) | |
| 10072 { | |
| 10073 char *p; | |
| 10074 | |
| 10075 /* Don't concatenate separate words to avoid translation | |
| 10076 * problems. */ | |
| 10077 switch ((VIsual_select ? 4 : 0) | |
| 10078 + (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) * 2 | |
| 10079 + (VIsual_mode == 'V')) | |
| 10080 { | |
| 10081 case 0: p = N_(" VISUAL"); break; | |
| 10082 case 1: p = N_(" VISUAL LINE"); break; | |
| 10083 case 2: p = N_(" VISUAL BLOCK"); break; | |
| 10084 case 4: p = N_(" SELECT"); break; | |
| 10085 case 5: p = N_(" SELECT LINE"); break; | |
| 10086 default: p = N_(" SELECT BLOCK"); break; | |
| 10087 } | |
| 10088 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(p), attr); | |
| 10089 } | |
| 10090 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" --", attr); | |
| 10091 } | |
| 644 | 10092 |
| 7 | 10093 need_clear = TRUE; |
| 10094 } | |
| 10095 if (Recording | |
| 10096 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 10097 && edit_submode == NULL /* otherwise it gets too long */ | |
| 10098 #endif | |
| 10099 ) | |
| 10100 { | |
| 10101 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), attr); | |
| 10102 need_clear = TRUE; | |
| 10103 } | |
| 644 | 10104 |
| 10105 mode_displayed = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 10106 if (need_clear || clear_cmdline) |
| 10107 msg_clr_eos(); | |
| 10108 msg_didout = FALSE; /* overwrite this message */ | |
| 10109 length = msg_col; | |
| 10110 msg_col = 0; | |
| 10111 need_wait_return = nwr_save; /* never ask for hit-return for this */ | |
| 10112 } | |
| 10113 else if (clear_cmdline && msg_silent == 0) | |
| 10114 /* Clear the whole command line. Will reset "clear_cmdline". */ | |
| 10115 msg_clr_cmdline(); | |
| 10116 | |
| 10117 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 10118 /* In Visual mode the size of the selected area must be redrawn. */ | |
| 10119 if (VIsual_active) | |
| 10120 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 10121 | |
| 10122 /* If the last window has no status line, the ruler is after the mode | |
| 10123 * message and must be redrawn */ | |
| 10124 if (redrawing() | |
| 10125 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 10126 && lastwin->w_status_height == 0 | |
| 10127 # endif | |
| 10128 ) | |
| 10129 win_redr_ruler(lastwin, TRUE); | |
| 10130 #endif | |
| 10131 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; | |
| 10132 clear_cmdline = FALSE; | |
| 10133 | |
| 10134 return length; | |
| 10135 } | |
| 10136 | |
| 10137 /* | |
| 10138 * Position for a mode message. | |
| 10139 */ | |
| 10140 static void | |
| 10141 msg_pos_mode() | |
| 10142 { | |
| 10143 msg_col = 0; | |
| 10144 msg_row = Rows - 1; | |
| 10145 } | |
| 10146 | |
| 10147 /* | |
| 10148 * Delete mode message. Used when ESC is typed which is expected to end | |
| 10149 * Insert mode (but Insert mode didn't end yet!). | |
| 644 | 10150 * Caller should check "mode_displayed". |
| 7 | 10151 */ |
| 10152 void | |
| 10153 unshowmode(force) | |
| 10154 int force; | |
| 10155 { | |
| 10156 /* | |
|
2055
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
10157 * Don't delete it right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. |
| 7 | 10158 */ |
| 10159 if (!redrawing() || (!force && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)) | |
| 10160 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* delete mode later */ | |
| 10161 else | |
| 10162 { | |
| 10163 msg_pos_mode(); | |
| 10164 if (Recording) | |
| 10165 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), hl_attr(HLF_CM)); | |
| 10166 msg_clr_eos(); | |
| 10167 } | |
| 10168 } | |
| 10169 | |
| 667 | 10170 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
| 10171 /* | |
| 10172 * Draw the tab pages line at the top of the Vim window. | |
| 10173 */ | |
| 10174 static void | |
| 677 | 10175 draw_tabline() |
| 667 | 10176 { |
| 10177 int tabcount = 0; | |
| 10178 tabpage_T *tp; | |
| 10179 int tabwidth; | |
| 10180 int col = 0; | |
| 673 | 10181 int scol = 0; |
| 667 | 10182 int attr; |
| 10183 win_T *wp; | |
| 671 | 10184 win_T *cwp; |
| 10185 int wincount; | |
| 10186 int modified; | |
| 667 | 10187 int c; |
| 10188 int len; | |
| 10189 int attr_sel = hl_attr(HLF_TPS); | |
| 10190 int attr_nosel = hl_attr(HLF_TP); | |
| 10191 int attr_fill = hl_attr(HLF_TPF); | |
| 673 | 10192 char_u *p; |
| 677 | 10193 int room; |
| 10194 int use_sep_chars = (t_colors < 8 | |
| 10195 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 10196 && !gui.in_use | |
| 10197 #endif | |
| 10198 ); | |
| 673 | 10199 |
| 10200 redraw_tabline = FALSE; | |
| 667 | 10201 |
| 685 | 10202 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 798 | 10203 /* Take care of a GUI tabline. */ |
| 685 | 10204 if (gui_use_tabline()) |
| 10205 { | |
| 10206 gui_update_tabline(); | |
| 10207 return; | |
| 10208 } | |
| 10209 #endif | |
| 10210 | |
| 10211 if (tabline_height() < 1) | |
| 667 | 10212 return; |
| 10213 | |
| 677 | 10214 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) |
| 681 | 10215 |
| 10216 /* Init TabPageIdxs[] to zero: Clicking outside of tabs has no effect. */ | |
| 10217 for (scol = 0; scol < Columns; ++scol) | |
| 10218 TabPageIdxs[scol] = 0; | |
| 10219 | |
| 677 | 10220 /* Use the 'tabline' option if it's set. */ |
| 10221 if (*p_tal != NUL) | |
| 10222 { | |
| 680 | 10223 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; |
| 10224 | |
| 10225 /* Check for an error. If there is one we would loop in redrawing the | |
| 10226 * screen. Avoid that by making 'tabline' empty. */ | |
| 10227 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 677 | 10228 win_redr_custom(NULL, FALSE); |
| 680 | 10229 if (called_emsg) |
| 10230 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"tabline", -1, | |
| 694 | 10231 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); |
| 680 | 10232 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; |
| 10233 } | |
| 10234 else | |
| 10235 #endif | |
| 10236 { | |
| 10237 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next) | |
| 10238 ++tabcount; | |
| 10239 | |
| 10240 tabwidth = (Columns - 1 + tabcount / 2) / tabcount; | |
| 10241 if (tabwidth < 6) | |
| 10242 tabwidth = 6; | |
| 10243 | |
| 10244 attr = attr_nosel; | |
| 10245 tabcount = 0; | |
| 681 | 10246 scol = 0; |
| 699 | 10247 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL && col < Columns - 4; |
| 10248 tp = tp->tp_next) | |
| 680 | 10249 { |
| 10250 scol = col; | |
| 10251 | |
| 10252 if (tp->tp_topframe == topframe) | |
| 10253 attr = attr_sel; | |
| 10254 if (use_sep_chars && col > 0) | |
| 10255 screen_putchar('|', 0, col++, attr); | |
| 10256 | |
| 10257 if (tp->tp_topframe != topframe) | |
| 10258 attr = attr_nosel; | |
| 10259 | |
| 10260 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); | |
| 10261 | |
| 10262 if (tp == curtab) | |
| 10263 { | |
| 10264 cwp = curwin; | |
| 10265 wp = firstwin; | |
| 10266 } | |
| 10267 else | |
| 10268 { | |
| 10269 cwp = tp->tp_curwin; | |
| 10270 wp = tp->tp_firstwin; | |
| 10271 } | |
| 10272 | |
| 10273 modified = FALSE; | |
| 10274 for (wincount = 0; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next, ++wincount) | |
| 10275 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) | |
| 10276 modified = TRUE; | |
| 10277 if (modified || wincount > 1) | |
| 10278 { | |
| 10279 if (wincount > 1) | |
| 10280 { | |
| 10281 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%d", wincount); | |
| 835 | 10282 len = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff); |
| 699 | 10283 if (col + len >= Columns - 3) |
| 10284 break; | |
| 680 | 10285 screen_puts_len(NameBuff, len, 0, col, |
| 677 | 10286 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) |
| 6106 | 10287 hl_combine_attr(attr, hl_attr(HLF_T)) |
| 677 | 10288 #else |
| 6106 | 10289 attr |
| 680 | 10290 #endif |
| 10291 ); | |
| 10292 col += len; | |
| 10293 } | |
| 10294 if (modified) | |
| 10295 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"+", 1, 0, col++, attr); | |
| 10296 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); | |
| 10297 } | |
| 10298 | |
| 10299 room = scol - col + tabwidth - 1; | |
| 10300 if (room > 0) | |
| 10301 { | |
| 685 | 10302 /* Get buffer name in NameBuff[] */ |
| 10303 get_trans_bufname(cwp->w_buffer); | |
| 819 | 10304 shorten_dir(NameBuff); |
| 680 | 10305 len = vim_strsize(NameBuff); |
| 10306 p = NameBuff; | |
| 677 | 10307 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 680 | 10308 if (has_mbyte) |
| 10309 while (len > room) | |
| 10310 { | |
| 10311 len -= ptr2cells(p); | |
| 10312 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
| 10313 } | |
| 10314 else | |
| 10315 #endif | |
| 10316 if (len > room) | |
| 677 | 10317 { |
| 680 | 10318 p += len - room; |
| 10319 len = room; | |
| 677 | 10320 } |
| 699 | 10321 if (len > Columns - col - 1) |
| 10322 len = Columns - col - 1; | |
| 680 | 10323 |
| 835 | 10324 screen_puts_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p), 0, col, attr); |
| 680 | 10325 col += len; |
| 10326 } | |
| 10327 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); | |
| 10328 | |
| 10329 /* Store the tab page number in TabPageIdxs[], so that | |
| 10330 * jump_to_mouse() knows where each one is. */ | |
| 10331 ++tabcount; | |
| 10332 while (scol < col) | |
| 10333 TabPageIdxs[scol++] = tabcount; | |
| 10334 } | |
| 10335 | |
| 10336 if (use_sep_chars) | |
| 10337 c = '_'; | |
| 10338 else | |
| 10339 c = ' '; | |
| 10340 screen_fill(0, 1, col, (int)Columns, c, c, attr_fill); | |
| 681 | 10341 |
| 10342 /* Put an "X" for closing the current tab if there are several. */ | |
| 10343 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) | |
| 10344 { | |
| 10345 screen_putchar('X', 0, (int)Columns - 1, attr_nosel); | |
| 10346 TabPageIdxs[Columns - 1] = -999; | |
| 10347 } | |
| 10348 } | |
| 834 | 10349 |
| 10350 /* Reset the flag here again, in case evaluating 'tabline' causes it to be | |
| 10351 * set. */ | |
| 10352 redraw_tabline = FALSE; | |
| 667 | 10353 } |
| 685 | 10354 |
| 10355 /* | |
| 10356 * Get buffer name for "buf" into NameBuff[]. | |
| 10357 * Takes care of special buffer names and translates special characters. | |
| 10358 */ | |
| 10359 void | |
| 10360 get_trans_bufname(buf) | |
| 10361 buf_T *buf; | |
| 10362 { | |
| 10363 if (buf_spname(buf) != NULL) | |
| 3839 | 10364 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, buf_spname(buf), MAXPATHL - 1); |
| 685 | 10365 else |
| 10366 home_replace(buf, buf->b_fname, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, TRUE); | |
| 10367 trans_characters(NameBuff, MAXPATHL); | |
| 10368 } | |
| 667 | 10369 #endif |
| 10370 | |
| 7 | 10371 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) |
| 10372 /* | |
| 10373 * Get the character to use in a status line. Get its attributes in "*attr". | |
| 10374 */ | |
| 10375 static int | |
| 10376 fillchar_status(attr, is_curwin) | |
| 10377 int *attr; | |
| 10378 int is_curwin; | |
| 10379 { | |
| 10380 int fill; | |
| 10381 if (is_curwin) | |
| 10382 { | |
| 10383 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_S); | |
| 10384 fill = fill_stl; | |
| 10385 } | |
| 10386 else | |
| 10387 { | |
| 10388 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_SNC); | |
| 10389 fill = fill_stlnc; | |
| 10390 } | |
| 10391 /* Use fill when there is highlighting, and highlighting of current | |
| 10392 * window differs, or the fillchars differ, or this is not the | |
| 10393 * current window */ | |
| 10394 if (*attr != 0 && ((hl_attr(HLF_S) != hl_attr(HLF_SNC) | |
| 10395 || !is_curwin || firstwin == lastwin) | |
| 10396 || (fill_stl != fill_stlnc))) | |
| 10397 return fill; | |
| 10398 if (is_curwin) | |
| 10399 return '^'; | |
| 10400 return '='; | |
| 10401 } | |
| 10402 #endif | |
| 10403 | |
| 10404 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 10405 /* | |
| 10406 * Get the character to use in a separator between vertically split windows. | |
| 10407 * Get its attributes in "*attr". | |
| 10408 */ | |
| 10409 static int | |
| 10410 fillchar_vsep(attr) | |
| 10411 int *attr; | |
| 10412 { | |
| 10413 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_C); | |
| 10414 if (*attr == 0 && fill_vert == ' ') | |
| 10415 return '|'; | |
| 10416 else | |
| 10417 return fill_vert; | |
| 10418 } | |
| 10419 #endif | |
| 10420 | |
| 10421 /* | |
| 10422 * Return TRUE if redrawing should currently be done. | |
| 10423 */ | |
| 10424 int | |
| 10425 redrawing() | |
| 10426 { | |
| 10427 return (!RedrawingDisabled | |
| 10428 && !(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped && !do_redraw)); | |
| 10429 } | |
| 10430 | |
| 10431 /* | |
| 10432 * Return TRUE if printing messages should currently be done. | |
| 10433 */ | |
| 10434 int | |
| 10435 messaging() | |
| 10436 { | |
| 10437 return (!(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)); | |
| 10438 } | |
| 10439 | |
| 10440 /* | |
| 10441 * Show current status info in ruler and various other places | |
| 10442 * If always is FALSE, only show ruler if position has changed. | |
| 10443 */ | |
| 10444 void | |
| 10445 showruler(always) | |
| 10446 int always; | |
| 10447 { | |
| 10448 if (!always && !redrawing()) | |
| 10449 return; | |
| 574 | 10450 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 10451 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 10452 { | |
| 639 | 10453 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 574 | 10454 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ |
| 10455 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 639 | 10456 # endif |
| 574 | 10457 return; |
| 10458 } | |
| 10459 #endif | |
| 7 | 10460 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
| 40 | 10461 if ((*p_stl != NUL || *curwin->w_p_stl != NUL) && curwin->w_status_height) |
| 680 | 10462 { |
| 1983 | 10463 redraw_custom_statusline(curwin); |
| 680 | 10464 } |
| 7 | 10465 else |
| 10466 #endif | |
| 10467 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 10468 win_redr_ruler(curwin, always); | |
| 10469 #endif | |
| 10470 | |
| 10471 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
| 10472 if (need_maketitle | |
| 10473 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 10474 || (p_icon && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_ICON)) | |
| 10475 || (p_title && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_TITLE)) | |
| 10476 # endif | |
| 10477 ) | |
| 10478 maketitle(); | |
| 10479 #endif | |
| 1588 | 10480 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 10481 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ | |
| 10482 if (redraw_tabline) | |
| 10483 draw_tabline(); | |
| 10484 #endif | |
| 7 | 10485 } |
| 10486 | |
| 10487 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 10488 static void | |
| 10489 win_redr_ruler(wp, always) | |
| 10490 win_T *wp; | |
| 10491 int always; | |
| 10492 { | |
| 1869 | 10493 #define RULER_BUF_LEN 70 |
| 10494 char_u buffer[RULER_BUF_LEN]; | |
| 7 | 10495 int row; |
| 10496 int fillchar; | |
| 10497 int attr; | |
| 10498 int empty_line = FALSE; | |
| 10499 colnr_T virtcol; | |
| 10500 int i; | |
| 1869 | 10501 size_t len; |
| 7 | 10502 int o; |
| 10503 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 10504 int this_ru_col; | |
| 10505 int off = 0; | |
| 10506 int width = Columns; | |
| 10507 # define WITH_OFF(x) x | |
| 10508 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) x | |
| 10509 #else | |
| 10510 # define WITH_OFF(x) 0 | |
| 10511 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) Columns | |
| 10512 # define this_ru_col ru_col | |
| 10513 #endif | |
| 10514 | |
| 10515 /* If 'ruler' off or redrawing disabled, don't do anything */ | |
| 10516 if (!p_ru) | |
| 10517 return; | |
| 10518 | |
| 10519 /* | |
| 10520 * Check if cursor.lnum is valid, since win_redr_ruler() may be called | |
| 10521 * after deleting lines, before cursor.lnum is corrected. | |
| 10522 */ | |
| 10523 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 10524 return; | |
| 10525 | |
| 10526 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 10527 /* Don't draw the ruler while doing insert-completion, it might overwrite | |
| 10528 * the (long) mode message. */ | |
| 10529 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 10530 if (wp == lastwin && lastwin->w_status_height == 0) | |
| 10531 # endif | |
| 10532 if (edit_submode != NULL) | |
| 10533 return; | |
| 540 | 10534 /* Don't draw the ruler when the popup menu is visible, it may overlap. */ |
| 10535 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 10536 return; | |
| 7 | 10537 #endif |
| 10538 | |
| 10539 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 10540 if (*p_ruf) | |
| 10541 { | |
| 680 | 10542 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; |
| 10543 | |
| 10544 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 10545 win_redr_custom(wp, TRUE); |
| 680 | 10546 if (called_emsg) |
| 10547 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"rulerformat", -1, | |
| 694 | 10548 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); |
| 680 | 10549 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; |
| 7 | 10550 return; |
| 10551 } | |
| 10552 #endif | |
| 10553 | |
| 10554 /* | |
| 10555 * Check if not in Insert mode and the line is empty (will show "0-1"). | |
| 10556 */ | |
| 10557 if (!(State & INSERT) | |
| 10558 && *ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE) == NUL) | |
| 10559 empty_line = TRUE; | |
| 10560 | |
| 10561 /* | |
| 10562 * Only draw the ruler when something changed. | |
| 10563 */ | |
| 10564 validate_virtcol_win(wp); | |
| 10565 if ( redraw_cmdline | |
| 10566 || always | |
| 10567 || wp->w_cursor.lnum != wp->w_ru_cursor.lnum | |
| 10568 || wp->w_cursor.col != wp->w_ru_cursor.col | |
| 10569 || wp->w_virtcol != wp->w_ru_virtcol | |
| 10570 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 10571 || wp->w_cursor.coladd != wp->w_ru_cursor.coladd | |
| 10572 #endif | |
| 10573 || wp->w_topline != wp->w_ru_topline | |
| 10574 || wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count != wp->w_ru_line_count | |
| 10575 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 10576 || wp->w_topfill != wp->w_ru_topfill | |
| 10577 #endif | |
| 10578 || empty_line != wp->w_ru_empty) | |
| 10579 { | |
| 10580 cursor_off(); | |
| 10581 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 10582 if (wp->w_status_height) | |
| 10583 { | |
| 10584 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; | |
| 10585 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
| 10586 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 10587 off = W_WINCOL(wp); | |
| 10588 width = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 10589 # endif | |
| 10590 } | |
| 10591 else | |
| 10592 #endif | |
| 10593 { | |
| 10594 row = Rows - 1; | |
| 10595 fillchar = ' '; | |
| 10596 attr = 0; | |
| 10597 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 10598 width = Columns; | |
| 10599 off = 0; | |
| 10600 #endif | |
| 10601 } | |
| 10602 | |
| 10603 /* In list mode virtcol needs to be recomputed */ | |
| 10604 virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; | |
| 10605 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 == NUL) | |
| 10606 { | |
| 10607 wp->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 10608 getvvcol(wp, &wp->w_cursor, NULL, &virtcol, NULL); | |
| 10609 wp->w_p_list = TRUE; | |
| 10610 } | |
| 10611 | |
| 10612 /* | |
| 10613 * Some sprintfs return the length, some return a pointer. | |
| 10614 * To avoid portability problems we use strlen() here. | |
| 10615 */ | |
| 1869 | 10616 vim_snprintf((char *)buffer, RULER_BUF_LEN, "%ld,", |
| 7 | 10617 (wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) |
| 10618 ? 0L | |
| 10619 : (long)(wp->w_cursor.lnum)); | |
| 1869 | 10620 len = STRLEN(buffer); |
| 10621 col_print(buffer + len, RULER_BUF_LEN - len, | |
| 7 | 10622 empty_line ? 0 : (int)wp->w_cursor.col + 1, |
| 10623 (int)virtcol + 1); | |
| 10624 | |
| 10625 /* | |
| 10626 * Add a "50%" if there is room for it. | |
| 10627 * On the last line, don't print in the last column (scrolls the | |
| 10628 * screen up on some terminals). | |
| 10629 */ | |
| 10630 i = (int)STRLEN(buffer); | |
| 1869 | 10631 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i + 1, RULER_BUF_LEN - i - 1); |
| 7 | 10632 o = i + vim_strsize(buffer + i + 1); |
| 10633 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 10634 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) /* can't use last char of screen */ | |
| 10635 #endif | |
| 10636 ++o; | |
| 10637 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 10638 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - width); | |
| 10639 if (this_ru_col < 0) | |
| 10640 this_ru_col = 0; | |
| 10641 #endif | |
| 10642 /* Never use more than half the window/screen width, leave the other | |
| 10643 * half for the filename. */ | |
| 10644 if (this_ru_col < (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2) | |
| 10645 this_ru_col = (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2; | |
| 10646 if (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width)) | |
| 10647 { | |
| 6466 | 10648 /* need at least 3 chars left for get_rel_pos() + NUL */ |
| 10649 while (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width) && RULER_BUF_LEN > i + 4) | |
| 7 | 10650 { |
| 10651 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 10652 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 10653 i += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buffer + i); | |
| 10654 else | |
| 10655 #endif | |
| 10656 buffer[i++] = fillchar; | |
| 10657 ++o; | |
| 10658 } | |
| 1869 | 10659 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i, RULER_BUF_LEN - i); |
| 7 | 10660 } |
| 10661 /* Truncate at window boundary. */ | |
| 10662 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 10663 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 10664 { | |
| 10665 o = 0; | |
| 474 | 10666 for (i = 0; buffer[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(buffer + i)) |
| 7 | 10667 { |
| 10668 o += (*mb_ptr2cells)(buffer + i); | |
| 10669 if (this_ru_col + o > WITH_WIDTH(width)) | |
| 10670 { | |
| 10671 buffer[i] = NUL; | |
| 10672 break; | |
| 10673 } | |
| 10674 } | |
| 10675 } | |
| 10676 else | |
| 10677 #endif | |
| 10678 if (this_ru_col + (int)STRLEN(buffer) > WITH_WIDTH(width)) | |
| 10679 buffer[WITH_WIDTH(width) - this_ru_col] = NUL; | |
| 10680 | |
| 10681 screen_puts(buffer, row, this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off), attr); | |
| 10682 i = redraw_cmdline; | |
| 10683 screen_fill(row, row + 1, | |
| 10684 this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off) + (int)STRLEN(buffer), | |
| 10685 (int)(WITH_OFF(off) + WITH_WIDTH(width)), | |
| 10686 fillchar, fillchar, attr); | |
| 10687 /* don't redraw the cmdline because of showing the ruler */ | |
| 10688 redraw_cmdline = i; | |
| 10689 wp->w_ru_cursor = wp->w_cursor; | |
| 10690 wp->w_ru_virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; | |
| 10691 wp->w_ru_empty = empty_line; | |
| 10692 wp->w_ru_topline = wp->w_topline; | |
| 10693 wp->w_ru_line_count = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 10694 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 10695 wp->w_ru_topfill = wp->w_topfill; | |
| 10696 #endif | |
| 10697 } | |
| 10698 } | |
| 10699 #endif | |
| 13 | 10700 |
| 10701 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 10702 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10703 * Return the width of the 'number' and 'relativenumber' column. |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10704 * Caller may need to check if 'number' or 'relativenumber' is set. |
| 13 | 10705 * Otherwise it depends on 'numberwidth' and the line count. |
| 10706 */ | |
| 10707 int | |
| 10708 number_width(wp) | |
| 10709 win_T *wp; | |
| 10710 { | |
| 10711 int n; | |
| 10712 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 10713 | |
|
4736
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
10714 if (wp->w_p_rnu && !wp->w_p_nu) |
|
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
10715 /* cursor line shows "0" */ |
|
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
10716 lnum = wp->w_height; |
|
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
10717 else |
|
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
10718 /* cursor line shows absolute line number */ |
|
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
10719 lnum = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10720 |
| 6679 | 10721 if (lnum == wp->w_nrwidth_line_count && wp->w_nuw_cached == wp->w_p_nuw) |
| 13 | 10722 return wp->w_nrwidth_width; |
| 10723 wp->w_nrwidth_line_count = lnum; | |
| 10724 | |
| 10725 n = 0; | |
| 10726 do | |
| 10727 { | |
| 856 | 10728 lnum /= 10; |
| 10729 ++n; | |
| 13 | 10730 } while (lnum > 0); |
| 10731 | |
| 10732 /* 'numberwidth' gives the minimal width plus one */ | |
| 10733 if (n < wp->w_p_nuw - 1) | |
| 10734 n = wp->w_p_nuw - 1; | |
| 10735 | |
| 10736 wp->w_nrwidth_width = n; | |
| 6679 | 10737 wp->w_nuw_cached = wp->w_p_nuw; |
| 13 | 10738 return n; |
| 10739 } | |
| 10740 #endif | |
| 3986 | 10741 |
| 10742 /* | |
| 10743 * Return the current cursor column. This is the actual position on the | |
| 10744 * screen. First column is 0. | |
| 10745 */ | |
| 10746 int | |
| 10747 screen_screencol() | |
| 10748 { | |
| 10749 return screen_cur_col; | |
| 10750 } | |
| 10751 | |
| 10752 /* | |
| 10753 * Return the current cursor row. This is the actual position on the screen. | |
| 10754 * First row is 0. | |
| 10755 */ | |
| 10756 int | |
| 10757 screen_screenrow() | |
| 10758 { | |
| 10759 return screen_cur_row; | |
| 10760 } |